Home

SPARC Enterprise M3000/M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000

1. You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host EXAMPLE2 Restoring the Configuration Using http XSCF gt restoreconfig V p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg transfer from scf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 GET http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache System Administration 145 restoreconfig 8 Accept HTTP 1 1 200 OK Content length 24603 Content type text plain Date Thu 07 Aug 2008 17 07 43 GMT Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod_perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 9 7d Last modified Mon 04 Aug 2008 20 01 51 GMT Etag 4fa2a 601b 4897602 Accept ranges bytes Via 1 1 proxy proxy A Be Be Be A SON Ke SA AN Proxy agent Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 12 58 19 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKSO8220xx version 19830000 You will nee
2. 334 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showboards 8 showboards display information on an eXtended System Board XSB showboards v a c sp showboards v d domain id c sp showboards v xsb showboards h The showboards 8 command displays information on XSBs This command displays information on XSBs currently configured in or assigned to a domain and information on all mounted XSBs If a domain is specified the command displays only information defined with the corresponding domain component list DCL The following types of information are displayed XSB XSB number The format of the displayed number is as follows AY x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 DID Domain ID One of the following is displayed 00 23 Domain ID to which the XSB is assigned SP This is displayed if the XSB does not belong to any domain but is located in the system board pool Other This is displayed if the XSB belongs to a domain to which no user privilege has been granted LSB Logical system board LSB number defined for the domain The displayed number is an integer ranging from 0 to 15 System Administration 335 showboards 8 Assignment Domain assignment state of the XSB One of the following is displayed Unavailable The XSB is in the system board pool not assigned to a domain and its status is one of the foll
3. HTTP 1 1 100 Continue HTTP 1 1 204 No Content Content type text html Date Mon 04 Aug 2008 16 42 46 GMT Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 9 7d Via 1 1 proxy proxy A GAs On A gt SA JAN NA Proxy agent Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 operation completed XSCF gt EXAMPLE 4 Dumping the Configuration Using USB XSCF gt dumpconfig v V file media usb msd proxytest cfg Making sure mount point is clear Trying to mount USB device dev sdal as media usb msd Mounted USB device file media usb msd proxytest cfg already exists Do you want to overwrite this file y n y removing file file media usb msd proxytest cfg done reading database done creating temporary file done starting file transfer transfer from tmp dumpconfig HEIRZa to file media usb_msd san ff 1 54 cfg done removing temporary file done operation completed Unmounted USB device XSCF gt EXAMPLE 5 Encrypting and Password Protecting the Configuration XSCF gt dumpconfig v e P kamacuras p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg reading database done creating temporary file done starting file transfer done removing temporary file done operation completed XSCF gt 68 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers
4. On M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname xscf 1 hostname DNS domain name nameserver interface status IP address netmask route interface status IP address netmask route interface status IP address netmask interface hostname 0 hostname 1 example com 10 23 4 3 xscf 0 lan 0 up 10 24 144 214 255 255 255 0 n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 xscf 0 lan 1 down xscf O if down 10 24 100 1 255 255 255 0 lan 0 System Administration 37 applynetwork 8 status down IP address netmask interface xscf 1 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 215 netmask 12556255 25 5 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 1 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route interface xscf 1 if status down IP address 10 24 100 2 netmask 7255255725570 interface lan 1 status down IP address netmask Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing showhostname shownetwork showroute and shownameserver after rebooting the XSCF EXAMPLE 2 Applies the information that has been set for the XSCF network on M3000 M4000 M5000 servers Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt applynetwork y The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname
5. Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs q Sets quiet mode fmadm does not produce messages indicating the result of successful operations to standard output The following operands are supported config Displays the configuration of the Fault Manager itself including the module name version and description of each component module Fault Manager modules provide services such as automated diagnosis self healing and messaging for hardware and software present on the system System Administration 77 fmadm 8 78 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying the Fault Manager Configuration XSCF fmadm config MODULE VERSION STATUS case close 1 0 active fmd self diagnosis 1 0 active sysevent transport 1 0 active syslog msgs 1 0 active DESCRIPTION Case Close Agent Fault Manager Self Diagnosis SysEvent Transport Agent Syslog Messaging Agent EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO fmdump 8 fmstat 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fmdump 8 fmdump view fault management logs fmdump fmdump e f M v V c class t time T time u uuid fmdump m M t time T time fmdump h The fmdump utility d
6. count interval Print only count reports and then exit Print a new report every interval seconds If neither count nor interval is specified a single report is printed and fmstat exits If an interval is specified but no count is specified fmstat prints reports every interval seconds indefinitely until the command is interrupted by Ctrl C EXAMPLE 1 Displaying FM Statistics for the Syslog Module XSCF gt fmstat a m syslog msgs NAME VALUE bad_code 0 event bad_fmri 0 event bad_time 0 event bad_vers 0 event fmd accepted 0 total fmd buflimit 10M limit fmd buftotal 0 total fmd caseclosed 0 total fmd caseopen 0 cases fmd casesolved 0 total fmd ckptcnt 0 numbe fmd ckptrestore true resto fmd ckptsave true save fmd ckpttime 0d total fmd ckptzero false zeroe fmd debugdrop 4 dropp fmd dequeued 1 total fmd dispatched 1 total fmd dlastupdate 114442483 82 completion fmd dropped 0 total fmd dtime 0d total fmd loadtime 11444242516924 fmd memlimit 10M limit fmd memtotal 97b total fmd prdequeued 0 proto fmd snaptime 11444248382991 fmd thrlimit 8 limit fmd thrtotal 0 total fmd wcnt 0 count fmd wlastupdate 11444248382 DESCRIPTION code has no dictionary name fmri is missing or invalid time is not properly encoded version is missing or invalid events accepted by module on total buffer space buffer space used by module cases closed by module currently open by module cases solved by module r of checkpoints take
7. showlocator display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel showlocator showlocator h showlocator 8 command displays the blink state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel The one of the following state is displayed off Indicates normal operation which means either the circuit breaker is off or power is not being supplied Blinking Indicates that the unit is a maintenance target on Indicates that an error was detected in the main unit You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The set locator 8 command can be used to specify the blink state of the CHECK LED EXAMPLE 1 Displays the CHECK LED state XSCF gt showlocator Locator LED status Blinking The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setlocator 8 System Administration 421 showlocator 8 422 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showloginlockout 8 showloginlockout display the account lockout setting showloginlockout showloginlockout h The showloginlockout 8 command displays the amount of time in minutes that a user is prevented fro
8. Switch Status of the mode switch of the operator panel One of the following states are displayed Locked Normal operation mode Service Service mode Code Detailed event information The displayed information is in hexadecimal format m TEMPERATURE AND HUMIDITY RECORD Date Temperature Humidity Power Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 32 56 C 60 20 System Power On Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 32 56 C 60 25 System Power Off Date Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time System Administration 433 showlogs 8 Temperature Humidity Power Intake air temperature Decimal numbers are displayed to two decimal places The unit is degree Celsius C Humidity The displayed numbers are percentages o Humidity is displayed on the M8000 M9000 servers only Power state of the main unit Either of the following states is displayed System Power ON The main unit power is on System Power OFF The main unit power is off m Monitoring message log Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 monitor message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 monitor message Each line of display has a date and time paired with a monitoring message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m Console message log DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 console message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 console message Fi
9. System Administration 103 ioxadm 8 IOX A3B5 IOB1 V_3_3V 3 291 0 002 Vv ITOXGA3B5 TOB1 V 3 3AUX 3 308 0 002 V ITOXGA3B5 TOB1 I DC 8 600 0 200 A EXAMPLE 2 Display all sensor readings on a link and suppress headers XSCF gt ioxadm p env iou 1l pci 1 IOU 1 PCI 1 DATA on LED IOU 1 PCI 1 MGMT Flash LED EXAMPLE 3 Display all External I O Expansion Units or downlink card paths XSCF gt ioxadm list TOX Link 0 Link 1 IOX 0033 IOU 1 PCI 4 TOU 1 PCI 1 TOX 12B4 IOU 1 PCI 2 IOU 2 PCI 1 In this example the 1ist command is used to display the connections between External I O Expansion Units and downlink cards in the host T0xe0033 which includes boats uplink cards and power supplies is connected to the host through two downlink cards The Link 0 column shows which host downlink card is attached to boat0 The Link 1 column shows which host downlink card is attached to boat1 IOX 12B4 is connected to the host through one downlink card This card is connected to boat1 A shows that there is no host link connection to the box It may have a boat and uplink card installed in the bay or the bay could be empty If the boat is installed either it is not connected to the host or the host downlink card slot is powered off EXAMPLE 4 Display a single External I O Expansion Unit XSCF gt ioxadm list iox 12B4 IOX Link 0 Link 1 TOX 12B4 TOU 1 PCI 2 EXAMPLES Display a card using host path in verbose mode with headers suppre
10. The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power XSCF gt EXAMPLE 4 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 1 Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt poweron q y d 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred poweroff 8 reset 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 125 poweron 8 126 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES prtfru 8 prtfru display FRUID data on the system and External I O Expansion Unit prtfru c 1 M x container prtfru h prtfru is used to obtain Field Replaceable Unit Identifier FRUID data from the system and External I O Expansion Unit Its output is a tree structure echoing the path in the FRU tree to each container When a container is found the data from that container is printed in a tree structure as well prtfru without any arguments prints the FRU hierarchy and all of the FRUID container data prt fru prints to the screen Output can be redirected to a file Note FRU information from the domains is not available using this command You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c Prints only the containers and their data This option
11. XSCF gt showcod Chassis HostID 81000001 ROC Permits installed 8 ROC Headroom Quantity 0 ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain oaorA A UF WN FP OO OD O CL O O O 0O 0 0O Koj ROC Permits reserved for domain H o ROC Permits reserved for domain m m ROC Permits reserved for domain ROC Permits reserved for domain BR w ROC Permits reserved for domain m i ROC Permits reserved for domain E ao I av R eo MON ao AA a vo WAN ao eo so gs oo ME iv JWA iv JA a n BR N oS NEE m RSS m BR uo ROC Permits reserved for domain EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide 344 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showcodactivation 8 showcodactivation display the current Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation permits COD permits stored in the COD database showcodactivation r v showcodactivation h showcodactivation 8 displays information
12. XSCF gt showntp s stratum 5 454 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showntp 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displays whether a preferred server has been designated and displays the clock address of the local clock XSCF gt showntp m prefer on localaddr 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setntp 8 System Administration 455 showntp 8 456 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showpacketfilters 8 showpacketfilters show the IP packet filtering rules that are set in the XSCF network showpacketfilters a 1 M showpacketfilters h showpacketfilters 8 command shows the IP packet filtering rules that are set in the XSCF network No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Shows the IP packet filtering rules that are set in XSCF h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Shows the operation status of the IP packet filtering rules that are set in XSCF M Displays text by page The setpacket filters 8 command can be used to set the IP filtering rules EXAMPLE 1 On M8000 M9000 servers shows the IP pa
13. XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Disabled Agent Port 161 System Location SanDiego System Contact bob jupiter west System Description FFI System Administration 473 showsnmp 8 474 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO Trap Hosts Hostname Port Type Community String Username ew we a re me SNMP V1 V2c None Enabled MIB Modules None EXAMPLE 3 v2c Trap Host XSCF gt showsnmp Enabled 161 SanDiego Agent Status Agent Port System Location System Contact jsmith jupiter west System Description FF1 Trap Hosts Hostname Port Type Community String Username host1 162 vi public jsmith host2 162 v2c public n a host3 162 v3 n a bob SNMP V1 V2c Status Enabled Community String public Enabled MIB Modules SP_MIB FM_MIB The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setsnmp 8 Auth Protocol Displaying SNMP Information for a Enabled System Set Up With SNMPv1 Auth Protocol SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsnmpusm 8 showsnmpusm display the current User based Security Model USM information for the SNMP agent showsnmpusm showsnmpusm h showsnmpusm 8 displays the current USM information for the SNMP agent You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges
14. on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 4 Log Files Only Using No Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t bob mars east home bob logs x k none 1 Enter ssh password for user bob on host mars east Log only mode No commands will be collected Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joeGjupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE5 Downloading Using Encryption With Provided Password and No Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t bob mars east home bob logs x k none e P password Output data will be encrypted Enter ssh password for user bob on host mars east Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 6 Downloading Using No Key to Invalid Directory XSCF gt snapshot t sueGsaturn north home sue logs bad dir k none Enter ssh password for user sue on host saturn north Setting up ssh connection to remote host Failed to create remote file home sue logs bad_dir archive zip Verify adequate disk permissions and disk space on target host Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE 7 Downloading Public Key With Connectivity Failure XSCF gt snapshot t sueGsaturne west home sue logs x k download Downloading
15. p Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port See EXAMPLE 12 q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts at Use with the p option to specify proxy type as http socks4 or socks5 The default is http u Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication Prompts for a password See EXAMPLE 13 y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 OPERANDS setldapssl 8 The following operands are supported enable disable loadcert rmcert group administrator group operator group custom userdomain defaultrole timeout When used with no other operands enable or disable LDAP SSL loadcert console prompts for certificate information to be entered at the console Use this command to paste certificate information copied from a file Terminate input with CTRL D loadcert URI loads a certificate file for the LDAP SSL server Supported formats for URI are http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb_msd path file Delete certificate for an LDAP SSL server strictcertmode must be in the disabled state for a certificate to be removed
16. EXAMPLES Time Format Description yyyy mm dd T hh mm ss ddMonyy hh mm ss hh mm Tns Tnsec Tus Tusec Tms Tmsec Ts Tsec Tm Tmin Th Thour Td Tday Year month day and optional hour in 24 hour format minute and second where T is an integer value specified in base 10 The second or hour minute and second can be optionally omitted 12 00 00AM on the specified day month name and year Hour in 24 hour format minute and second of the current day Hour in 24 hour format and minute of the current day T nanoseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T microseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T milliseconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T seconds ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T minutes ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T hours ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 T days ago where T is an integer value specified in base 10 You can append a decimal fraction of the form n to any t option argument to indicate a fractional number of seconds beyond the specified time EXAMPLE1 Default fmdump Display XSCF gt fmdump TIME UUID MSG ID Aug 12 16 12 13 2811 7868clcc 23d4 c575 8659 85cdbe61842e FMD 8000 77 Aug 12 16 12 13 2985 7868clcc 23d4 c575 8659 85cdbe61842e FMD 8000 77 Sep 01 16 06 57 5839 3ceca439 b0b2 4db1 9123 c8ace3 2b371 FM
17. IOU is replaced with a connected CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit The CD RW DVD RW and the tape connection is maintained even if the domain power is turned off or the system is rebooted The CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit is mounted in each of the base and expansion cabinets in the M9000 server that has the expansion cabinet In such cases each CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit can be connected only to a domain within the cabinet in which the drive is mounted Settings for connection must be made for both the base cabinet and expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT Main chassis port 0 0 Expansion chassis port 8 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 0 4 disable down enable up 0 6 disable down enable up System Administration 43 cfgdevice 8 EXAMPLES 1 0 disable down enable up 1 2 disable down enable up 1 4 disable down enable up 1 6 disable down enable up 2 0 disable down enable up 2 2 disable down enable up 2 4 disable down enable up 2 6 disable down enable up 8 0 enable up enable up 8 2 disable down enable up 8 4 disable down enable up 8 6 disable down enable up EXAMPLE 1 When the system is being powered off reserves the connection of the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the port 0 0 XSCF cfgdevice c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to at
18. Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Power status One of the following states is displayed Domain Power On The domain power is on Domain Power Off The domain power is off System Power On The system power is on System Power Off The system power is off SCF Reset XSCF is in the reset state Domain Reset The domain is in the reset state XIR The domain CPU is in the reset state Factor that caused this Status One of the following factors is displayed Self Reset Power On System Reset Panel Scheduled RCI Pow Fail Recov Operator SW Request Alarm Fatal Panic Domain ID domain id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Status of the mode switch of the operator panel One of the following states are displayed Locked Normal operation mode Service Service mode m Event log Default Date Message Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 System power on Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 System power off 432 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 showlogs 8 Case where the v option is specified Date Message Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 System power on Switch Service Code xxxxK XXXX KENK XKKK KENK XXXX KENY XKXKXK XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX Date Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Message Event message
19. PSU 1 6352rpm EXAMPLE6 Displays power consumption information on the M3000 server in case of AC power supply XSCF gt showenvironment power Permitted AC power consumption 470W Actual AC power consumption 450W EXAMPLE7 Displays power consumption information on the M3000 server in case of DC power supply XSCF gt showenvironment power Permitted DC power consumption 470W Actual DC power consumption 450W EXAMPLE 8 Displays the volume of air exhausted from the M3000 server XSCF gt showenvironment air Air Flow 63CMH EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 393 showenvironment 8 394 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showfru 8 showfru display the hardware settings of specified device showfru device location showfru a device showfru h The showfru 8 command displays the hardware settings of specified device by the setupfru 8 command The command can display the settings of the specified device or of all devices Only the physical system board PSB can be specified as a device The following settings are displayed Device Specified device name Only sb is displayed Location Device location If the device is sb the indicated location is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 XSB Mode XSB m
20. SEE ALSO showlocator 8 236 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS setloginlockout 8 setloginlockout enable or disable login lockout feature setloginlockout s time setloginlockout h The setloginlockout 8 command sets the amount of time in minutes that users are prevented from logging into their accounts after the third unsuccessful login attempt You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the account lockout time in minutes using a number ranging from 0 to 1440 24 hours The default value which disables the lockout is 0 minutes When login lockout is set a user is allowed three consecutive attempts to log in An attempt to log in is defined as typing the user name at the login prompt and pressing the Return key even if no password is entered or the login attempt times out After the third consecutive failed attempt the system prevents further tries for the set amount of time During lockout the system allows entry of the login name and asks for a password But it rejects every further attempt even if the password entered is valid Failed attempts during lockout
21. XSCF gt viewaudit u jsmith file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLE 3 Displaying Audit Records for Privileges XSCF gt viewaudit p granted file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLE4 Displaying Audit Records for Successful Access XSCF gt viewaudit r success file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter header 37 1 login telnet jupiter 2006 01 11 11 31 09 659 05 00 subject 1 jsmith normal ssh 45880 jupiter command showuser platform access granted return 0 System Administration 525 viewaudit 8 526 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO header 57 1 command viewaudit jupiter company com 2006 01 26 16 13 09 128 05 00 subject 5 sue normal ssh 1282 saturn command viewaudit platform access granted return 0 EXAMPLE 5 Displaying Audit Records Within a Range of Two Days XSCF gt viewaudit A 20080108 B 2d file 1 2008 01 09 20 12 12 968 08 00 20080110041212 0000000004 sca m5k 0 0 file 1 2008 01 10 21 14 49 481 08 00 terminated file 1 2008 01 10 21 14 49 485 08 00 2008
22. domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Turns off the power to all domains Only users who have the platadm and fieldeng privileges can specify this option This option turns off the power to a system in process of warm up or air conditioning or to a domain in process of power on d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned off domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration This option does not turn off the power to a system in process of warm up or air conditioning or to a domain in process of power on Uses XSCF to forcibly turn off the power to the specified domain This option is used together with the d option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 119 poweroff 8 EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n 120 to cancel the command m If the Oracle Solaris OS of the target domain is running the po
23. domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The sethttps 8 command make settings for the HTTPS service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the HTTPS service XSCF showhttps HTTPS status enabled Server key installed in Apr 24 12 34 56 JST 2006 CA key installed in Apr 24 12 00 34 JST 200 CA cert installed in Apr 24 12 00 34 JST 200 CSR System Administration 411 showhttps 8 MIIBwj CCASSCAQAwgYExC zAJBgNVBAYTAmpgqMQ4wDAYDVQQITEWVzdGF0ZTERMA8G A1LUEBXMIbG9 Jj YWxpdHkxFTATBgNVBAOTDG9yZ2 FuaxphdG1vbj EPMAOGA1UECxMG b3JnYW5pMO8wDQYDVQQDEwZjb21tb24xFjAUBgkahkiG9w0BCQEWB2V1Lm1haWww gZ8WwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQEBBQOADgYOAMIGJAOGBAJ5D57X k42LcipTWBWzv2GrxaVM 5GEyx3bdBWS8 7WZhnd3uiZ9 AN1vRAuw YYy7I pAD NQJesBcBjuyj9x IiJ19F Mr1I5 R8pOlywVOdbMPCar 09rrU45bVeZhTyi uQOdWLoXx Dhq0 fm2BpYuh9WukT5 pTEg 2dABg 8UdHmNAgMBAAGgADANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQOFAAOBgQAux1 jH3dyB6Xho PgBuVIakDzIKEPipK9qQfC57YI43uRBGRUbu0AHEcLVue5yTu6G5 SXHTCqO7tV5g 38UHSg5Kay9QuWHwMri hxm0OkQ4gBpAp jNb6F B ngBE3j thGbEuvJb Owbycvu 5jrhB ZV9k8X MbDOxSx U5nF Zuyw EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sethttps 8 412 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS
24. mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Displays a log in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp By default the display of log data in the order of timestamps starts from the oldest data Displays a scan log attached to an error log Only a user having the fieldeng privilege can specify this operand This cannot be specified together with the v option or V option 426 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 t time showlogs 8 Specifies the start date and time of the display range for log data It is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute format mm dd yy hh mm The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute format Monddhh mmyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute year format yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Even if the r option is specified together with this option the specified t a
25. none Do not log diagnostic messages Use this setting during normal system operation high Log only high severity diagnostic messages medium Log only high severity and medium severity diagnostic messages low Log high severity medium severity and informational diagnostic messages trace Log high severity medium severity informational and trace level diagnostic messages Clear the log file of LDAP SSL authentication and authorization diagnostic messages Enable or disable strictcertmode mode This mode is disabled by default the channel is secure but limited validation of the certificate is performed If strictcertmode is enabled the server s certificate must have already been uploaded to the server so that the certificate signatures can be validated when the server certificate is presented Data is always protected even if strictcertmode is disabled Strictcertmode applies to primary and alternate servers alike 228 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXAMPLES setldapssl 8 usermapmode Enable or disable use of the usermap When enabled user attributes specified with the usermap operand rather than userdomain are used for user authentication usermap Only if usermapmode is enabled configure the specified usermap parameter attributelnfo Use the specified attribute information for user validation binddn Use the specified Distinguished Name for binding wit
26. replacefru 8 or addfru 8 operation is currently underway System Administration 483 showstatus 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU module and memory module in a CPU memory unit are degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus CMU 0 CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Faulted X MEM 00A Status Faulted EXAMPLE 2 Displays the degraded units In this example a memory module on a memory board is degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B MEMB 0 kaj MEM 0A Status Faulted EXAMPLE 3 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU memory board unit and memory module on a motherboard unit are degraded because of an error XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B Status Normal MEMB 1 Status Deconfigured MEM 3B Status Deconfigured EXAMPLE4 Displays the degraded units In this example a CPU memory board unit is degraded because a crossbar unit is degraded XSCF gt showstatus MBU_B Status Normal CPUM 1 CHIP 1 Status Deconfigured ai XBU_B 0 Status Degraded EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 484 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showtelnet 8 showtelnet display the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network showte
27. setshutdowndelay 8 setshutdowndelay set the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS setshutdowndelay s time setshutdowndelay h The setshutdowndelay 8 command sets the wait time before the start of system shutdown for when power interruption occurs in a system connected to the UPS The start of system shutdown can be delayed until the specified time When power recovery is reported from the UPS within the specified time shutdown will not occur You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the wait time before the start of shutdown in units of seconds Specify an integer number ranging from 0 to 9999 for time The default value is 10 seconds The currently set wait time can be displayed by using the showshutdowndelay 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets 600 seconds as the wait time before the start of shutdown XSCF gt setshutdowndelay s 600 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showshutdowndelay 8 System Administration 275 setshutdowndelay 8 276 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setsmtp 8 setsmtp set u
28. shownetwork 8 250 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setntp 8 setntp set the NTP servers used on the XSCF network the stratum value the preferred server and the clock address of the local clock of XSCF setntp c add address setntp c del address setntp c del a setntp c stratum i stratum no setntp m type value setntp h setntp 8 command sets the NTP information for XSCF The setntp 8 command can specify the following information m The NTP servers which are used on the XSCF network Up to three NTP servers can be registered for the XSCF network Any attempt to register four or more servers causes an error m The stratum value which has been set to XSCF m Whether to specify the preferred server m The clock address of the local clock of XSCF You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all the NTP servers that are currently registered This option is used with the c del c add Adds the host with the specified address or the host as an NTP server This option is used together with address If the c option is omitted c add is used When an NTP server is registered the existing setting is deleted and overwriting is performed with the specified address c del Deletes the host wit
29. you specified cpumode on the M3000 server it results in an error When diag is specified for function any of the following can be specified for mode Note When the domain is in any status other than powered off it results in an error none No diagnosis is performed min Sets standard for the diagnostic level max Sets maximum for the diagnostic level When secure is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode The setting will be reflected after domain power on or restart on Enables the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception off Disables the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception When autoboot is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode The setting will be reflected after domain power on or restart on Enables the Auto boot function off Disables the Auto boot function 196 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION co setdomainmode 8 ntinued When cpumode is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode Note When the domain is in any status other than powered off it results in an error auto Automatically determines the operational mode of CPU at domain startup Depending on the CPU configuration on the domain any of the following CPU operational mode is set o Consists only of SPARC64 VII or SPARC64 VII processors SPARC64
30. 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_ PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS MODES 256 Mode related events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specifications are processed together with e options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 1 When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the specified classes is turned on or off respectively You can use the e option to override these settings for an individual event The class and event audit record generation policy applies to all users Unique class and event policies cannot be specified for individual users System Administration 173 setaudit 8 e events enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 0 See showaudit e all fora list of valid events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specifications are processed together with c options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 3 When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the specified events is turned on or off respectively
31. 8 System Administration 383 showdscp 8 384 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed 8 showdualpowerfeed display the current setting of dual power feed mode showdualpowerfeed showdualpowerfeed h The showdualpowerfeed 8 command displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system Note The ability to display the current status of the dual power feed is available on M3000 M4000 M5000 servers only However the dual power feed mode cannot be used with 100V power on M4000 M5000 servers When the optional power cabinet for dual power feed is connected on M8000 M9000 servers it automatically configures the dual power feed mode For details about the setting the dual power feed see the Installation Guide for your server The dual power feed mode can be set by the setdualpowerfeed 8 command Also before the dual power feed mode is changed by the setdualpower feed 8 command the values of changed settings are displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current setting of dual power feed mode in the system XSCF gt showdualpowerfeed Dual power feed is enabled EXAMPLE2 Chang
32. AaBbCc123 AaBbCc123 Italic mon What you type when contrasted with on screen computer output This font represents the example of command input in the frame The names of commands files and directories on screen computer output This font represents the example of command output in the frame Indicates the name of a reference manual a variable or user replaceable text Indicates names of chapters sections items buttons or menus XSCF gt adduser jsmith XSCF gt showuser P User Name jsmith Privileges useradm auditadm See the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M900 0 Servers XSCF User s Guide See Chapter 2 System Features Syntax of the Command Line Interface CLI The command syntax is as follows m A variable that requires input of a value must be put in Italics m An optional element must be enclosed in m A group of options for an optional keyword must be enclosed in and delimited by xii SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual December 2010 Documentation Feedback If you have any comments or requests regarding this document go to the following web sites m For Oracle users http docs sun com m For Fujitsu users in U S A Canada and Mexico http www computers us fujitsu com www support servers shtml support servers m For Fujitsu users in other countries refer to this SPARC Enterprise contact http www fuji
33. SEE ALSO showldap 8 showldap display the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP configuration for the Service Processor showldap showldap c showldap h showldap 8 displays the Service Processor LDAP configuration When invoked without options showldap displays all LDAP configuration except for the certificate chain and the password used when binding to the LDAP server You must have useradm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c Displays the LDAP server certification chain h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLE 1 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data XSCF showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguishing Name ou people doe company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 CERTS None EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All LDAP Configuration Data XSCF gt showldap c There are no certificates configured The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setldap 8 System Administration 413 showldap 8 414 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showldapssl 8 showldapssl show LDAP SSL configuration and messages showldapss1 showldapss1 showldapss1l showldapssl
34. Type B CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0901h Serial PPO608J517 FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O51 A0 371 4616 01 Freq 2 880 GHz Type 32 Core 4 Strand 2 CPUM 1 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0901h Serial PP0620P552 FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O51 A0 371 4616 01 Freq 2 880 GHz Type 32 Core 4 Strand 2 CPUM 2 CHIP O Status Normal Ver 0901h Serial PPO631Q396 FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O51 A0 371 4616 01 Freq 2 880 GHz Type 32 Core 4 Strand 2 CPUM 3 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0901h Serial PP0629H443 FRU Part Number CA06620 D051 A0 371 4616 01 Freq 2 880 GHz Type 32 Core 4 Strand 2 MEM 00A Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E 3020 221d6855 Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 00B Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E 3020 221 fcdb7 Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 33A Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E 3020 221d678b Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 33B Status Normal Code 2cffffffffffffffO818HTF12872Y 53EB3 0300 69aedd7a Type 1A Size 1 GB CMU 3 Status Normal Ver 8301h Serial PPO638F192 FRU Part Number CA06620 D004 A0 371 4930 01 f Memory Size 64 GB Type C CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0a01 Serial PPO631P606 FRU Part Number CA06620 D061 A1 371 4929 01 Freq 3 000 GHz Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 CPUM 1 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver a0lh Serial PPO630M355 FRU Part Number CA
35. XSCFU 0 bank 1 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01080004 last version 01080000 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO flashupdate 8 XSCF download has been completed XSCFU 0 bank 1 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01080004 last version 01080000 XSCF update has been completed XSCFU 0 bank 1 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 XCP update is started XCP version 1082 last version 1080 OpenBoot PROM update is started OpenBoot PROM version 02090000 OpenBoot PROM update has been completed OpenBoot PROM version 02090000 XSCF update is started XSCFU 0 bank 0 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 XSCF download is started XSCFU 0 bank 0 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01080001 last version 01080000 XSCF download has been completed XSCFU 0 bank 0 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01080001 last version 01080000 XSCF download is started XSCFU 0 bank 0 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01080004 last version 01080000 XSCF download has been completed XSCFU 0 bank 0 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 07 version 01080004 last version 01080000 XSCF update has been completed XSCFU 0 bank 0 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 XSCF is rebooting to update
36. configure an eXtended System Board XSB into the domain configuration or assign it to the domain configuration addboard a y n v c configure d domain id xsb xsb addboard q y n v c assign d domain id xsb xsb addboard a y n f v c reserve d domain_id xsb xsb addboard h The addboard 8 command based on domain component list DCL configures a XSB into the domain configuration or assigns it to the domain configuration The addboard 8 command is not available on the M3000 server One of the following configuration methods can be specified configure Configures an XSB into the specified domain configuration The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the Oracle Solaris OS assign Assigns an XSB to the specified domain The assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or assigned to other domains The assigned XSB is configured in the domain by reboot or execution of the addboard 8 command with c configure reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration The action of reserve is the same as assign You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c assign Assigns an XSB to the domain c
37. d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays status information on all domains XSCF gt showdomainstatus a DID Domain Status 00 Running 01 Running Waiting for OS Shutdown 02 Powered Off 03 Panic State 04 Shutdown Started 05 Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt 06 Initialization Phase 07 OpenBoot Execution Completed EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO poweroff 8 poweron 8 reset 8 showdcl 8 380 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showdscp 8 showdscp display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP showdscp showdscp v p showdscp v p d domain_id showdscp v p s showdscp h showdscp 8 displays the IP addresses assigned for DSCP usage the IP addresses for an individual domain the Service Processor or for the entire system When used without options it displays current IP data When displaying IP addresses for all DSCP links in the system the output is a table The table is sorted by numerical domain IDs When displaying IP addresses for a particular domain or
38. i n ipaddr port setldapss1 logdetail none high medium low trace setldapss1 log a y n clear setldapss1 strictcertmode usermapmode enable disable setldapss1 usermap attributeInfo binddn bindpw searchbase value setldapss1 default a y n setldapssl h setldapss1 8 configures LDAP SSL To enable or disable LDAP SSL execute only the command and one of those operands To enable or disable LDAP SSL strictcertrmode or usermapmode specify the mode along with enable or disable To clear or unset a property issue a setldapss1 command with no value for the operand For example setldapssl group custom i 1 name clears the name property from custom group 1 and setldapssl usermap searchbase clears the searchbase property from the optional user mapping settings If a property is not set it is displayed with no value Note If you are an Active Directory or LDAP SSL user do not upload a public key If one has already been uploaded use the following command to delete it XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey a u proxyuser System Administration 225 setldapssl 8 226 Privileges You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs in Sets an index marker value 1 5 n Automatically answers n no to all prompts
39. name must always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an alphanumeric character If localhost specified an error occurs xscfu Specifies the name of the XSCF unit to be set The following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If no value is specified an error occurs xscf 0 XSCF unit 0 xscf 1 XSCF unit 1 In M8000 M9000 servers m The following situations result in an error by the applynetwork 8 command a Both host name and domain name are not set m On M8000 M9000 servers the host name is not set to both xscf 0 and xscf 1 The total number of characters of the DNS domain name that you set by using the sethostname 8 command and the search path that you set by using the setnameserver 8 command exceeds 256 m To apply the host name and the DNS domain name to XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command Then use the reboot xsc 8 command to reset XSCF to make the changes to the XSCF permanent m The currently set host name and DNS domain name of the XSCF unit can be checked by using the shownetwork 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the host name scf0 hostname for XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt sethostname xscf 0 scfO hostname EXAMPLE 2 Sets the DNS domain name example com for XSCF unit XSCF gt sethostname d example com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 setnameserver 8 showhostname 8 214 SPARC Enterprise Mx00
40. set up the email report configuration data setemailreport v t setemailreport s variable value setemailreport h setemailreport 8 sets up email reporting configuration data for remote maintenance Once the configuration data is set up it is used by the fault management daemon to send email reports as required If you run the setemailreport command without specifying any options you will be prompted to answer whether email reporting is to be enabled If enabled you will be prompted to provided a list of email addresses Where a Add recipient d Delete recipient F Replace recipient Default You can set up email reporting noninteractively by using the s option After the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp 8 you can use setemailreport t to send a test email message You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 and for more information System Administration 209 setemailreport 8 OPTIONS EXAMPLES The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s variable value Configures email reporting Valid entries for variable are enable recipient Valid value entries for enable are yes no Valid value entries for recipient are Any valid company email account t Sends test email v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLE 1 Enable Email Reporting Interacti
41. showarchiving 8 Connection to Archive Host Latest communication None Connection status None AUDIT LOGS OTHER LOGS Archive space limit Unlimited 2000 MB Archive space used Not monitored Not monitored Total archiving failures 0 0 Unresolved failures 0 0 EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Archiving Error Information XSCF gt showarchiving e No archiving errors have occurred EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setarchiving 8 System Administration 327 showarchiving 8 328 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 showaudit 8 NAME showaudit display the current auditing system state SYNOPSIS showaudit showaudit all showaudit a users c classes e events g m p s t showaudit h DESCRIPTION showaudit 8 displays the current state of system auditing When invoked without options showaudit displays whether the writing of audit records is enabled or disabled Privileges You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 329 showaudit 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported a users c classes e events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified users users is a comma separated list of valid user names Displays the audit record
42. 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showroute 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays routing information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 without the name resolution of host name XSCF gt showroute n xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface 192 168 10 0 0 0 0 0 255525525540 U xscf 0 lan 0 0 0 0 0 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE 3 Displays all routing information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the M8000 M9000 server XSCF gt showroute a Kernel IP routing table Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface 192 168 10 0 255 255 255 0 U xscf 0 lan 0 default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 UG xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Interface default 192 168 10 1 0 0 0 0 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setroute 8 System Administration 467 showroute 8 468 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showshutdowndelay 8 showshutdowndelay display the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply UPS showshutdowndelay showshutdowndelay h The showshutdowndelay 8 command displays the wait time before the start of system shutdown for when power interru
43. 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO fmadm 8 fmdump 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 Q O O O NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS getflashimage 8 getflashimage download a firmware image file getflashimage v a y n u user user p proxy t proxy_type getflashimage 1 getflashimage a y n d getflashimage h The getflashimage 8 command downloads a firmware image file for use by the flashupdate 8 command If any previous image files of the firmware are present on the XSCF unit they are deleted prior to downloading the new version After successful download the image file is checked for integrity and the MD5 checksum is displayed You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d Deletes all previous firmware image files still on the XSCF unit then exits h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Lists firmware image files that are still on the XSCF unit then exits n Automatically answers n no to all prompts p proxy Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port Refer to Exam
44. 1 See EXAMPLE 2 Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 Sets the minimum acceptable password length if no password credits are applied If credits are specified by options d u 1 and o the required password length is reduced when the specified character types are used Note Passwords cannot contain fewer than 6 characters regardless of credits Valid values are integers with value of 6 99999999 See EXAMPLE 2 Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 Sets the maximum credit for nonalphanumeric characters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each nonalphanumeric character in the password up to ocredit value Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The initial setting is 1 See EXAMPLE 2 Sets the number of passwords remembered in the password history The maximum valid value is 10 The initial setting is 3 System Administration 263 setpasswordpolicy 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO u ucredit Sets the maximum credit for uppercase letters in a passw
45. 2 00 JDT XSCF gt settimezone c adddst b JST o GMT 9 d JDT f M3 5 0 t M10 5 0 JST 9JDT M3 5 0 M10 5 0 EXAMPLE4 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows abbreviation of time zone is JST offset from GMT is 9 zone name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT the offset of Daylight Saving Time from GMT is 10 and time period is from the first Sunday of April 0 00 JST to the first Sunday of September 0 00 JDT XSCF gt settimezone c adddst b JST o GMT 9 d JDT p GMT 10 f M4 1 0 00 00 00 t M9 1 0 00 00 00 JST IJDT 10 M4 1 0 00 00 00 M9 1 0 00 00 00 EXAMPLE 5 Deletes the Daylight Saving Time information of current settings XSCF settimezone c deldst b JST o GMT 9 System Administration 311 settimezone 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setdate 8 showdate 8 showtimezone 8 312 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setupfru 8 setupfru set up device hardware setupfru m yln x 11 4 device location setupfru h The setupfru 8 command makes hardware settings for the specified device The setupfru 8 command is not supported on the M3000 server Only a physical system board PSB can be specified as a device After a PSB is added the following settings can be specified for PSB XSB type M
46. 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 xscf 0 lan 0 EXAMPLE 2 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and gateway 192 168 1 1 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 g 192 168 1 1 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE 3 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and default netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 0 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE 4 Deletes the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and default netmask 255 255 255 0 from XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c del n 192 168 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE 5 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 4 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE 6 Deletes the routing of destination 192 168 1 4 from XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c del n 192 168 1 4 xscf 0 lan 1 EXAMPLE 7 Adds routing information for the default gateway 192 168 10 1 for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setroute c add n 0 0 0 0 g 192 168 10 1 xscf 0 lan 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 showroute 8 274 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO
47. 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 getflashimage 8 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6dd367c888507427e58cdb8e0a0 EXAMPLE 2 Downloading a Version from an ftp Server XSCF gt getflashimage ftp imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0al EXAMPLE 3 Downloading Using an http Proxy Server With Port 8080 XSCF gt getflashimage p webproxy sun com 8080 http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received System Administration 93 getflashimage 8 Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da36
48. 4932 01 Fi Freq 2 660 GHz Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 398 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showhardconf 8 CPUM 3 CHIP 1 Status Normal Ver 0601h Serial PPO74804E9 FRU Part Number CA06761 D205 A0 371 4932 01 A Freq 2 660 GHz Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 MEMB 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial BFO9061G0E FRU Part Number CF00541 0545 06 541 0545 06 i MEM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A 356d 0d016912 Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123424 Type 1A Size 1 GB MEMB 7 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial BFO9061GBA FRU Part Number CF00541 0545 06 541 0545 06 MEM 0A Status Normal Code 2cffffffffffffffO818HTF12872Y 53EB3 0300 d504600c Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E 3020 2229c19c Type 1A Size 1 GB DDC_A 0 Status Normal DDC_A 1 Status Normal DDC_A 2 Status Normal DDC_A 3 Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal DDC_B 1 Status Normal IOU 0 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial BFO7486TEU FRU Part Number CF00541 4361 01 541 4361 01 li Type 1 DDC_A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal IOU 1 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial BF073226HP FRU Part Number CF00541 4361 01 541 4361 01 Type 1 DDC_A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal XSCFU Status Norm
49. 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System XSCF gt showsnmpusm Username Auth Protocol jsmith SHA sue MD5 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setsnmpusm 8 System Administration 475 showsnmpusm 8 476 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsnmpvacm 8 showsnmpvacm display the current View based Access Control Access VACM information for the SNMP agent showsnmpvacm showsnmpvacm h showsnmpvacm 8 displays the current VACM information for the SNMP agent You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System XSCF gt showsnmpvacm Groups Groupname Username admin jsmith bob Views View Subtree Mask Type all view 1 include Access View Group all_view admin The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setsnmpvacm 8 System Administration 477 showsnmpvacm 8 478 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS
50. Assign group name for up to five specified administrator groups The administrator group has platadm useradm and auditadm privileges and you cannot change that Assign group name for up to five specified operator groups The operator group has platop and auditop privileges and you cannot change that Assign group name and privileges for up to five groups Configure the user domain See EXAMPLE 6 below for important information Configure default privileges If defaultrole is configured users have privileges as specified by defaultrole after authentication user group membership is not checked If defaultrole is not configured users privileges will be learned from the LDAP SSL server based on group membership Configure transaction timeout in seconds seconds can be 1 to 20 The default is 4 If the specified timeout is too brief for the configuration the login process or retrieval of user privilege settings could fail System Administration 227 setldapssl 8 server logdetail log options clear strictcertmode Configure the primary and up to five alternate LDAP SSL servers To use a host name DNS must be enabled An IP address can be specified with port number otherwise the default port is used Enable logging of LDAP SSL authentication and authorization diagnostic messages at the specified detail level This log is for use in troubleshooting and is cleared on SP reboot Level can be one of the following
51. Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance y This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n y EXAMPLE3 Unlocks the maintenance lock status Suppresses prompts and oun automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt unlockmaintenance q y XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 516 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES version 8 version display firmware version version c xcp v t version c cmu xscf v version h The version 8 command displays firmware version The following versions can be displayed xcp The comprehensive version of the XSCF control package XCP firmware currently applied to the system cmu The version of OpenBoot PROM firmware xscf The version of XSCF firmware You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options ar
52. DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showssh 8 showssh display the settings of the Secure Shell SSH service that configured for the XSCF network showssh c hostkey M showssh c pubkey u user name M showssh h showssh 8 command displays the current settings of the SSH service that configured for the XSCF network The following information is displayed SSH status Validity of the SSH service SSH DSCP Whether the access from domain to the SSH service via the Domain SP Communication Protocol DSCP is permitted RSA key Host public key in RSA format DSA key Host public key in DSA format Fingerprint Host public key in fingerprint format When specified the display of user public key the user public key number which automatically numbered by system and the user public key are displayed Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To display the user public key of other user account useradm m To display the information other than above useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c hostkey Displays a host public key If the c option is omitted c hostkey is assumed specified c pubkey Displays the user public key If the c option is omitted c hostkey is assumed specified System Administration
53. Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 ldaps company2 com 636 CERTS None EXAMPLE 5 Importing a Certificate XSCF setldap c user remote machine path to cacert pem XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers ldap company com 389 ldaps company2 com 636 CERTS cacert pem EXAMPLE 6 Testing the LDAP connection XSCF gt setldap t jsmith company com 389 PASSED The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setlookup 8 showldap 8 System Administration 223 setldap 8 224 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setldapssl 8 setldapssl configure LDAP SSL setldapss1 enable disable setldapss1 loadcert a y n i n u username p proxy t proxy_type URI setldapss1 loadcert q y n i n console setldapss1 rmcert a y n i n setldapss1 group administrator i n name groupname setldapss1 group operator i n name groupname setldapss1 group custom i n name groupname setldapss1 group custom i n roles privileges setldapssl userdomain i n domainname setldapss1 defaultrole privileges setldapss1 timeout seconds setldapss1 server
54. October 2010 REFERENCE User Commands NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges exit exit the XSCF shell exit The exit 1 command exits and closes the XSCF shell No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information User Commands exit 1 15 exit 1 16 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES man 1 man display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command man command name man h man 1 displays manual pages of specified XSCF shell command No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported command name Specifies the command name whose manual page is displayed Multiple command_name can be specified by delimited the spaces m If the relevant manual page is too long the page is divided into pages that each can fit on one screen In such cases the following key operations are available Key Description Enter Displays the next line space Displays the next page b Goes back half a page q Quits display of the page in the manual m If intro is specified for command_name a list of XSCF shell commands i
55. Public Key from saturne west Error downloading key for host saturne west Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 System Administration 501 snapshot 8 EXAMPLE 8 Downloading Public Key and Answering No to All Prompts XSCF gt snapshot v t jillGearth east home jill logs x k download n Downloading Public Key from earth east Public Key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2 EAAAABIWAAAT EAWVFiSONVBFHTTzq0AX5iQgCkkJj d6ezWkVGtmMkJJzzM jYKOsBIhn6dGEIiHABSZO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZONxJaYAOWO 5 8Qgxbn Key fingerprint in md5 c9 e0 bct b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d9 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no no Public Key declined Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE 9 Downloading Public Key Attempted by Unauthorized User XSCF gt snapshot t fakeuser fakehost com fakedir p fake password Downloading Public Key from fakehost com Error downoading key for host fakehost com Error opening SSH target Exiting with error 1 EXAMPLE 10 Downloading to External Media Device XSCF gt snapshot d usb0 r Testing writability of USB device SUCCESS About to remove all files from device usb0 Continue y n y Collecting data into media usb msd jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 04 17T22 41 51 zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 11 Limiting Data Collection for Certain Logs to a Date Range XSCF gt snapshot d usbO S 2007 01 01 01 00 00 E 2007 01 31 14 00 00 Testing writability of
56. Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sendbreak 8 showconsolepath 8 50 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges deleteboard 8 deleteboard disconnect an eXtended System Board XSB from the domain configuration deleteboard a y n v c disconnect xsb xsb deleteboard a y n v c unassign xsb xsb deleteboard a y n v c reserve xsb xsb deleteboard h The deleteboard 8 command disconnects an XSB from the domain configuration in which it has been configured The deleteboard 8 command is not available on the M3000 server One of the following disconnection methods can be specified disconnect Disconnects the XSB from the domain configuration but keeps it assigned Because the XSB thus remains assigned to the domain configuration it can be configured again in the domain by reboot the domain or execution of the addboard 8 command unassign Completely disconnects the XSB from the main configuration and puts it in the system board pool The XSB in the system board pool can be incorporated into or assigned to other domain configurations reserve Does not immediately disconnects the XSB from the domain configuration but only reserves detachment When the domain power is shut down the reserved XSB is disconnected from the domain configuration and put in the s
57. These settings override the class settings for the event Class settings are set by the c option The class and event audit record generation policy applies to all users Unique class and event policies cannot be specified for individual users g enable disable Sets the global user audit record generation policy When set to disable no audit record which can be attributed to any user account is generated These settings can be overridden on an individual user basis using the a option h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m mailaddr Sets the mail address to which email is sent when the local audit storage space usage reaches a threshold see option t Email addresses must be a valid email address of the form user company com Specifying none for mailaddr turns off email notification 174 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 setaudit 8 p suspend count Sets the policy to follow when the audit trail becomes full The following are valid values suspend count t percents All processes which try to write to audit records will be suspended until either space becomes available and records can be written or the policy is changed to count New audit records are dropped and a count is kept of how many records are dropped Sets thresholds at which to issue a warning about local audit storage usage percents is a com
58. XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 dumpconfig 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO restoreconfig 8 System Administration 69 dumpconfig 8 70 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO enableuser 8 enableuser enable an XSCF user account enableuser user enableuser h enableuser 8 enables a local XSCF user account An enabled account can be used for login at the console using Secure Shell SSH Using this command you can reenable accounts disabled by disableuser You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies the valid user name of the account to be enabled EXAMPLE 1 Enable a User Account XSCF gt enableuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 showuser 8 System Administration 71 enableuser 8 72 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Pri
59. XX XX XX 2 172 ms 2 313 ms 2 36 ms 5 Displays the detailed route packets take to the host named server example com XSCF LAN 192 168 100 10 XSCF gt traceroute v server example com traceroute to server example com XX XX XX XX 30 hops max 40 byte packets 1 XX XX 2 XX XX 3 XX XX 4 XX XX 5 XX XX 6 server ms XX XX XX XX XX 1 2 3 4 5 36 bytes to 192 168 100 100 1 792 ms 1 673 ms 1 549 ms 36 bytes to 192 168 100 110 2 235 ms 2 249 ms 2 367 ms 36 bytes to 192 168 100 10 2 199 ms 2 228 ms 2 361 ms 36 bytes to 192 168 100 10 2 516 ms 2 229 ms 2 357 ms 36 bytes to 192 168 100 10 2 546 ms 2 347 ms 2 272 ms example com 48 bytes to 192 168 100 10 2 172 ms 2 313 ms 2 36 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 traceroute 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 513 traceroute 8 514 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES unlockmaintenance 8 unlockmaintenance forcibly release the locked status of XSCF unlockmaintenance a y n unlockmaintenance h unlockmaintenance 8 command releases the locked status of XSCF forcibly Normally while the maintenance command addfru 8 deletefru 8 or replacefru 8 is in
60. a or a Refer to the description of the T option for more detailed information mom a device Specifies the external media device to use The following option is available to a ar Removes all files from the external media device prior to data collection This option is not valid with the t or T options E time Specifies the end time for the time period for which data is collected Used with the S time option for the start time defines the period of time for which log messages are collected by snapshot Only those log entries created before the time specified by E time are collected by snapshot Refer also to the description of the S option time Interpreted using strptime 3 using one of the following two formats 496 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 e h k host key L FII R 1 snapshot 8 Encrypts the zip archive Required when using P password Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Used with the t or T option sets the public key that the Service Processor uses to log in to the network host This option is not valid with the d option Possible values for host key are as follows none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the network host download This literal value specifies that snapshot will use ssh to download a public host key for the
61. a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m In the M8000 M9000 servers the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there is a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only System Administration 183 setdate 8 184 EXAMPLES When you use the setdate 8 command to set the time it may affect the time difference to the domain and a gap of time may arise at the domain start After you set the time use the showdateoffset 8 command to confirm the time difference between XSCF and the domain In case the difference has become enlarged use the resetdateoffset 8 command to reset the time difference When an NTP server has been set to XSCF you cannot set the the time To check whether an NTP server is set to XSCF use the showntp 8 command You can execute the setdate 8 command only when all domains are powered off To verify that all domains are powered off execute the showlogs power command and look for the value System Power Off To check the currently set XSCF date and time execute the showdate 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time XSCF gt setdate s 012716592006 00 Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt
62. additional rights set forth in FAR 52 227 19 Commercial Computer Software License December 2007 FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japan et Oracle America Inc 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood City CA 94065 et FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japan Ce logiciel ou mat riel a t d velopp pour un usage g n ral dans le cadre d applications de gestion des informations Ce logiciel ou mat riel n est pas con u ni n est destin a tre utilis dans des applications arisque notamment dans des applications pouvant causer des dommages corporels Si vous utilisez ce logiciel ou mat riel dans le cadre d applications dangereuses il est de votre responsabilit de prendre toutes les mesures de secours de sauvegarde de redondance et autres mesures n cessaires a son utilisation dans des conditions optimales de s curit Oracle Corporation et ses affili s d clinent toute responsabilit quant aux dommages caus s par l utilisation de ce logiciel ou mat riel pour ce type d applications Oracle et Java sont des marques d pos es d Oracle Corporation et ou de ses affili s Tout autre nom mentionn peut correspondre a des marques appartenant a d autres propri taires qu Oracle Fujitsu et le logo Fujitsu sont des marques d pos es de Fujitsu Limited AMD Opteron le logo AMD et le logo AMD Opteron sont des marques ou de
63. automatically archive its log data on a remote host Note Logs archived on the archive host should be rotated at regular intervals to avoid loss of log information Use logadm 1M to configure log rotation on a system that runs the Oracle Solaris OS Note You must set up the archive host correctly prior to enabling the log archiving feature See EXAMPLE 1 If you attempt to enable archiving while the configuration is invalid for example if the specified archive host does not exist setarchiving exits with an error message setarchiving exits with an error message if you request invalid configuration changes while archiving is enabled Note setarchiving 8 requires at least one option or operand You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 167 setarchiving 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs k host key Sets the public key that XSCF uses to verify the identity of the host Possible values for the host key are shown here none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authenticate the archive host If an archive host public key was previously configured it is deleted download This literal value specifies that setarchiving should download the public host key from the archive host using the SSH pr
64. be specified by delimiting with spaces Specifies unique lsb within the domain If the same sb number is specified an error occurs On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option m If the XSB associated with the specified LSB has been configured in the domain configuration the information that is set for the LSB cannot be changed Before making such a change unassign the XSB from the domain configuration by executing the deleteboard 8 command or re configure it in another domain configuration by executing the moveboard 8 command m If the specified domain is running the value of policy cannot be changed To change the value first turn off power to the domain m The currently set DCL information can be checked by using the showdc1 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets XSB 00 0 for LSB 00 and XSB 00 1 for LSB 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 a 00 00 0 01 00 1 EXAMPLE 2 Sets no mem true for LSB 00 and 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 s no mem true 00 01 EXAMPLE3 Sets policy system for domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 s policy system System Administration 191 setdcl 8 EXAMPLE 4 Clear the XSBs associated with LSB 00 and 01 of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdcl d 0 r 00 01 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8
65. boat in the left tray rear view iox nnnn iob1 I O boat in the right tray rear view iox nnnn iob0 1link Uplink card in boat 0 iox nnnn iob1 1link Uplink card in boat 1 iox nnnn ps0 Power supply in the left bay front view iox nnnn ps1 Power supply in the right bay front view 98 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 ioxadm 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported env elt target sensors Displays a summary of an External I O Expansion Unit or link card s environmental state e Displays electrical states measured voltage current fan speed switch settings 1 Displays LED states at Displays thermal readings target See target in OPTIONS for a general description and the text below for information specific to env sensors Specifies sensors about which data is to be displayed If not specified information about all sensors is shown Cannot be used without target System Administration 99 ioxadm 8 If you specify a FRU in an I O Expansion Unit or a card in a host slot as the target env only displays environmentals about that FRU If no e 1 or t option is specified the command displays all sensor information If no sensors are specified the command displays information about all sensors If no target is specified information about all External I O Expansion Units is displayed If you specify a box_id as the target env displ
66. bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 in the M3000 M4000 M5000 server XSCF gt shownetwork lan 1 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 3 Displays the information for ISN on the XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 if xscf 0 if Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 128 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 0 0 B TX bytes 17010 16 6 KiB Base address 0x1000 System Administration 447 shownetwork 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF Unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 11 10 Bcast 192 168 11 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0
67. can be repeated multiple times by using a space character as a delimiter If the same pair of an LSB number and XSB number is duplicated an error occurs Also if an XSB number has already been set for the specified lsb an error occurs If the specified xsb has already been set for another LSB the existing setting is canceled and the specified xsb is set for the specified lsb Specifies the domain ID to be set An integer ranging from 0 to 23 can be specified for domain_id depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 188 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 s option value setdcl 8 Clears the XSB number associated with an LSB number in the specified domain On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option Makes settings regarding hardware resources of the XSB associated with an LSB An item to be set is specified for option and a value corresponding to option is specified for value option and value are specified only once in a format using an equal sign to delimit the specified values The space character must not be inserted immediately before and after One of the following can be specified for option On the M3000 server only policy can be specified policy Degradation range applicable for a detected error during an initial diagnosis of hardware no mem Whether to omit the use o
68. certificate signatures can be validated when the server certificate is presented Data is always protected even if strictcertmode is disabled Strictcertmode applies to primary and alternate servers alike dnslocatorquery Configure the DNS locator query DNS and DNS Locator Mode must be enabled for DNS Locator Queries to work The DNS Locator service query identifies the named DNS service See EXAMPLES below for important information default Reset Active Directory settings to factory default EXAMPLE 1 Configures the Active Directory primary server specifying a port other than the default XSCF gt setad server 10 1 12 250 4040 EXAMPLE 2 Sets name for administrator group 3 XSCF gt setad group administrator i 3 name CN spSuperAdmin OU Groups DC Sales DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE 3 Sets name for custom group 2 XSCF gt setad group custom i 2 name CN spLimitedAdmin OU Groups DC Sales DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE 4 Sets roles for custom group 2 XSCF gt setad group custom i 2 roles auditadm platop EXAMPLE 5 Loads certificate information for Alternate Server 4 from the console XSCF gt setad loadcert i 4 console Warning About to load certificate for Alternate Server 4 Continue y n y Please enter the certificate MIIETJCCAzagAwI BAgIBADANBgkghkiG9w0BAQQFADB8MQswCQYDVQQGEwJIVUZET MBEGA1UECBMKQ2FsaWZvcm5pYTESMBAGA1UEBxMJU2 FulERpZWdvMRkwFwYDVQQOK ExBTAW4gTW1 j cm9 zeXNOZW1 ZMRUWEwYDVQQLEwxTeXNOZWO
69. chassis OPNL container frutree chassis PSU 0 fru frutree chassis PSU 0 PSU container frutree chassis PSU 2 fru frutree chassis PSU 2 PSU container 128 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 prtfru 8 frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 LINK container frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 LINK i0x983392 I0X iob1 PCIX LINK fru frutree chassis 1i0x983392 Label IOX XCX031 frutree chassis 1i0x983392 Label IOX XCX031 IOX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 IOX ps0 frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 ITOX ps0 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 IOX ps1 frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 TITOX ps1 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 ITOX iobl frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCX031 TOX iobl PCIX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCX031 TITOX iobl PCIX LINK container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCX031 TITOX iobl PCIX LINK iou0 IOU slot3 LINK fru frutree chassis MBU B container frutree chassis MBU B CPUM O CPUM container frutree chassis MBU B CPUM 1 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0O fru frutree chassis MBU B CPUM 1 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0O fru frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 0 MEM container frutr
70. command displays a summary of COD permits used and installed along with the current state of each resource When used without options it displays the current usage You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all resources and domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command for available resources only for those domains that you can access Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page p domain Displays COD permit usage for each domain The statistics reported include the number of COD permits used by the domain resources assigned to the domain and COD permits reserved for the domain p resource Displays COD permit usage by resource type p all Displays all COD usage information v Specifies verbose output Displays all available COD usage information including COD permit use for both the system and its domains System Administration 349 showcodusage 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The showcodusage p resource command displays the following COD usage information for the system Resource In Use Installed COD Permitted Status Identifies the type of COD resources available processors Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the system Specifies the n
71. common members of the selected events Displays very verbose event detail The event display is enlarged to show every member of the name value pair list associated with each event In addition for fault logs the event display includes a list of cross references to the corresponding errors that were associated with the diagnosis The following are the Time Formats Time Format Description mm dd yy hh mm mm dd yy hh mm 88 Month day year hour in 24 hour format minute and second Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument Month day year hour in 24 hour format and minute Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument mm dd yy 12 00 00AM on the specified month day and year ddMonyy hh mm ss Day month name year hour in 24 hour format Mon dd hh mm ss minute and second Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument Month day hour in 24 hour format minute and second of the current year Any amount of whitespace can separate the date and time The argument should be quoted so that the shell interprets the two strings as a single argument System Administration 81 fmdump 8
72. created The initial value is 0 A zero means that the account will not expire Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs i inactive Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account is locked This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 1 A value of 1 means that the account will not be locked after the password expires Valid values are integers with value of 1 999999999 k difok Sets the minimum number of new characters characters which were not present in the old password that a new password must contain The initial setting is 3 Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 System Administration 261 setpasswordpolicy 8 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember Sets the maximum credit for lowercase letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each lowercase letter in the password up to Icredit value Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The initial setting is 1 See EXAMPLE 2 Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 Sets the minimum acceptable password length if no password credi
73. data by default Depending on the target for the log collection the following logs can be specified For Field Replaceable Unit FRU Error log sometimes includes scan log e Power log e Event log e Temperature and humidity record e Monitoring message log For domain e Console message log e Panic message log e IPL message log You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m Error log Event log Temperature and humidity record and Monitor message log platadm platop fieldeng m Power log platadm platop domainadm domainmgr fieldeng m Scan log fieldeng m Console message log Panic message log and IPL message log platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 425 showlogs 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported d domain id h M p timestamp Specifies the ID of a domain to be displayed This option can be specified for domain specific log domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page Specifies a timestamp in a log when one log is to be displayed This option can be specified for an error log or event log timestamp is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format
74. do not extend the lockout time setloginlockout s 0 disables the account lockout When the account lockout is disabled a user can attempt to log in and fail an unlimited number of times If account lockout is disabled then re enabled locked out users are able to try again between those two events But locked out users who do not retry until after the feature is re enabled see no change and remain locked out as if the disabling and renabling did not occur The lockout time for such users is not changed EXAMPLE 1 Sets the lockout timeout time to 90 minutes XSCF gt setloginlockout s 90 90 minutes The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 237 setloginlockout 8 SEE ALSO showloginlockout 8 238 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS setlookup 8 setlookup enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server for authentication and privilege lookup setlookup a local ldap setlookup p local ldap setlookup h setlookup 8 sets whether authentication and privileges data are looked up in LDAP or not You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Sets the authentication lo
75. execution XSCF is in the locked status After the command complete the lock is released However in case an error such as LAN disconnection occurred while executing any of the maintenance command the XSCF lock may become unable to release In such a case you can execute the unlockmaintenance 8 command to forcibly release the locked status of XSCF You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLE 1 Unlocks the maintenance lock status XSCF gt unlockmaintenance This command unlocks the maintenance lock which prevents the multiple execution of maintenance commands Never use this command except when the lock state remains by some reason Careless execution of this command causes serious situation because it interrupts the running command and XSCF might not be able to recognize the parts Continue y n y System Administration 515 unlockmaintenance 8 EXAMPLE2 Unlocks the maintenance lock status
76. factory settings When the active XSCF of an M8000 M9000 server is specified both the active and standby XSCF are restored When the standby XSCF is specified only the standby XSCF is restored In both cases user settings and error information of the Field Replaceable Unit FRU are cleared h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXTENDED m After the restoredefaults 8 command has been executed the restored XSCF DESCRIPTION unit will be stopped To restart it power the server off then on m You can execute the restoredefaults 8 command only when the all domains are powered off To verify that all domains are powered off execute the showlogs power command and look for the value System Power Off System Administration 149 restoredefaults 8 EXAMPLES m If you specify c xscfu information in the operator panel remains Therefore when you power the server off then on the information saved in the operator panel is read and the XSCF unit is restored to its factory state Use this operation if you need to move the restored XSCF unit to another server EXAMPLE 1 Restores the XSCF unit XSCF gt restoredefaults c xscfu WARNING If this system does not have OPNL this command will set all the user settable XSCF configuration parameters to their default value as they were set when the system was shipped out Furthemore this command will delete all logs on both XSCFUs Check t
77. following cases a The Jn orn format is used and the period between start and termination is less than 14 days a The Mm w d format is used start and termination are in the same month and the period between them is less than two weeks m The value specified for o offset is smaller than the value of p offset a The difference between o offset and p offset is larger than 24 hours 310 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 settimezone 8 m The addition of the offset time to the standard time which has been set by the settimezone 8 command comes to GMT m The current time zone settings can be checked by using the showt imezone 8 command m To apply the Daylight Saving Time information modified by the c adddst or the c adddst option log out of XSCF and then log in again EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets Asia Tokyo as the time zone XSCF gt settimezone c settz s Asia Tokyo Asia Tokyo EXAMPLE 2 Lists the time zones that can be set XSCF gt settimezone c settz a Africa Abidjan Africa Accra Africa Addis_Ababa Africa Algiers Africa Asmara Africa Asmera Africa Bamako Africa Bangui EXAMPLE3 Sets the Daylight Saving Time information as follows abbreviation of time zone is JST offset from GMT is 9 zone name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and time period is from the last Sunday of March 2 00 JST to the last Sunday of October
78. gt userdomain can only take the form of Distinguished Name DN XSCF gt setldapssl userdomain i 2 UID USERNAME OU people DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE 7 Configures the optional user mapping attribute info setting XSCF setldapssl usermap attributeInfo 6 objectclass person ui1d USERNAME EXAMPLE 8 Configures the optional user mapping bind distinguished name setting XSCF setldapssl usermap binddn CN SuperAdmin DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE 9 Configures the optional user mapping bind password setting XSCF setldapssl usermap bindpw b e9s n EXAMPLE 10 Configures the optional user mapping search base setting XSCF setldapssl usermap searchbase OU yoshi DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE 11 Loads a server certificate for LDAP SSL using the specified URI XSCF setldapssl loadcert http domain 2 VUID 2333 testcert EXAMPLE 12 Loads a server certificate for LDAP SSL using an http Proxy Server with port 8080 XSCF gt setldapssl loadcert p webproxy aCompany com 8080 http domain_2 UID_2333 testcert 230 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 setldapssl 8 EXAMPLE 13 Loads a server certificate for LDAP SSL using a username and password XSCF gt setldapssl loadcert u yoshi http domain_2 UID_2333 testcert EXAMPLE 14 Sets logging of high severity diagnostic messages XSCF gt setldapssl logdetail high EXAMPLE 15 Clears diagnostic messages fr
79. have privileges as specified by defaultrole after authentication user group membership is not checked If defaultrole is not configured users privileges will be learned from Active Directory based on group membership Configure transaction timeout in seconds seconds can be 1 to 20 The default is 4 If the specified timeout is too brief for the configuration the login process or retrieval of user privilege settings could fail Configure the primary and up to five alternate Active Directory servers To use a host name DNS must be enabled An IP address can be specified with port number otherwise the default port is used System Administration 159 setad 8 group administrator group operator group custom userdomain defaultrole timeout server Assign group name for up to five specified administrator groups The administrator group has platadm useradm and auditadm privileges and you cannot change that Assign group name for up to five specified operator groups The operator group has platop and auditop privileges and you cannot change that Assign group name and privileges for up to five groups Configure the specified user domain A user domain can be configured explicitly through the setad userdomain command on XSCF or entered at the login prompt using the form user domain e Ifa user domain is specified at the login prompt for example login ima admin dc01 example com that user domain is
80. host using SSH This option is valid with the t option not with the d or T options Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Specifies the start time for the time period for which data is collected Used with the E time option for the end time defines the period of time for which log messages are collected by snapshot If no end time is specified the target time period ends at the time the snapshot command is launched Refer also to the description of the E option time Interpreted using strptime 3 using one of the following two formats Y 3m 3d 3H 3M S M S Specifies executing snapshot in SSH target mode using the value for user host directory previously set using setarchiving 8 Can be used with the D option to substitute an alternative value for directory Note The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory Sets the network host and remote directory for data destination The host field specifies the host name or IP address of the network host The user field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the archive host The directory field specifies the archive directory on the archive host where the output file should be stored The directory field must not begin with a Note The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory ora Specifies verbose output Displ
81. information The following options are supported c enableldisable Specify whether to start the Telnet service One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs enable Starts the Telnet service disable Stops the Telnet service h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Caution To stop the Telnet service you must execute the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF If you fail to reset XSCF problems might occur when you start the Telnet service next time m In the M8000 M9000 servers the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only m Stop of the Telnet service is reflected immediately after the settelnet 8 command executed Any open Telnet sessions are terminated m Using the showtelnet 8 command you can check the current settings of the Telnet service EXAMPLE 1 Starts the Telnet service XSCF gt settelnet c enable System Administration 303 settelnet 8 EXAMPLE 2 Stops the Telnet service XSCF gt settelnet c disable Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the telnet settings EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO rebootxscf 8 showtelnet 8 304 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference
82. is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 148 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 restoredefaults 8 NAME restoredefaults restore factory settings of the server or XSCF unit SYNOPSIS restoredefaults c range restoredefaults h DESCRIPTION The restoredefaults 8 command restores factory settings and error information on either the server or the XSCF unit To execute this command connect to the XSCF over a serial connection Used with the c option range is either factory which restores settings and information to the server or xscfu which does so only to the specified XSCF unit Privileges You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported c range Specifies the target of restoration In range one of the following values can be specified factory Restores the server Operator panel and the XSCF unit to factory settings Clears information set by the user and error information of the Field Replaceable Unit FRU Cannot be specified in the standby XSCF of the M8000 M9000 server xscfu Restores the XSCF unit to
83. memory mounted on an LSB no mem The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use memory mounted on an LSB m Using I O devices mounted on an LSB no io System Administration 187 setdcl 8 Privileges OPTIONS The user can specify whether an operating system in the domain can use I O devices such as a PCI card mounted on an LSB m Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards float The user can specify whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards A floating board is used for dynamic reconfiguration DR for purposes such as changing the domain configuration while minimizing effect of DR on the operating system You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Isb xsb d domain id Specifies an XSB number to be associated with an LSB number in the domain The following form can be accepted On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option Isb xsb Isb Specifies an LSB number An integer ranging from 0 to 15 can be specified xsb Specifies an XSB number The following xsb form is accepted x y x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 Isb and xsb can be specified with an equal sign as a delimiter The space character must not be inserted immediately before and after Isb xsb
84. more of the options a p or u showuser displays information as described in the OPTIONS section below When invoked without any of these options showuser displays all account information No privileges are needed for you to view your own account You must have useradm privileges to run this command for any other user Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays password validity and account state information This is only valid for XSCF user accounts h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 1 Displays information on all local XSCF user accounts sorted by user login name Cannot be used with the user operand M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command p Displays all privileges assigned to the user This is valid for local and remote users u Displays user ID UID This is valid for local and remote users The following operands are supported user Name of an existing user account Cannot be used with the 1 option System Administration 493 showuser 8 494 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 EXAMPLE 1 XSCF gt showuser a User Name Status Minimum Maximum Warning Inactive Last Change Password Expires Password Inactive Account Expires EXAMP
85. network host and download the key from the host specified in the t argument snapshot displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts for confirmation If you accept the key it is used for server authentication If you reject the key snapshot exits without doing anything This is the default behavior in SSH Target Mode if k is not specified public The specified public key is used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key of the network host beginning with key type the complete contents of etc ssh ssh_host_rsa_key pub on the network host Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word Specifies which set of logs will be collected F Full log set I Initial log set R Root Cause log set If no log set is specified the Initial log set is collected by default Specifies collecting only log files Does not collect command output System Administration 497 snapshot 8 e Encrypts the zip archive Required when using P password h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs k host key Used with the t or T option sets the public key that the Service Processor uses to log in to the network host This option is not valid with the d option Possible values for host key are as follows none This literal value specifies that a public key should not be used to authen
86. occurred setldapssl 8 System Administration 417 showldapssl 8 418 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlocale 8 showlocale display the current setting for the XSCF locale showlocale showlocale h The showlocale 8 command displays the current setting for the XSCF locale Either of the following is displayed English ja_JP UTF 8 Japanese You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The setlocale 8 command sets a locale for the XSCF EXAMPLE1 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale when English is set XSCF gt showlocale G EXAMPLE2 Displays the current setting for the XSCF locale when Japanese is set XSCF gt showlocale ja JP UTF 8 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setlocale 8 System Administration 419 showlocale 8 420 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlocator 8
87. power to the specified domain display FRUID data on the system and External I O Expansion Unit Intro 5 Intro 1 rebootxscf replacefru reset resetdateoffset restoreconfig restoredefaults sendbreak setad setaltitude setarchiving setaudit setautologout setcod setdate setdcl setdomainmode setdomparam setdscp setdualpowerfeed setemailreport sethostname reset the XSCF replace a field replaceable unit FRU reset the specified domain reset time of domains to match system time restore the system configuration information previously saved by dumpconfig restore factory settings of the server or XSCF unit send a break signal to the specified domain configure Active Directory set the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed configure the log archiving functionality manage the system auditing functionality set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell set up the Capacity on Demand COD resources used for domains set the date and time of XSCF set a domain component list DCL set the modes of operation for the specified domain forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables set the IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP set dual power feed mode set up the email report configuration data set a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit 6 SPARC Enterprise Mx
88. restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host System Administration 147 restoreconfig 8 EXAMPLE5 Restoring An Encrypted Configuration XSCF gt restoreconfig v V P encryption http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg obtaining lock done initiating file transfer from http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg transfer from scf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg About to connect to 10 7 79 18 port 80 kad Trying 10 7 79 18 connected Connected to 10 7 79 18 10 7 79 18 port 80 GET sollgell proxytest cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache Accept lt HTTP 1 1 200 OK lt Date Wed 13 Aug 2008 23 29 42 GMT lt Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 0 9 7d lt Last Modified Wed 13 Aug 2008 23 25 16 GMT lt ETag 4fa55 501b 48a36d5c lt Accept Ranges bytes lt Content Length 20507 lt Content Type text plain Connection 0 to host 10 7 79 18 left intact Closing connection 0 done file decoding done Configuration backup created on Wed Aug 13 16 21 01 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKS08220xx version 19830000 validating backup configuration data File decryption completed You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation
89. set for domain ID 0 d 0 XSB Status Running 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 Displays details in the DCL that is set for domain ID 0 XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 y d 0 Status Running No Mem False False True No IO False True True Float Cfg policy FRU False False True 366 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 showdcl 8 09 10 11 12 03 0 True True False 13 14 15 EXAMPLE 3 Displays details in the DCL that are set for all domains XSCF gt showdcl v a DID LSB XSB Status No Mem No IO Float Cfg policy 00 Running FRU 00 00 0 False False False 01 02 03 04 01 0 False True False 05 06 07 08 02 0 True True True 09 10 TI 12 03 0 True True False 01 Running Waiting for OS Shutdown FRU 00 01 2 True True False 01 04 0 False False False 02 04 05 7 06 ai 07 05 0 True False False 08 09 E 10 11 12 13 System Administration 367 showdcl 8 14 06 0 True True True EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 368 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdevices 8 showdevices display current information on an eXtended
90. showldap 8 showldapssl 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 showuser 8 34 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION applynetwork 8 applynetwork apply XSCF network information to the XSCF applynetwork a ty a M applynetwork h applynetwork 8 command applies XSCF network information that has been set to the XSCF Setting network information on XSCF is a three step process 1 Set the information with the following commands m sethostname 8 Set XSCF host name and a DNS domain name m setnameserver 8 Set a DNS server name and a DNS search path m setnetwork 8 Set IP address and netmask of XSCF network interface m setroute 8 Set routing information of XSCF network interface 2 Execute the appl ynetwork 8 command to apply the settings to XSCF 3 Execute the reboot xscf 8 command to make the changes to the XSCF permanent Note If XSCF is reset without executing the appl ynetwork 8 command network information that is set is not applied in XSCF Also information that is set is deleted You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page n Automatically answers n no to all
91. showstatus display the degraded Field Replaceable Units FRUs showstatus M showstatus h showstatus 8 command displays information about degraded units that are among the FRUs composing the system You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command The showstatus 8 shows the information concerning a unit failed or degraded and the unit on the upper hierarchy among the FRUs composing the system Status will be followed by any of the status described below Beside a unit failed or degraded placed an indicating the locating fault Status Description Normal The component is normally operating Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating Degraded The component is operating However either an error has been detected or the component is faulty As a result the component might be operating with reduced functionality or performance Deconfigured Asa result of another component s faulted or degraded status the component is not operating The component itself is not faulted or degraded Maintenance The component is under maintenance A deletefru 8
92. technical data pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific el ek regulations As such the use duplication disclosure modification an adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract and to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract the additional rights set forth in FAR 52 227 19 Commercial Computer Software License December 2007 FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japan and Oracle America Inc 500 Oracle Parkway Redwood City CA 94065 and FUJITSU LIMITED 1 1 Kamikodanaka 4 chome Nakahara ku Kawasaki shi Kanagawa ken 211 8588 Japan This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications including applications which may create a risk of personal injury If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications then you shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail safe backup redundancy and other measures to ensure its safe use Oracle orporation and its affiliates and FUJITSU LIMITED disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this software or hardware in dangerous applications Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and or its affiliates Other names may be trademarks of their respective owne
93. that you set are ignored If you have set these times and wish to observe them at startup perform the poweron 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the warm up time to 10 minutes XSCF setpowerupdelay c warmup s 10 EXAMPLE 2 Sets the wait time before system startup to 20 minutes XSCF setpowerupdelay c wait s 20 System Administration 265 setpowerupdelay 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay 8 266 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setprivileges 8 setprivileges assign user privileges setprivileges user privileges domainprivilege domains setprivileges h setprivileges 8 assigns privileges to an XSCF user setprivileges modifies only local privileges data Multiple privileges are separated by one or more spaces There is a maximum of 100 unique users to whom privileges can be assigned Each of the 100 unique user can be assigned more than one privilege A list of privileges can be found in the OPERANDS section The privileges domainop domainmgr and domainadm must be assigned to a specific domain Other privileges do not have this ability Refer to the OPERANDS section and EXAMPLE 1 for details If no privileges are specified setprivileges deletes any local privilege data for the specified user Subsequently the
94. the M8000 M9000 servers The number 0 or 1 is used to specify or display a clock control unit When the clockboard 8 command is executed with no options the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the next system startup are displayed You must have fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s CLKU_B number Specifies the clock control unit to be used the next time the system power is turned on Either 0 or 1 can be specified for CLKU_B number EXAMPLE 1 Displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the one used at the next system startup XSCF gt clockboard current CLKU_B number 0 next CLKU B number al EXAMPLE 2 Specifies the clock control unit used at the next system startup XSCF gt clockboard s 1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 47 clockboard 8 48 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS console 8 console connect to a domain console console a y n d domain_id f r s escapeChar console h The console 8 command connects the XSCF shell console to the console of the specified domain domain console D
95. the Mail Server and Reply addresses EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SMTP configuration XSCF gt showsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism smtp auth User Name jsmith Password x x Reply Address adm customer com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setsmtp 8 System Administration 471 showsmtp 8 472 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES showsnmp 8 showsnmp display the configuration information and current status of the SNMP agent showsnmp showsnmp h showsnmp 8 displays the configuration and information and current status of the SNMP agent This includes agent status port system location contact and description traphosts SNMP version and any enabled MIB modules You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying SNMP Information for a System That Has Not Been Set Up XSCF gt showsnmp Agent Status Disabled Agent Port 161 System Location Unknown System Contact Unknown System Description Unknown Trap Hosts None SNMP V1 V2c None Enabled MIB Modules None EXAMPLE 2 Displaying SNMP Information for a Disabled System Set Up With SNMPv3 Trap Host
96. the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing showhostname shownetwork showroute and shownameserver after rebooting the XSCF EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO rebootxscf 8 sethostname 8 setnameserver 8 setnetwork 8 setroute 8 40 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION cfgdevice 8 cfgdevice connect the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the port disconnect it from the port or display the status of the drive cfgdevice a y n c attach p port no cfgdevice a y n c detach p port no cfgdevice 1 M cfgdevice h The cfgdevice 8 connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the specified port disconnects it from the domain or displays the current status The cfgdevice 8 command is available only for the M8000 M9000 servers To connect the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit the port number which is a PCI slot number on the I O unit which installed IOU Onboard Device Card A IOUA needs to specify Executing the cfgdevice 8 command the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit is connected to specified port by the built in switching unit System Administration 41 cfgdevice 8 The current status of the dr
97. the ability to powercycle the system 2 Have access to the serial console and hold the serial console of the XSCFU to confirm the completion of the command If you answer yes this command will HALT the XSCFU when it compltetes You will need to powercycle the system after the XSCF BOOT STOP Do you really want to continue Continue yes no default no yes The initialization of XSCFU will be started XSCFU all data clear OPNL all data clear exclude SYSTEM ID data XSCF will be automatically rebooted Afterwards XSCFU will be initialized Continue yes no default no yes The NVRAM setting of XSCFU 0 was completed XSCF shutdown request was completed lt snip gt XSCF reboot lt snip gt KkKKKK WARNING KKKKK XSCF initialization terminate for XSCF OPNL data clear execute setdefaults factory AUTO setdefaults FACTORY mode clear start setdefaults FACTORY mode clear DBS start setdefaults FACTORY mode clear wait 20s for DBS initialization initialize OPNL SEEPROM 1 6 complete initialize OPNL SEEPROM 6 6 complete setdefaults FACTORY mode clear OPNL reset complete setdefaults FACTORY mode clear restore SYSTEM ID data complete setdefaults FACTORY mode clear bin rm var log lastlog gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults FACTORY mode clear bin rm var log boot log gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 152 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised D
98. the showmonitorlog 8 command will not terminate in order to display the monitoring message log and the XSCF shell is occupied for the display When a monitoring message is registered the contents of the message are displayed To stop the real time display press the Ctrl and C key combination You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the contents of a monitoring message in real time XSCF gt showmonitorlog Apr 13 12 32 16 XXXXX Alarm CMU 1 CMU 0 DDC 0 ANALYZE SC IOU I F fatal error 0x00000000 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 441 showmonitorlog 8 442 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 shownameserver 8 NAME shownameserver display the registered domain name system DNS servers and the DNS search paths specified on the XSCF network SYNOPSIS shownameserver shownameserver h DESCRIPTION shownameserver 8 command displays the registered DNS servers and the DNS search paths in the XSCF network Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 fo
99. the system and each component on the M8000 server XSCF gt showenvironment temp Temperature 30 71C CMU 0 30 71C CPUM 0 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 1 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 2 CHIP 0 30 71C CPUM 3 CHIP 0 30 71C CMU 1 30 71C 390 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 Q OA OL U z 5 S QO A EXAMPLE 3 XSCF gt MBU_A 1 0V Power Supply Group 1 1 8V Power Supply Group 1 2730 7 2307 0 CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH Q U 0 CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH dv y oooo U Q 0 CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH H H H HB HH AH BAA showenvironment volt OO 82 HS OO o CPUM 0 CHIP 0 1 0V Power Supply Group CPUM 1 CHIP 0 1 0V Power Supply Group MEMB 0 1 2V 1 8V 2 5V MEMB 1 1 2V 1 8V 2 5V MEMB 2 1 2V 1 8V 2 5V MEMB 3 L 2V L 8V 2 5V IOU 0 OU L 2V L 5V Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Power Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl Suppl 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 IN NN anana N NNN aaan IN NN anana Group 1 Group 1 Group Group 1 Group 1 Group Group 1 Group 1 Group Group 1 Group 1 Group Group 1 Group 1 180V Group 1 010V 700V 1 000V 1 000V 200V 700V 500V 200V 7
100. this command you must obtain a COD license key To obtain a license key contact your sales representative For details on COD RTU license keys refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide for your server You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported license signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be added to the COD license database EXAMPLE1 Adding a COD RTU License Key XSCF gt addcodlicense 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxKKXXXXHHKKK The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide System Administration 29 addcodlicense 8 30 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addfru 8 addfru add a Field Replaceable Unit FRU addfru addfru h The addfru 8 command adds an FRU The addfru 8 command enables the user to make the settings that are required for FRU addition and related to selecting confirming and mounting FRUs interactively using menus The fol
101. though the source domain is powered off If c assign is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the domains the XSB is assigned to the domain configuration a The Oracle Solaris OS of the source domain is running a The source domain is powered off If c reserve is specified when either the domain power of the move source has been turned off or the Oracle Solaris OS is not running the XSB is immediately disconnected from the domain of the move source and assigned to the domain of the move destination Moving the XSB involves the following internal operations and therefore command execution may take time Disconnecting the hardware resource of the XSB from the Oracle Solaris OS System Administration 109 moveboard 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m Running a hardware diagnosis on the XSB when connecting it m See the setdc1 8 and showdc1 8 commands for DCL EXAMPLE 1 Disconnects XSB 00 0 from the current domain and attaches it to domain ID 1 XSCF gt moveboard d 1 00 0 EXAMPLE 2 Reserves assignment of the XSB 00 0 to the domain ID 1 XSCF gt moveboard d 1 c reserve 00 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 110 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December
102. units Inter SCF Network ISN For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 1 if ISN For takeover IP address lan 0 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers a takeover IP address can be used without a need to determine whether XSCF has been switched By setting the LAN ports of the active XSCF unit as lan 0 and lan 1 they can be accessed with the names lan 0 and lan 1 446 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 shownetwork 8 m In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers the value of the lan 0 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 0 and the lan 1 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 1 m In the M8000 M9000 servers and when the takeover IP address has been disabled by setnetwork 8 command nothing will be displayed even though the takeover IP address is specified by the shownetwork 8 command m The setnetwork 8 command configures a network interface used by the XSCF EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt shownetwork xscf 0 lan 1 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX
103. used for this login attempt Any pre configured user domains as displayed by showad userdomain are ignored e Ifa user domain is not specified at the login prompt for example login ima admin XSCF checks each of the pre configured user domains in turn to authenticate the user See EXAMPLE 6 below for important information Configure default privileges If defaultrole is configured users have privileges as specified by defaultrole after authentication user group membership is not checked If defaultrole is not configured users privileges will be learned from Active Directory based on group membership Configure transaction timeout in seconds seconds can be 1 to 20 The default is 4 If the specified timeout is too brief for the configuration the login process or retrieval of user privilege settings could fail Configure the primary and up to five alternate Active Directory servers To use a host name DNS must be enabled An IP address can be specified with port number otherwise the default port is used 160 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 logdetail log options clear dnslocatormode expsearchmode setad 8 Enable logging of Active Directory authentication and authorization diagnostic messages at the specified detail level This log is for use in troubleshooting and is cleared on SP reboot Level can be one of the following none Do not log diagno
104. user s privilege data is looked up in Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP if LDAP privilege lookup is enabled If the none privilege is specified the specified user does not have any privileges regardless of privilege data in LDAP You must have useradm privileges to run this command The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 267 setprivileges 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported domainprivilege domains Specifies domainadm domainmgr or domainop privileges for a specific domain or domains The following are valid values for domainprivilege each of which must be used with domains domainadm domainmgr domainop domains privileges Can perform all operations and view status on the hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held assign unassign power and so on Can perform all operations on domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of domains on which this privilege is held Can reboot and power on and off all domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all the hardware assigned to the domains on which this privilege is held Can view all states of all domains on w
105. values are integers with value of 1 999999999 114 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO M maxdays n mindays w warn password 8 Sets the maximum number of days that a password is valid This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 999999 Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created Sets the default number of days before password expiration at which to start warning the user This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is JE Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The following operands are supported user EXAMPLE 1 Specifies a valid user name Enabling Password Until February 2 2008 XSCF password e 2008 02 02 EXAMPLE 2 Set Password Lock 10 Days After Password Expiration XSCF gt password i 10 The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred setpasswordpolicy 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 System Administration 115 password 8 116 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Serve
106. week when start Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in O for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 2nd The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch from Daylight Saving Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 a When specified standard From TOs ddd MM dd hh SS Yyyy dst ddd MM dd hh mm ss yyyy dst ddd MM dd hh mm ss yyyy dst a day of the week month day hour minutes second year dst name 490 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showtimezone 8 m The settimezone 8 command sets the time zone of the XSCF EXAMPLE 1 Displays the time zone XSCF gt showtimezone c tz Asia Tokyo EXAMPLE 2 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows the abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time period is from the last Sunday of March 2 00 to the last Sunday of October 2 00 XSCF gt showtimezone c dst m custom JST 9JDT M3 5 0 M10 5 0 EXAMPLE 3 Dis
107. 0 version 0x0 class fault io iox cp seeprom certainty 0x64 fru embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 scheme hc version 0x0 he root he list sz 0x1 he list array of embedded nvlists start hc list 0 nvlist version 0 hc name iox hc id 0 84 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO fmdump 8 end hc list 0 end fru end fault list 0 EXAMPLES Displaying Contents of the Fault Manager syslog Message XSCF gt fmdump m M MSG ID FMD 8000 11 TYPE Defect VER 1 SEVERITY Minor EVENT TIME Tue Nov 7 07 01 44 PST 2006 PLATFORM SUNW SPARC Enterprise CSN 7860000764 HOSTNAME san ff2 20 0 SOURCE sde REV 1 5 EVENT ID 2daddee0 2f42 47ee b5b2 57ae6a41bfc0 DESC A Solaris Fault Manager component generated a diagnosis for which no message summary exists Refer to http www sun com msg FMD 8000 11 for more information AUTO RESPONSE The diagnosis has been saved in the fault log for examination by Sun IMPACT The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump 1M in order to determine if any human response is required MSG ID FMD 8000 11 TYPE Defect VER 1 SEVERITY Minor EVENT TIME Tue Nov 7 07 03 25 PST 2006 PLATFORM SUNW SPARC Enterprise CSN 7860000764 HOSTNAME san ff2 20 0 SOURCE sde REV 1 5 EVENT ID 2b03ab60 96db 439d al3a 2 420a1b73c7 DESC A Solaris Fault Manager component gener
108. 0 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges sethttps 8 sethttps start or stop the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network This command also performs authentication related settings sethttps a y n c enable sethttps c disable sethttps c gencsr country state province locality organization organizationalunit common e mail sethttps a y n c genserverkey sethttps c importca sethttps a y n c selfsign country state province locality organization organizationalunit common e mail sethttps h The sethttps 8 command starts or stops the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network Also this command performs authentication related settings for authentication used in the HTTPS service The following authentication related items can be set m Configuring the self certification authority m Creating a self signed web server certificate m Creating the private key of the web server m Creating a web server certificate signing request CSR to an external certification authority m Importing a web server certificate signed by an external certification authority XSCF does not support HTTP service Only HTTPS service is supported You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 215 sethttps 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS The following options are suppor
109. 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide System Administration 181 setcod 8 182 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setdate 8 setdate set the date and time of XSCF setdate a y n u s date setdate h The setdate 8 command sets the date and time of XSCF If the local date and time are specified they are set following conversion to coordinated universal time UTC After the command executed XSCF will be reset automatically You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts s date Sets date and time date can be specified in either of the following formats yyyy MM DD hh mm ss Specifies date in the format of year month day hour minute second MMDDhhmmyyyy ss Specifies data in the format MonthDayHourMinute Year second u Specifies time in UTC When omitted the local time is specified y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed
110. 00 0 00 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal n 00 1 00 01 Assigned y y y Passed Normal n 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal n 00 3 02 00 Unavailable y n n Unknown Normal n EXAMPLE3 Displays information on XSB 00 0 XSCF showboards 00 0 XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 15 00 Assigned y y y Passed Normal EXAMPLE4 Displays detailed information on XSB 00 0 XSCF gt showboards v 00 0 XSB R DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD 00 0 15 00 Assigned y n n Passed Normal y EXAMPLE5 Displays system boards located in the system board pool XSCF gt showboards a c sp XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 SP Available y n n Passed Normal 00 2 SP Available y n n Passed Normal 00 3 SP Available y n n Passed Normal 340 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showboards 8 EXAMPLE 6 Displays the system boards that are defined for domain ID 0 and located in the system board pool XSCF gt showboards d 0 c sp XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 2 SP Available k a n n Passed Normal The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showcodusage 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 System Administration 341 showboards 8 342 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF
111. 000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 sethttps setldap se se se se se tldapssl tlocale tlocator tloginlockout tlookup setnameserver setnetwork setntp se se se se se se tpacketfilters tpasswordpolicy tpowerupdelay tprivileges troute tshutdowndelay setsmtp Intro 1 start or stop the HTTPS service which is used in the XSCF network This command also performs authentication related settings configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP client configure LDAP SSL set the default locale of the XSCF control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel enable or disable login lockout feature enable or disable the use of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP server for authentication and privilege lookup set the domain name system DNS servers and the DNS search paths used in the XSCF network set or remove an XSCF network interface set the NTP servers used on the XSCF network the stratum value the preferred server and the clock address of the local clock of XSCF set the IP packet filtering rules to be used in the XSCF network manage the system password policy set the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup assign user privileges set routing information for an XSCF network interface set the shutdown wait time at power interrup
112. 00V 500V 200V 700V 500V 200V 700V 500V 020V 500V showenvironment 8 System Administration Displays voltage information about each component on the M4000 server 391 showenvironment 8 Group 1 850V Group 2 510V Group 3 300V Group 5 000V Group 12 000V Group 12 000V 1 8V Power Suppl 2 5V Power Suppl 3 3V Power Suppl 5 0V Power Suppl 12V Power Suppl K ki KK KK 12V Power Suppl FANBP Group 3 300V Group 5 010V Group 12 020V Group 12 030V 3 3V Power Suppl 5 0V Power Suppl 12V Power Suppl y a Ye 12V Power Supply EXAMPLE 4 Displays the fan speed information on the M5000 server XSCF gt showenvironment Fan FAN A 0 Low speed FAN A 0 4101rpm FAN A 1 Low speed FAN A 1 4101rpm FAN A 2 Low speed FAN A 2 4177rpm FAN A 3 Low speed FAN A 3 4101rpm PSU 0 PSU 0 Low speed PSU 0 3879rpm PSU 0 3835rpm PSU 1 PSU 1 Low speed PSU 1 3924rpm PSU 1 3970rpm PSU 2 PSU 2 Low speed PSU 2 4218rpm PSU 2 4066rpm PSU 3 PSU 3 Low speed PSU 3 3835rpm PSU 3 3970rpm EXAMPLE 5 Displays the fan speed information on the M3000 server XSCF gt showenvironment Fan FAN_A 0 Low speed level 4 FAN_A 0 4134rpm FAN_A 1 Low speed level 4 392 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showenvironment 8 FAN A 1 4212rpm PSU 0 PSU 0 Low speed level 4 PSU 0 6436rpm PSU 1 PSU 1 Low speed level 4
113. 0111051449 0000000005 sca m5k 0 0 EXAMPLE6 Displaying First 5 Records of 4238 that Match a Date Range XSCF gt viewaudit 1 A 20070515 B 20080110 C S 1 E 5 file 1 2008 01 09 20 12 12 968 08 00 20080110041212 0000000004 sca m5k 0 0 header 63 1 command setaudit sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 12 974 08 00 s ubject 250 opl normal ssh 42759 san e4900 0 West Sun COM command setaudit delete platform access granted return 0 header 37 1 login ssh sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 14 455 08 00 subject 252 scfroot normal ssh 42761 san e4900 0 West Sun COM header 37 1 logout sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20 12 14 800 08 00 subject 250 0 pl normal ssh 42759 san e4900 0 West Sun COM header 37 1 login ssh sca m5k 0 0 sfbay sun com 2008 01 09 20712715595 08 00 subject 253 scfroot normal ssh 42762 san e4900 0 West Sun COM 4238 The following exit values are returned Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setaudit 8 showaudit 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008
114. 06620 D061 A1 371 4929 01 l System Administration 403 showhardconf 8 Freq 3 000 GHz Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 CPUM 2 CHIP Ver 0a01h FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O61 A1 Freq 3 000 GHz Serial PP0628D036 371 4929 01 i 0 Status Normal Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 CPUM 3 CHIP Ver 0a01h FRU Part Number CA06620 D061 A1 Freq 3 000 GHz Serial PPO630M365 371 4929 01 i 0 Status Normal Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 MEM 00A Status Normal Code 7f7ffe00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E Type GB MEM 00B Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E Type GB 3020 221d6855 1A Size 1 3020 221 fcdb7 1A Size 1 MEM 33A Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E GB 3020 221d678b Type 1A Size 1 MEM 33B Status Normal Code 2cffffffffffffff O818HTF12872Y 53EB3 GB 0300 69aedd7a Type 1A Size 1 IOU 0 Status Normal FRU Part Number CA06620 D102 B1 Type A Ver 0101h Serial PP072102UN 371 2217 02 PCI 0 Name Property pci Card Type IOUA Serial PPO611T826 FRU Part Number CA21126 B20X 002AB PCI 1 Status Normal Name_Property LSILogic sas Card_Type Other Serial 0000004 Type F20 FRU Part Number 5111500 01 IOU 1 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial FRU Part Number CA06620 D102 B1 Type A PPO72102UM 371 2217 02 a PCI 0 Name Property pci Card Type Serial PP0611T825 IOUA
115. 1 for January 1st It does not count the leap year day If you specified 365 it corresponds to December 31st even in a leap year n Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 2nd It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command 306 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 d dst f date time settimezone 8 Specifies the zone name of Daylight Saving Time For dst specify the alphabets of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 Specify this option in combination with c adddst Specifies the starting time of Daylight Saving Time It should be specified in the same format as date in the t option You can specify date in any of the following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to start Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the l
116. 1 8 command displays the DCL that has been set by the setdc1 8 command The DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical system boards LSBs that are components of a domain An LSB is a board unit recognized by the Oracle Solaris OS in a domain Up to 16 LSBs can be registered for each domain and they are represented by integer numbers ranging from 0 to 15 An XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one division of a divided physical system board PSB An XSB is represented by x y a combination of a PSB number and the number of one division of the divided PSB x is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 3 The showdc1 8 command can display the following information that is part of a DCL DID Domain ID System Administration 363 showdcl 8 LSB XSB Status LSB number The displayed number is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 XSB number corresponding to the LSB The displayed number has the following format Xey where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 Domain status One of the following status is displayed Additional information may be displayed Powered Off Power is off Panic State A panic occurred and the domain is in the reboot state Shutdown Started The power off process is starting Initialization Phase OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress OpenBoot Executing Completed T
117. 10 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showhostname 8 showhostname display the current host name for the XSCF unit showhostname a xscfu showhostname h showhostname 8 command displays the current host name for the XSCF unit The host name is displayed in Fully Qualified Domain Name FODN format You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the current host names for all XSCF units If an XSCF unit name is specified with the a option the XSCF unit name is ignored h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported xscfu Specifies the XSCF unit name to be displayed One of the following values can be specified If xscfu is specified with the a option xscfu is ignored xscf 0 XSCF unit 0 xscf 1 XSCF unit 1 In the M8000 M9000 servers m In the M8000 M9000 servers a defect occurred on standby XSCF unit shows a message m The sethostname 8 command sets a host name for an XSCF unit EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current host names for all XSCF units XSCF gt showhostname a xscf 0 scf0 hostname example com xscf 1 scfl hostname example com System Administratio
118. 192 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setdomainmode 8 setdomainmode set the modes of operation for the specified domain setdomainmode a y n d domain id m function mode setdomainmode h setdomainmode 8 sets the modes of operation for the specified domain The modes of operation for the specified domain include the following types Diagnostics Level Secure Mode Autoboot CPU Mode OpenBoot PROM diagnostic levels The default is standard Whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception The default of the host watchdog is enable and suppress break signal reception is enable Whether to enable or disable the auto boot function used at domain startup The default is enable Way of determining the CPU operational mode mounted on the domain The CPU operational mode can be automatically determined at domain startup auto or manually set to the compatible mode compatible The default is to let it automatically determined at domain startup On the M3000 server you cannot specify CPU Mode The CPU operational mode includes the following two types SPARC64 VII enhanced mode Operates using the enhanced functions of SPARC64 VII or SPARC64 VII processors This mode is set to the domain that has only SPARC64 VII or SPARC64 VII processors and when the CPU operational mode is de
119. 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showhardconf 8 showhardconf display information about field replaceable unit FRU installed in the system showhardconf u M showhardconf h showhardconf 8 command displays information about each FRU The following information is displayed m Current configuration and status Number of installed FRUs m Domain information m External I O Expansion Unit information m PCI card information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page u Displays the number of FRUs installed in each unit In addition for CPU modules the operating frequencies are displayed For memory the DIMM type and size are displayed If this option is omitted the current configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain information are displayed System Administration 397 showhardconf 8 EXTENDED m When the configuration and status information regarding FRUs and domain DESCRIPTION information are displayed for any failed or degraded unit an asterisk indicating an abnormal
120. 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES nslookup 8 nslookup refer to the DNS server for the host nslookup hostname nslookup h nslookup 8 refers to the DNS server for the host The following information is displayed Server DNS server name Address IP address of DNS server Name Specified host name Address IP address of the host name You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported hostname Specifies the host name to be referred A Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN or a short form of the name can be specified EXAMPLE 1 Displays the host whose host name is sc 0 hostname0 XSCF gt nslookup scf0 hostname0O Server server example com Address XX XX XxX Xxx Name scf0 hostname0 example com Address XxX XX XX XX System Administration 111 nslookup 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 112 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges password 8 password manage user passwords and expi
121. 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 4096 00 1 250 1500 00 01 0 2048 0 0x000002c000000000 4096 IO Devices DID XSB device resource usage 00 00 0 sdo 00 00 0 sal 00 00 0 sa2 00 00 0 sa3 dev dsk c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1l dump device swap 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cO0t3s0sl1 swap area 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem var 00 00 0 sd3 var run mounted filesystem var run 00 00 0 sd4 00 00 0 sd5 00 00 0 sa6 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setdscp 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showfru 8 System Administration 373 showdevices 8 374 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdomainmode 8 showdomainmode display the modes of operation for the specified domain showdomainmode d domain_id v showdomainmode h showdomainmode 8 command displays the modes of operation that are set for the specified domain The following states are displayed HOST ID Diagnostic Level Secure Mode Displays the host ID Displays the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level One of the following is displayed none None min Standard max Maximum Displays the states of the host watchdog function and function that suppresses break signal reception One of the follow
122. 3 poweron 8 m When the poweron 8 command is executed power on results for each of the specified domains are displayed in the following format Powering on The power was turned on normally Not Powering An error occurred and the power could not be turned on An on error message is displayed with Not Powering on m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether the power of each domain on the system is on EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Turns on power to all domains XSCF gt poweron a DomainIDs to power on 00 01 02 03 Continue y n y 00 Powering on 01 Powering on 02 Powering on 03 Powering on Note H rhis command only issues the instruction to power on yn The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 2 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweron d 0 DomainIDs to power on 00 Continue y n y 00 Powering on Note H This command only issues the instruction to power on rhe result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 3 Turns on power to domains with domain IDs 0 Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt poweron y d 0 DomainIDs to power on 00 Continue y n y 00 Powering on Note 124 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO poweron 8 7 This command only issues the instruction to power on
123. 479 showssh 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 480 EXAMPLES h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command u user name Specify the user account name to display the user public key Should be specified with c pubkey When the u option omitted the user public key of the current login user account will be displayed You can specify the automatically numbered user public key number to delete the user public key by setssh 8 command The setssh 8 command makes settings for the SSH service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of host public keys XSCF showssh SSH status enabled SSH DSCP accept RSA key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATIEAt0OIG3wfpOnGr51znS9XtzwHcBBb UUVOLNO8SilUXE6j avlxdY7AFqBf1wGxLF Tx5pTa6HuZ808yUBbDZVJAAAAFQC KPxarvV 5qzK4A43Qaigkqu 6QAAATBM LQ122G8pwibESrh5JmOhSxpLz13P26ksI8qPr 7BxmjLROk Fingerprint 1024 e4 35 6a 45 b4 f7 e8 ce b0 b9 82 80 2e 73 33 c4 etc ssh ssh host rsa key pub DSA key ssh dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBAJSy4GxD7Tk4 xFvyW1DONUDqZQPY3 PuY2IG7QC4BQ1kewDnb1B8 JEqI 8pnfbWzmOWU3 7KHL190EYNAv6v WZT6REIUS5Pyb8F1G6uq96L8QDMsSwF1ICMZgrn ilJ NStr6r8 KDJ fw0QMmKOeeDFj2mL4ONOvaLQ83 rRwW6Ny yvF1Rgv6PUpUgRLw4VeRb uOfmPRpe 6 kb4z 1Ohtp WI9bay6CKOnrFRok z54ez7BrDFBOVUNZx9PyEFezJGI9ziEYVUag 23LIAiLx
124. 55 255 255 0 is set Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Removes the IP address and netmask of the network interface moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 setnetwork 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported address interface Specifies an IP address To specify address use the standard form of four integer values delimited by periods For example use XIX XIXX XAX XXX Where xxx is an integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer You cannot specify the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 the network address a broadcast address or class D or E 224 0 0 0 255 255 255 255 address Specifies the network interface to be configured One of the following values can be specified e In M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 1 e In M8000 M9000 servers Specifying the c or r option and Inter SCF Network ISN together it results in errors For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if ISN For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 1 if ISN For takeover IP address lan 0 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 0
125. 7c888507427e58cdb8e0a2 EXAMPLE4 Downloading Using a User Name and Password XSCF gt getflashimage u jsmith http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz Password not echoed OMB received 1MB received 2MB received 43MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827KB at 1016 857KB s Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a3 EXAMPLE 5 Downloading From a USB Memory Stick XSCF gt getflashimage file media usb_msd images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz 46827123 Wed Mar 14 19 11 40 2007 Warning About to delete existing versions Continue y n Y Removing FFXCP1040 tar gz Mounted USB device OMB received 1MB received 44MB received 45MB received Download successful 46827 Kbytes in 109 secs 430 094 Kbytes sec Checking file MD5 e619e6da367c888507427e58cdb8e0a4 94 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 getflashimage 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO flashupdate 8 System Administration 95 getflashimage 8 96 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Pri
126. 8 command can be checked by using the showntp 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Adds the three NTP servers with the addresses 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 and 10 24 1 2 XSCF gt setntp 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 10 24 1 2 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the NTP server 10 18 108 10 XSCF gt setntp c del 10 18 108 10 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE 3 Adds the two NTP servers ntp1 examples com and ntp2 example com XSCF gt setntp ntpl example com ntp2 example com Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings System Administration 253 setntp 8 254 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE 4 Sets the stratum value to 7 XSCF gt setntp c stratum i 7 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE 5 Cancels the designation of preferred server of the NTP server XSCF gt setntp m prefer off Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings EXAMPLE6 Sets the clock address of the local clock of XSCF XSCF gt setntp m localaddr 3 Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ntp settings The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 setnameserver 8 showntp 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setpacketfilters 8 setpacketfilte
127. 91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com Enter Ctr1l and D EXAMPLE 10 Specifies the public key number to delete the user public key XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey s 1 1 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jaZPTjNDxCid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com EXAMPLE 11 Deletes all user public keys XSCF setssh c delpubkey a 300 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE 12 Restricts access from domain to the SSH service via DSCP XSCF gt setssh m dscp deny Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 showssh 8 setssh 8 System Administration 301 setssh 8 302 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES settelnet 8 settelnet start or stop the Telnet service used in the XSCF network settelnet c enable disable settelnet h settelnet 8 command starts or stops the Telnet service used in the XSCF network You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more
128. 97 moveboard 107 nslookup 111 password 113 ping 117 poweroff 119 poweron 123 prtfru 127 rebootxscf 133 replacefru 135 reset 137 resetdateoffset 141 restoreconfig 143 restoredefaults 149 sendbreak 155 setad 157 setaltitude 165 setarchiving 167 setaudit 171 setautologout 177 setcod 179 setdate 183 setdcl 187 setdomainmode 193 iv SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual December 2010 setdomparam 201 setdscp 203 setdualpowerfeed 207 setemailreport 209 sethostname 213 sethttps 215 setldap 221 setldapss 225 setlocale 233 setlocator 235 setloginlockout 237 setlookup 239 setnameserver 241 setnetwork 245 setntp 251 setpacketfilters 255 setpasswordpolicy 261 setpowerupdelay 265 setprivileges 267 setroute 271 setshutdowndelay 275 setsmtp 277 setsnmp 281 setsnmpusm 289 setsnmpvacm 293 setssh 297 settelnet 303 settimezone 305 setupfru 313 setupplatform 315 showad 319 showaltitude 323 showarchiving 325 showaudit 329 Contents v showautologout 333 showboards 335 showcod 343 showcodactivation 345 showcodlicense 347 showcodusage 349 showconsolepath 355 showdate 357 showdateoffset 359 showdcl 363 showdevices 369 showdomainmode 375 showdomainstatus 379 showdscp 381 showdualpowerfeed 385 showemailreport 387 showenvironment 389 showfru 395 showhardconf 397 showhostname 409 showhttps 411 showldap 413 showldapssl 415 showlocale 419 showlocator 421 showloginlockout 423 showlogs 425 s
129. AMPLE2 Displaying A list of Containers XSCF gt prtfru lc frutree chassis iou0 TOU slot3 LINK container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 IOX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 IOX ps0 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 IOX ps1 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCX031 TITOX iobl PCIX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 TOX iobl PCIX LINK container frutree chassis MBU B container frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 0 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU B CPUM 1 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 0 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 1 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 2 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 3 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 4 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 5 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 6 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 7 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 8 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 9 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 10 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 11 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 12 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 13 MEM container
130. C 0 0 0 9 PROC 0 0 0 10 PROC 0 0 0 11 PROC 0 0 0 12 PROC 0 0 0 13 PROC 0 0 0 14 PROC 0 0 0 15 PROC 0 0 0 Unused PROC 0 0 2 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain M5000 Server XSCF gt showcodusage v Resource In Use Installed COD Permitted Status PROC 0 4 0 OK 0 available Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status PROC PROC PROC PROC 352 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO Unused PROC 00 0 PROC CPUMOO CPUO CPUMOO CPU1 CPUMO1 CPUO CPUMO1 CPU1 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide 0 0 showcodusage 8 Unused Unused Unused Unused System Administration 353 showcodusage 8 354 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showconsolepath 8 showconsolepath displays information on the domain console that is currently connected showconsolepath a showconsolepath d domain_id showconsolepath h The showconsolepath 8 command displays information on the domain console that is currently connected The following information can be displayed User User account of the XSCF connected to the domain console DID Domain ID ro rw Dom
131. CF by rebootxscf to apply the https settings EXAMPLE2 Stops the HTTPS service XSCF gt sethttps c disable EXAMPLE3 Creates a CSR with the following settings country JP state province Kanagawa locality Kawasaki organization Example organizationalunit development common scf host e mail abc example com XSCF gt sethttps c gencsr JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abcGexample com EXAMPLE4 Creates the self certification authority with the following settings and creates a self signed web server certificate country JP state province Kanagawa locality Kawasaki organization Example organizationalunit development common scf host e mail abc example com XSCF gt sethttps c selfsign JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abcGexample com CA key and CA cert already exist Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase EXAMPLE 5 Creates the private key of the web server XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey Server key already exists Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase moun EXAMPLE 6 Creates the private key of the web server Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey y Server key already exists Do you still wish to update y n y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase 218 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Rev
132. CF user account UID number cannot match an LDAP UID number You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported B baseDN Specifies distinguished name for the search base Maximum character length is 128 characters b bind Sets the identity to use when binding to the LDAP server Maximum character length is 128 characters c certchain Imports an LDAP server certificate chain from the remote file specified in certchain The certificate chain must be in PEM format Remote files are specified using the standard scp syntax that is user host file and imported using scp If the copy requires a user password you will be prompted for it Use of this option implicitly enables the use of Transport Layer Security TLS when connecting to LDAP This may be disabled by specifying certchain as none The certificate chain must be 64 Kbytes in size or less and it must be valid or it will be rejected h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Sets a password to use when binding to the LDAP server You will be prompted for the password System Administration 221 setldap 8 222 S servers t user T timeout EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets the primary and secondary LDAP servers and ports servers is a comma separated list of server port Ports are specified numerically and servers can be specif
133. COD Permitted A COD permit for the domain s COD CPU could not be obtained the COD CPU is not in use Unused The COD CPU is not in use Users with platform related privileges can view both resource and domain usage summaries Users with domain related privileges can view only the domain usage summaries for which they have privileges and a report of unused COD permits EXAMPLE 1 Displaying COD Usage by Resource XSCF gt showcodusage p resource Resource In Use Installed COD Permitted Status PROC 4 4 16 OK 12 available EXAMPLE 2 Displaying COD Usage by Domain XSCF gt showcodusage p domains Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved PROC 4 4 PROC 4 4 PROC 4 4 PROC 4 4 0 0 0 0 BP U NBEO l PROC Unused PROC EXAMPLE 3 Displaying COD Usage by Resource and Domain M8000 Server With CMU00 Quad XSB CMU02 Uni XSB XSCF gt showcodusage v Resource In Use Installed COD Permitted Status PROC 0 8 0 OK 0 available Headroom 2 System Administration 351 showcodusage 8 Domain Resource In Use Installed Reserved Status 0 PROC 0 8 0 00 0 PROC 0 CMUOO CPUO Unused 00 1 PROC 0 CMU00 CPU1 Unused 00 2 PROC 0 CMU00 CPU2 Unused 00 3 PROC 0 CMU00 CPU3 Unused 02 0 PROC 0 4 CMUO2 CPUO Unused CMU02 CPU1 Unused CMU02 CPU2 Unused CMU02 CPU3 Unused 1 PROC 0 0 0 2 PROC 0 0 0 3 PROC 0 0 0 4 PROC 0 0 0 5 PROC 0 0 0 6 PROC 0 0 0 7 PROC 0 0 0 8 PRO
134. D 8000 77 Sep 01 16 06 57 6278 3ceca439 b0b2 4db1 9123 c8ace3 2b371 FMD 8000 77 Sep 06 09 37 05 0983 6485b42b 6638 4c5d b652 bec485290788 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 09 38 10 8584 77435994 5b99 4db8 bdcd 985c7d3ae3e4 LINUX 8000 1N Sep 06 09 57 44 6502 0087d58c e5b9 415d 91bc ad 7c41dd316 LINUX 8000 1N 82 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep EXAMPLE 2 06 1 06 1 06 1 06 1 06 1 06 1 29 1 29 1 29 1 29 F 759 10 49 565 214 16 SAN 00 25 09 e O O BO O RA O RA COON DO DONNY PR OO uane DA OWN ND 2801 1076 6 6 1462 132 4652 3755 8452 3039 4335 151 97de2cef 8eal 407a 8a53 c7a67e61987a fa7304f9 c9Je8 4cdl 9Ica5 e35f57d53b2c ce550611 4308 4336 8a9a 19676 828515 0 4b429f c048 47cd 9d9f a2 7b6d4c957 7d5fb282 e01b 476a b7e1l la0f8de80758 41379237 9750 4fa6 bce3 b5131a864a34 0455ceaa e226 424a 9b34 27603ca603 f1 fb550ebc 80e9 41c8 8afc ac680b9ekb613 8cec9a83 e2a3 4dc3 aT7cd de0lcaef5c63 5f88d7d5 al07 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed Display in Verbose Mode XSCF fmdump v TIME 100 EXAMPLE 3 XSCF gt fmdump e V u 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7 c59479d22ed TIME fmdump 8 LINUX 8000 1N LINUX 8000 1N LINUX 8000 1N LINUX 8000 1N LINUX 8000 1N LINUX 8000 1N FMD 8000 58 FMD 8000 58 FMD 8000 4M FMD 8000 58 UUID MSG ID Nov 30 20 44 55 1283 9f773e33 e46f 466c b
135. D RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the port disconnect it from the port or display the status of the drive set or display the clock control unit used at system startup connect to a domain console disconnect an eXtended System Board XSB from the domain configuration Intro 3 Intro 1 4 deletecodactivation deletecodlicense deletefru deleteuser disableuser dumpconfig enableuser flashupdate fmadm fmdump fmstat getflashimage ioxadm moveboard nslookup password ping powerof f poweron prtfru remove a Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation key COD key from the COD database remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database delete a Field Replaceable Unit FRU delete an XSCF user account disable an XSCF user account save system configuration information to a file enable an XSCF user account update the firmware fault management configuration tool view fault management logs report fault management module statistics download a firmware image file manage External 1 O Expansion Units and add in cards that contain Energy Storage Modules and are attached to the host system move an eXtended System Board XSB from the current domain to another refer to the DNS server for the host manage user passwords and expiration settings send the ICMP ECHO REQUEST packets to the network host or the network dev
136. D date time E end record e events i audit ids 1 m del n p privilege results r return values s start record u users x viewaudit h viewaudit 8 displays audit records When invoked without options viewaudit displays all current local audit records When invoked with options viewaudit displays only the selected records By default records are displayed in text format one token per line with a comma as the field separator The output can be modified using the C E 1 m del n S or x option You must have auditadm or auditop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 521 viewaudit 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported A date time B date time Selects records that occurred at or after date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh mm ss where yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value mm month 01 12 dd day 01 31 hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 ss seconds 00 59 The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss Selects records that occurred before date time The date time argument is in local time the A and B options can be used together to form a range Valid values for date time are either absolute or offset Absolute date time yyyymmdd hh
137. E SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showarchiving 8 showarchiving display log archiving configuration and status showarchiving showarchiving e v showarchiving h showarchiving 8 displays the status and configuration information for log archiving on the Service Processor You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported e Displays information about the last ten archiving errors h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output If the e option is not specified showarchiving displays the following information 1 A list of archiving configuration data Archiving state Log archiving is enabled or disabled Archive host The host on which the logs are archived Initial value is Not configured Possible values are a host name or IPv4 address Archive directory The directory on the archive host where the archives are stored Initial value is Not configured System Administration 325 showarchiving 8 326 EXAMPLES Username for ssh login User name which the Service Processor uses to login to the archive host Initial value is Not configured Archive host public key The public key which the Service Processor uses to verify the identity of the archive host This field is not displayed u
138. EXAMPLE 1 Configures XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 into domain ID 0 XSCF gt addboard y c assign d 0 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 EXAMPLE 2 Configures XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 forcibly into domain ID 2 XSCF addboard f d 2 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 replacefru 8 setdcl 8 setdomainmode 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 testsb 8 System Administration 25 addboard 8 26 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addcodactivation 8 addcodactivation add a Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation key COD key to the COD database addcodactivation key_signature addcodactivation h addcodactivation 8 adds the specified COD key to the COD database on the Service Processor This command is not available on the M3000 server When the COD key is added the quantity of headroom is reduced by the quantity provided by the key The quantity of headroom cannot be lower than 0 Note Before you run this command you must obtain a COD key To obtain a COD key contact your sales representative For details on COD keys refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Cap
139. Enter key An error occurs if you set the address of the Service Processor or a domain to a value that either is out of range for a previously configured network address or conflicts with an address already assigned to another domain or the Service Processor You can override such errors by using the f option Using the f option with a conflicting IP address may cause misconfiguration You must resolve such conflicts for DSCP to operate properly With no arguments setdscp enters an interactive mode that prompts you to enter all of the DSCP IP address information sequentially The noninteractive method setting up the IP addresses of all domains using the i and m options is preferred After inputting all the requested settings you can review the settings and decide whether to commit them to the DSCP configuration database System Administration 203 setdscp 8 Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES Note The y and n options can be used with or without the q option when running setdscp in interactive mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id SE h i address m netmask Domain identifier Must be used with i address option domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forces setdscp to ignore out of range and address conflict errors and commits the new setting
140. Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Service Manual 819 4202 C120 E330 External I O Expansion Unit Installation and Service Manual 819 1141 C120 E329 SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers 821 2794 C120 E331 Administration Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF 821 2797 C120 E332 User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Dynamic Reconfiguration DR User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Product Notest SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Product Notes SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Product Notes SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Product Notes External I O Expansion Unit Product Notes SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Glossary This is a printed document Beginning with the XCP 1100 release Varies per release 821 2796 821 2795 Varies per release Varies per release Varies per release Varies per release 819 5324 821 2800 Varies per release C120 E335 C120 E336 Varies per release Varies per release Varies per release Varies per release C120 E456 C120 E514 Preface xi Text Conventions This manual uses the following fonts and symbols to express specific types of information Font symbol Meaning Example
141. Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS reset 8 reset reset the specified domain reset a y n d domain id level reset h Note Since the reset 8 command forcibly resets the system this command may cause a failure in a hard disk drive or other components Use this command only for the purpose of recovery such as if the Oracle Solaris OS hangs and for other limited purposes The reset 8 command resets the specified domain The following three levels of resetting can be specified por Resets the domain system panic Instructs the Oracle Solaris OS of the domain to generate a panic The command is ignored if it is issued during power off or shutdown xir Resets the domain CPU You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain to be reset domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all p
142. FRU Part Number CA21126 B20X IOU 2 Status Normal Ver 4201h Serial FRU Part Number CA06620 D103 A0 Type B PCI 4 Name_Property pci Serial PP0611T823 FRU Part Number CA21126 B20X 404 Card_Type 002AB PPO7270538 371 4931 01 IOUA 002AB SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showhardconf 8 XSCFU_B 0 Status Normal Active Ver 0201h Serial PPO80600DW FRU Part Number CA06620 D342 CO 371 2228 02 XBU B 0 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PP0641X324 FRU Part Number CA06620 D301 A6 ki CLKU B 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO542M679 FRU Part Number CA06629 D042 A1 OPNL 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO6058246 RU Part Number CA06629 D061 A1 PSU 0 Status Normal Serial FRU Part Number CA01022 0690 Power_Status On F FANBP A 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO607D266 FRU Part Number CA21123 B54X 003AC FAN_A 0 Status Normal Serial PA0605B287 FRU Part Number CA06501 D023 A2 371 2222 00 i FAN_A 15 Status Normal Serial PA0605B303 FRU Part Number CA06501 D023 A2 371 2222 00 i FANBP B 0 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial PPO607D270 FRU Part Number CA21123 B55X 003AC FAN_A 4 Status Normal Serial PA0605B297 FRU Part Number CA06501 D023 A2 371 2222 00 i FAN_A 9 Status Normal Serial PA0605B300 FRU Part Number CA06501 D023 A2 371 2222 00 i SWBP 0 Status Normal Ve
143. For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 Lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 Specifies action to be taken when the received IP packet matches the filtering rule where target is one of the following ACCEPT Permits the IP packet to go through DROP Drops the IP packet mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts 256 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION q S setpacketfilters 8 Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts address mask Specifies the sender of the IP packet Either an IP address or a network IP address with a netmask mask added can be specified To specify an IP address or a network IP address use the standard form of four integer values delimited by periods For example use xxx xxx xxx xxx where xxx is an integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If the s option is omitted the filtering rule is applied to all IP packets received via the specified network interface mon Automatically answers y no to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command moun moun with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command The IP packet filtering rules are applied in the order in which they are defined Rules for perm
144. IONS setsnmpusm 8 setsnmpusm specify the SNMPv3 agent s User based Security Model USM configuration setsnmpusm create a authentication_protocol p authentication_password e encyrption_password user setsnmpusm delete user setsnmpusm clone u clone_user user setsnmpusm passwd c auth encrypt o old_password n new password user setsnmpusm h setsnmpusm 8 modifies the SNMP Agent s USM configuration You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 289 setsnmpusm 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported clone Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication with the identical settings as the specified clone_user u clone_user Specifies a valid user name of the user settings to be cloned user Specifies a different user name for the clone of clone_user 290 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 create delete passwd setsnmpusm 8 Makes the supplied user known to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication When used without the a or p options create displays a prompt for passwords and reads them without echoing them to the screen The encryption protocol used in all SNMP communication is Data Encryp
145. IX LINK iou0 IOU slot3 LINK fru frutree chassis MBU B container frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 0 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 1 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 fru frutree chassis MBU_B CPUM 1 CPUM container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 fru frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU_B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 0 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 1 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 2 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 3 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 4 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 5 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 6 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 7 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 fru frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 8 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 9 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 10 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 11 MEM frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 12 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 13 MEM container container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 14 MEM frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 15 MEM frutree chassis XSCFU container container container frutree
146. JUn YW5pemF 0aW9uMQ8w DOYDVQQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj ENMBOG CSqGSIb3 DOEJARYHZWUubWFpbI IBADANBgkqhkiG9w0 BAQOFAAOBgQCqBFbo8 8Hi yvOUyW8E8111AbuA R OpXAVOvb2tjIn3 04IrnjHI4cjHq9NuSx1lw8mdsxXKTVMx3WZCJIpJIDC WoRMKw kO99dq tbegECo4mwknW1t7QI7A1BkcW2 MkOolIRa6iP1Zwqg JoOPmwAbrGyAvGUtdzUoyIHOj1l7dRQrVIRA Enter Ctr1l and D EXAMPLE9 Specifies development to organizationunit to create a CSR XSCF gt sethttps c gencsr JP Kanagawa Kawasaki Example development scf host abcGexample com The following exit values are returned 0 S uccessful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 219 sethttps 8 SEE ALSO rebootxscf 8 showhttps 8 220 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setldap 8 setldap configure the Service Processor as a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP client setldap b bind B baseDN c certchain p s servers t user T timeout setldap h setldap 8 allows you to configure the Service Processor as an LDAP client Note The LDAP client supports passwords only in CRYPT format either UNIX Crypt or MD5 Therefore passwords on LDAP server must support it as well Refer to the Administration Guide for more information Also note that an XSCF user account user name cannot match an LDAP user name and an XS
147. LE 2 XSCF gt showuser p User Name Privileges Displays Password and Account Validity Information jsmith Enabled 0 99999 7 1 Aug 22 2005 Never Never Never Displays Privileges Information jsmith domainadm 1 3 6 8 9 platadm The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 adduser 8 deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 password 8 setprivileges 8 An error occurred NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION snapshot 8 snapshot collect and transfer environment log error and FRUID data snapshot d device r e P password L FITIR 1 v al y n S time E time snapshot t user host directory e P password k host key 1 L FIIIR p password v l a y n S time E time snapshot T D directory e P password k host key 1 L FIIIR v Ii a y n S time E time snapshot h The snapshot 8 command provides a data collection mechanism that enables rapid reliable and flexible retrieval of diagnostic information on the Service Processor snapshot 8 collects the following data Configuration Environmentals Logs Errors and FRUID information It transfers data to the specified destination snapshot opens an output file the name of which is automatically generated based on the host name and IP address assigned to the Service Processor and the UTC time in hours minutes and s
148. Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS settimezone 8 settimezone set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF settimezone settimezone settimezone time settimezone settimezone c settz s timezone c settz a M c adddst b std o offset d dst p offset date time t date c deldst b std o offset The settimezone 8 command sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF The time zone provided by default is pursuant to POSIX standard You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a cC settz c adddst c deldst b std Lists the time zones that can be set Sets the time zone which complies with POSIX standards The time zone is applied immediately after the sett imezone 8 command executed Manually sets the time zone and Daylight Saving Time Daylight Saving Time complies with the data of time zone which has been specified by using the b o d p f and t options In case you set the time zone manually the time zone data which set by using the c settz option will be ignored When you execute the settimezone 8 command and then execute the login procedures to XSCF the configuration will be applied Deletes the time zone and Daylight Saving Time which set manually After the deletion of Daylight
149. Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showdomainstatus 8 showdomainstatus display the current domain component list DCL showdomainstatus d domain id showdomainstatus a showdomainstatus h The showdomainstatus 8 command displays the current status of the specified domain One of the following states is displayed for each domain Additional information may be displayed Powered Off Power is off Panic State A panic occurred and the domain is in the reboot state Shutdown Started The power off process is starting Initialization Phase OpenBoot PROM initialization is in progress OpenBoot Execution Completed The system is in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt The Oracle Solaris OS is booting Or due to the domain shutdown or reboot the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Running The Oracle Solaris OS is running Domain is not defined You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng System Administration 379 showdomainstatus 8 Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a Displays status information on all domains that can be accessed
150. O EXAMPLE1 Changing Classes Using Names XSCF gt setaudit c LOGIN AUDIT disable c ACS_READ enable Auditing for LOGIN and AUDIT classes has been disabled Auditing for READ class is enabled EXAMPLE 2 Changing Classes Using Numbers XSCF gt setaudit c 8 16 disable c l enable Auditing for classes 8 LOGIN and 16 AUDIT has been disabled Auditing for class 1 SYSTEM is enabled EXAMPLE 3 Changing Classes and Enabling an Event XSCF gt setaudit c l enable e 64 disable Auditing is enabled for all of Class 1 SYSTEM except for event 64 USER is disabled EXAMPLE4 Enabling Auditing XSCF gt setaudit enable Turns on writing of the audit records for the audit trail EXAMPLE 5 Enabling Warnings XSCF gt setaudit t 50 75 Warnings will be sent at 50 capacity and 75 capacity The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showaudit 8 176 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setautologout 8 setautologout set the session timeout time of the XSCF shell setautologout s timeout setautologout h The setautologout 8 command sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell The default of the session timeout time is 10 minutes You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this
151. OUT enabled AEV_AUTHENTICATE enabled AEV_addboard enabled AEV_addfru enabled assi EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setaudit 8 viewaudit 8 332 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised July 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showautologout 8 showautologout display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell showautologout showautologout h The showautologout 8 command displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell The session timeout time is displayed in units of minutes If the session timeout time has not been specified with the setautologout 8 command a time of 10 minutes is set by default You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell XSCF gt showautologout 30min EXAMPLE2 Displays the session timeout time of the XSCF shell the time is default XSCF gt showautologout 10min The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setautologout 8 System Administration 333 showautologout 8
152. PS SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showsmtp showsnmp showsnmpusm showsnmpvacm showssh showstatus showtelnet showtimezone showuser snapshot switchscf testsb traceroute unlockmaintenance version viewaudit Intro 1 display the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP configuration information display the configuration information and current status of the SNMP agent display the current User based Security Model USM information for the SNMP agent display the current View based Access Control Access VACM information for the SNMP agent display the settings of the Secure Shell SSH service that configured for the XSCF network display the degraded Field Replaceable Units FRUs display the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings display user account information collect and transfer environment log error and FRUID data switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board PSB display the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device forcibly release the locked status of XSCF display firmware version display audit records Intro 11 Intro 1 12 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised
153. PTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deletefru 8 deletefru delete a Field Replaceable Unit FRU deletefru deletefru h The deletefru 8 command deletes an FRU The deletefru 8 command is available only for the M8000 M9000 servers The deletefru 8 command allows the user to make the settings that are required for FRU deletion and related to selecting confirming and removing FRUs interactively using menus The following FRUs can be deleted m CPU Memory Board unit CMU a I O unit IOU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred addfru 8 deleteboard 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 59 deletefru 8 60 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO deleteuser 8 deleteuser delete an XSCF user account deleteuser user deleteuser h deleteuser 8 deletes a local XSCF user account All local account data associated with the user account is deleted including password and Secure Shell SSH keys The local user s currently running XSCF shell and
154. PTIONS showad 8 showad show Active Directory configuration and messages showad showad cert v i n showad log M C S start record number E end record number showad log f showad group administrator i n showad group operator i n showad group custom i n showad userdomain i n showad dnslocatorquery i n showad defaultrole showad server i n showad h showad 8 displays Active Directory configuration and diagnostic messages You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported E Displays diagnostic messages in real time When this option is used the command does not terminate Each diagnostic message is displayed when it is registered To stop the real time display press Ctrl C h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs in Sets an index marker value 1 5 When executed without i or with i and no value showad walks sequentially through items 1 through 5 Exceptions When used without i the command showad cert displays the certificate information for the Primary server and showad server displays the Primary server configuration v Specifies verbose output Used only with the cert operand to display the full certificate System Administration 319 showad 8 So Appends to end of output the number of records in the log E Specifies the las
155. Performs the initial diagnosis on all the PSB that are mounted XSCF gt testsb c all Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Oc A 3 04e 60e JON 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 01 0 Passed Normal 02 0 Passed Normal 03 0 Passed Normal EXAMPLE 4 Ignores the settings for the warm up time of the system and the wait time before system startup to perform the initial diagnosis on the PSB that are mounted XSCF gt testsb c all Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y Ignore warmup time and air conditioner wait time Continue y n y SB power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Ore ices JO ww is GO ewe aee w JONN evev 120end Initial diagnosis has completed System Administration 509 testsb 8 SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 01 0 Passed Normal 02 0 Passed Normal 03 0 Passed Normal EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showfru 8 510 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileg
156. Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setpowerupdelay 8 setpowerupdelay set the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup setpowerupdelay c warmup s time setpowerupdelay c wait s time setpowerupdelay h The setpowerupdelay 8 command sets the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup The wait time before system startup can be used to control the system startup time so that the system is started only after air conditioning makes the temperature of the computer room suitable If the system power has already been turned on and the system is operating the setting takes effect at the next startup You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c warmup Specifies the warm up time c wait Specifies the wait time before system startup h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s time Specifies the warm up time or wait time before system startup in minutes An integer ranging from 0 to 255 can be specified for time m You can use the showpowerupdelay 8 command to check the warm up time and the wait time before system startup previously set by the setpowerupdelay 8 command regardless of whether the system is in operation m When the power is turned on from the operator panel the wait time and warm up time
157. RC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Getting Started Guide 821 3045 C120 E345 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Getting Started Guide 821 3049 C120 E323 SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Overview Guide 820 5579 C120 E537 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Overview Guide 819 2204 C120 E346 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Overview Guide 819 4204 C120 E324 SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Important 821 2098 C120 E633 Legal and Safety Information SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Safety and Compliance Guide 820 5582 C120 E538 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Safety and Compliance Guide 819 2203 C120 E348 x SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual December 2010 Book Title Sun Oracle Fujitsu SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Safety and Compliance Guide 819 4201 C120 E326 External I O Expansion Unit Safety and Compliance Guide 819 1143 C120 E457 SPARC Enterprise M4000 Server Unpacking Guide 821 3043 C120 E349 SPARC Enterprise M5000 Server Unpacking Guide 821 3044 C120 E350 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Unpacking Guide 821 3047 C120 E327 SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Installation Guide 820 5684 C120 E539 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Installation Guide 819 2211 C120 E351 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Installation Guide 819 4200 C120 E328 SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Service Manual 820 5683 C120 E540 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Service Manual 819 2210 C120 E352 SPARC
158. Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES showcod 8 showcod display Capacity on Demand COD information showcod v d domain_id showcod h showcod 8 displays COD information which includes the headroom amount number of installed COD hardware activation permits COD permits the number of COD permits reserved for domains and the Chassis Hostid The showcod 8 command is not supported on the M3000 server When used without arguments this command displays the current COD information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Domain identifier domain_id can be 0 23 depending on system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLE 1 Displaying All COD Information The output shown is what you might see if you had domainadm domainop or domainmgr privileges for Domain 1 XSCF showcod PROC Permits reserved for domain 1 0 System Administration 343 showcod 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All COD Information The output shown is what you might see if you had platform privileges
159. SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual for XCP Version 1100 amp Sun FUJITSU o Manual Code C120 E635 01EN ORACLE SPARC December 2010 Revision A Copyright 2010 Oracle and or its affiliates and FUJITSU LIMITED All rights reserved Oracle and or its affiliates provided technical input and review on portions of this material This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws Except as expressly permitted in your license agreement or allowed by law you may not use copy reproduce translate broadcast modify license transmit distribute exhibit perform publish or display any part in any form or by any means Reverse engineering disassembly or decompilation of this software unless required by law for interoperability is prohibited The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error free If you find any errors please report them to us in writing If this is software or related software documentation that is delivered to the U S Government or anyone licensing it on behalf of the U S Government the following notice is applicable U S GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs software databases and related documentation and technical data delivered to U S Government customers are commercial computer software or commercial
160. STATUS SEE ALSO showldapssl 8 valid from Apr 18 05 38 36 2009 GMT valid until Apr 16 05 38 36 2019 GMT version EXAMPLE 3 3 0x02 Displays specified diagnostic messages XSCF gt showldapssl log S 5 E 10 Thu Thu Thu Thu Thu Thu Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep Sep EXAMPLE 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 01 43 2009 LdapSSL error authentication status auth ERROR 01 44 2009 LdapSSL error authentication status auth ERROR 01 47 2009 LdapSSL error authentication status auth ERROR 01 51 2009 LdapSSL error authentication status auth ERROR 01 52 2009 LdapSSL error authentication status auth ERROR 01 55 2009 LdapSSL error authentication status auth ERROR Displays configuration for administrator group 3 XSCF gt showldapssl group administrator i 3 Administrator Group 3 name EXAMPLE 5 CN pSuperAdmin OU GroupsS DC sales DC company DC com Displays alternate server 1 setting A port number of 0 indicates that the default port for LDAP SSL is used XSCF showldapssl server i 1 Alternate Server 1 address port 0 EXAMPLE 6 none Displays the optional user mapping settings XSCF gt showldapssl usermap attributeInfo amp objectclass person uid lt USERNAME gt binddn bindpw Set cn Manager dc company dc com searchbase ou people dc company dc com The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error
161. Saving Time which set manually XSCF starts operating with the time zone set by using the c settz option When you execute the settimezone 8 command and then execute the login procedures to XSCF the configuration will be applied Specifies the abbreviations of time zone For std specify an abbreviation of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 Specify this option in combination with c adddst or c deldst System Administration 305 settimezone 8 d dst Specifies the zone name of Daylight Saving Time For dst specify the alphabets of 3 letters or more You can specify it in the format which complies with RFC2822 Specify this option in combination with c adddst f date time Specifies the starting time of Daylight Saving Time It should be specified in the same format as date in the t option You can specify date in any of the following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to start Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365
162. System Board XSB showdevices v p bydevice byboard query force xsb showdevices v p bydevice byboard a domain_id showdevices h The showdevices 8 command displays the information of the physical devices configured on XSB and their available resources of these devices The information of available resources can be obtained for the devices managed by the operating system The command can also display in advance whether the XSB can be disconnected from the domain using the dynamic reconfiguration DR function The following types of information are displayed Common DID XSB CPU id state speed ecache MEMORY board mem perm mem base address domain mem Domain ID XSB number processor ID status of processor CPU frequency MHz CPU external cache size MB Size of memory mounted on the XSB MB Size of memory that mounted and cannot be relocated on the XSB MB Physical address of memory mounted on the XSB Size of memory on the domain MB System Administration 369 showdevices 8 Privileges OPTIONS When memory is being disconnected the following items are displayed target XSB XSB number at the move destination deleted mem Size of memory which was already deleted MB remaining mem Size of remaining memory to be deleted MB I O devices device Instance name of I O device resource Managed resource name usage Description of the instance
163. System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_ PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS MODES 256 Mode related events This option may be specified multiple times Multiple specifications are processed together with e options in the order listed See EXAMPLE 1 When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the specified classes is turned on or off respectively You can use the e option to override these settings for an individual event The class and event audit record generation policy applies to all users Unique class and event policies cannot be specified for individual users 172 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 setaudit 8 c classes enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ
164. T STATUS SEE ALSO showpasswordpolicy 8 showpasswordpolicy display the current password settings showpasswordpolicy showpasswordpolicy h showpasswordpolicy 8 displays the password policy settings These include default password expiration settings for new accounts pam cracklib parameters and the number of passwords to keep in password history for each user You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Password Policy Settings XSCF showpasswordpolicy Mindays 0 Maxdays 99999 Warn 7 Inactive 1 Expiry 0 Retry 3 Difok 10 Minlen 9 Dcredit 1 Ucredit 1 Lcredit 1 Ocredit 1 Remember 3 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setpasswordpolicy 8 System Administration 459 showpasswordpolicy 8 460 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showpowerupdelay 8 showpowerupdelay display the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup showpowerupdelay showpowerupdelay h The showpowerupdelay 8 command displays the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time bef
165. The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setemailreport 8 System Administration 387 showemailreport 8 388 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised June 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showenvironment 8 showenvironment display the airflow volume intake air temperature and humidity temperature sensor voltage sensor fan speed and power consumption information in the server showenvironment M type showenvironment h showenvironment 8 command displays the information listed below The following types of the information are displayed Exhaust air information Environment information Temperature information Voltage information Fan speed information Power consumption information Amount of exhaust air from the server Display of exhaust air information is supported only on the M3000 M8000 M9000 servers Intake temperature and humidity of the system Humidity is supported only on the M8000 M9000 servers Intake temperature of the system and exhaust temperature of each component You can check the exhaust temperature of the following components M3000 server motherboard unit MBU_A CPU M4000 M5000 servers CPU module CPUM I O unit IOU M8000 M9000 servers CPU memory board unit CMU CPU module CPUM crossbar unit XBU_B Voltage sensor value Fan rotational state and revol
166. The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE2 Sets January 27 07 59 00 2006 of UTC as the current time XSCF gt setdate u s 012707592006 00 Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXAMPLE3 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time mon Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setdate y s 012716592006 00 Fri Jan 27 16 59 00 JST 2006 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y Fri Jan 27 07 59 00 UTC 2006 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 setdate 8 EXAMPLE4 Sets January 27 16 59 00 2006 of the local time JST as the current time moon Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setdate q y s 012716592006 00 XSCF gt The reset continues after this point EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setntp 8 settimezone 8 showdate 8 showntp 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 185 setdate 8 186 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdcl 8 setdcl set a domain component list DCL setdcl d domain_id s policy value setdcl d domai
167. The user public key can be registered on each user account Per user account multiple user public keys can be registered Per user account the user public keys can be registered up to 1 023 characters including the linefeed You must have one of the following privileges to run this command To start or stop the SSH service to control access from domain to the SSH service and to generate the host public key platadm To register or delete the user public key of other user account useradm To register or delete the user public key of the current login user account useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 297 setssh 8 OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following options are supported a G zG ag C h m u Y Deletes all registered user public keys Should be specified with c delpubkey addpubkey Registers the user public key delpubkey Deletes the user public key enable disable Specifies whether to enable the SSH service One of the following values can be specified enable Starts the SSH service disable Stops the SSH service genhostkey Generates a host public key for SSH2 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs dscp mode Specifies whether or not to permit access from domain to the SSH service via DSCP One of the fol
168. USB device SUCCESS Collecting data into media usb_msd jupiter_10 1 1 1_2006 04 17T22 41 51 zip Data collection complete EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setarchiving 8 showarchiving 8 showlogs 8 502 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS switchscf 8 switchscf switch the XSCF unit between the active and standby states switchscf a y n t Active Standby f switchscf h The switchscf 8 command switches the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to between the active and standby states The switchscf 8 command is available on the M8000 M9000 servers only When the active XSCF unit currently logged in to is switched from active to standby or vice versa the state of the standby XSCF unit is also switched Note When switched the session of the network which has been connected to the active XSCF is terminated Caution Usually XSCFs cannot be switched while maintenance work is in progress If Switching of XSCF state is disabled due to a maintenance operation Try again later is displayed as a result from the switchscf 8 command and XSCFs cannot be switched check whether the addfru 8 deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or flashupdate 8 maintenance command is being executed If the command is b
169. V option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX System Administration 429 showlogs 8 UUID bf36flea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Diagnostic Messages Case where the S option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Diagnostic Code XXXKXKXK XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Detail log SCAN MINOR RC 2K 0000 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX 0010 XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Date Log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time Code Error code Data is displayed in 16 byte format Occurred Date Month Day Hour Minute Second TimeZone Year when an error occurred This date is displayed as the local time Status Error status One of the following states is displayed Warning Partial degradation of the unit or warning about the FRU Alarm FRU failure or err
170. VII enhanced mode o SPARC64 VII or SPARC64 VII processors and VI processors mixed SPARC64 VI compatible mode o Consists only of SPARC64 VI processors SPARC64 VI compatible mode compatible Regardless of the CPUs mounted sets the operational mode of CPU to the SPARC64 VI compatible mode Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command The system board XSB which can be added by Dynamic Reconfiguration DR is decided by the CPU operational mode currently set to the domain which is as follows ICPU configuration of a system Domain CPU Nalue of CPU board which can be added by configuration Mode Current CPU operational mode DR operation SPARC64 VII VII auto SPARC64 VII enhanced SPARC64 VII VII mode System Administration 197 setdomainmode 8 198 CPU configuration of a system Domain CPU Nalue of CPU board which can be added by configuration Mode Current CPU operational mode DR operation SPARC64 VII VII compatible SPARC64 VI compatible Any CPU configuration mode SPARC64 VII VII auto or SPARC64 VI compatible Any CPU configuration and SPARC64 VI compatible mode SPARC64 VI auto or SPARC64 VI compatibl
171. XX EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Raw Permit Data XSCF gt showcodactivation r 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide 346 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showcodlicense 8 showcodlicense display the current Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU licenses stored in the COD license database showcodlicense r v showcodlicense h showcodlicense 8 displays COD license information stored in the COD license database The showcodlicense 8 command is not available on the M3000 server When used without options it displays the current licenses You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs S Displays the license information in the raw license signature format as stored in the COD license database v Specifies verbose output Displays both the formatted license information and raw license signature data The showcodlicense command displays the following COD informati
172. able down enable up 2 2 disable down enable up 2 4 disable down enable up 2 6 disable down enable up 8 0 enable up enable up 8 2 disable down enable up 8 4 disable down enable up 8 6 disable down enable up EXAMPLE 6 Connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to port 0 moon 0 when the system is being powered on Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt cfgdevice y c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n Y Completed EXAMPLE 7 Connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to port 0 moun 0 when the system is being powered on Automatically answers y to all prompts without displaying messages XSCF gt cfgdevice q y c attach p 0 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 45 cfgdevice 8 46 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS clockboard 8 clockboard set or display the clock control unit used at system startup clockboard clockboard s CLKU_B number clockboard h The clockboard 8 command specifies the clock control unit used when the system power is turned on or it displays the clock control unit that is currently used and the clock control unit used at the next system startup The clockboard 8 command is available only for
173. acity on Demand COD User s Guide You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported key_signature Specifies the key to be added to the COD database EXAMPLE1 Adding a Key XSCF gt addcodactivation 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxHXKXXXXHKKKK The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide System Administration 27 addcodactivation 8 28 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addcodlicense 8 addcodlicense add a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key to the COD license database addcodlicense license signature addcodlicense h addcodlicense 8 adds the COD RTU specified license key to the COD license database on the Service Processor The addcodlicense 8 command is not available on the M3000 server When the license key is added the quantity of headroom is reduced by the quantity provided by the license key The quantity of headroom cannot be lower than 0 Note Before you run
174. adm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays routing information that is set for all XSCF network interfaces System Administration 465 showroute 8 h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Displays IP address without the name resolution of host name OPERANDS The following operand is supported interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be displayed One of the following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If this operand is specified with the a option the operand is ignored e In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 e In the M8000 M9000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0O lan 1 XSCF LANHI For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 EXTENDED The setroute 8 command sets routing information for the XSCF network DESCRIPTION 466 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays routing information for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt showroute xscf 0 lan 0 Destination Gateway Netmask Flags Interface serverl example 255 255 255 0 U xscf 0 lan 0 default 192 168 10 1 0
175. ain console type ro Read only console rw Writable console escape Escape mark specified for the console Date Date connected to the domain console You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 355 showconsolepath 8 EXTENDED Only one writable console and one or more read only consoles can be connected to DESCRIPTION one domain EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays console information on all domains that can be accessed XSCF gt showconsolepath a User DID ro rw escape Date nakagawa 00 rw Fri Jul 29 21 23 34 hana 00 ro Fri Jul 29 09 49 12 Fri Jul 29 10 19 18 Fri Jul 29 13 30 41 k okano 00 ro Fri Jul 29 18 21 50 yuuki 01 rw uchida 01 ro EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO console 8 sendbreak 8 356 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Ref
176. ainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following option is supported c tz Displays the time zone c dst Displays the Daylight Saving Time information h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m standard custom Specifies the Daylight Saving Time information to be displayed Either of the following can be specified If the m option omitted it is regarded as m custom specified standard Displays the Daylight Saving Time information that has been set in the current time zone by default custom Displays the Daylight Saving Time information that you set by using the sett imezone 8 command If the Daylight Saving Time is not set nothing displayed EXTENDED m The Daylight Saving Time information is displayed in the following format DESCRIPTION a When specified custom System Administration 487 showtimezone 8 std offset dst offset2 from date time to date time std Abbreviations of time zone offset Offset time of time zone and Greenwich mean time GMT moun Displayed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed in plus in case the offset is minus dst Name of Daylight Saving Time 488 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 offset2 from date time showtimezone 8 Offset time of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT mon Displa
177. al Active Ver 0101h Serial BFO7435D98 System Administration 399 showhardconf 8 CPUM 3 CHIP 1 Status Normal Ver 0601h Serial PPO74804E9 FRU Part Number CA06761 D205 A0 371 4932 01 A Freq 2 660 GHz Type 48 Core 4 Strand 2 MEMB 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial BFO9061G0E FRU Part Number CF00541 0545 06 541 0545 06 i MEM 0A Status Normal Code c1000000000000005372T128000HR3 7A 356d 0d016912 Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code c1000000000000004572T128000HR3 7A 252b 04123424 Type 1A Size 1 GB MEMB 7 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial BFO9061GBA FRU Part Number CF00541 0545 06 541 0545 06 l MEM 0A Status Normal Code 2cffffffffffffffO818HTF12872Y 53EB3 0300 d504600c Type 1A Size 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE10RD4AGFA 5C E 3020 2229c19c Type 1A Size 1 GB DDC_A 0 Status Normal DDC_A 1 Status Normal DDC_A 2 Status Normal DDC_A 3 Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal DDC_B 1 Status Normal IOU 0 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial BFO7486TEU FRU Part Number CF00541 4361 01 541 4361 01 Type 1 DDC_A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal IOU 1 Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial BF073226HP FRU Part Number CF00541 4361 01 541 4361 01 Type 1 DDC_A 0 Status Normal DDCR Status Normal DDC_B 0 Status Normal XSCFU Status Normal Active Ver 0101h Serial BFO7435D98 400 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Ser
178. all 1 O devices including those that are not management targets As information on the I O devices that are not management targets however only physical configurations are displayed and resources and use states are not displayed The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number for which information is to be displayed The following xsb form is accepted X Y where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 m The showdevices 8 command will succeed only if the following Oracle Solaris Service Management Facility SMF services are active on that domain a Domain SP Communication Protocol dscp a Domain Configuration Server dcs Oracle Sun Cryptographic Key Management Daemon sckmd The showdevices 8 command displays a complete list of devices when executed right after an Oracle Solaris OS boot or a DR operation However when executed at other times showdevices does not display a complete list if the Oracle Solaris OS has unloaded drivers for any unused devices To be certain the displayed list is complete run the devfsadm command with v option on the domain before running showdevices For more information about the devfsadm command see the Oracle Solaris devfsadm 1M man page EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of the physical devices configured on the XSB 00 0 and their available resources XSCF gt showdevices 00 0 CPU System Administration 371 showdevices 8 DID XSB id s
179. all operations on domain hardware assign unassign power and so on Can perform Service Processor failover operations and view all platform states platop Can view all platform states but not perform any modifications useradm Can create delete disable or enable user accounts Can change a user s password and password properties for example expiry Can modify a user s privileges user Specifies a valid user name EXAMPLE 1 Setting Privileges for JSmith XSCF gt setprivileges jsmith platadm domainadm 1 4 6 9 EXAMPLE2 Removing All Privileges for JSmith XSCF gt setprivileges jsmith none The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setpasswordpolicy 8 showuser 8 System Administration 269 setprivileges 8 270 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setroute 8 setroute set routing information for an XSCF network interface setroute c add del n address m address g address interface setroute h setroute 8 command sets routing information for an XSCF network interface Up to eight routing information items can be registered for each network interface Any attempt to register more than eight items causes an error You must have platadm privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The follow
180. all_view 294 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setsnmpvacm 8 EXAMPLE 3 Create a View Where the Subtree Is Excluded XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createview e s 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 m fe excl view EXAMPLE 4 Create Access XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createaccess r all admin EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showsnmpvacm 8 System Administration 295 setsnmpvacm 8 296 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setssh 8 setssh configure the settings for the Secure Shell SSH service used in the XSCF network setssh q y n c enable setssh c disable setssh q y n m dscp mode setssh c addpubkey u user_name setssh c delpubkey a s line u user name setssh q y n c genhostkey setssh h The setssh 8 command configures the settings for the SSH service used in the XSCF network Only SSH2 is supported for XSCF You can configure the following Starts or stops the SSH service used in the XSCF network Accesses control from domain to the SSH service Sets whether or not to permit access from domain to the SSH service via the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP Generates the host public key Registers or deletes the user public key
181. an 1 are different a If the subnet of ISN is different a If the subnet of xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 1 and xscf 0 if are the same a If the subnet of xscf 1 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 1 and xscf 1 if are the same In case the total number of the characters of the DNS domain name that you set by using the sethostname 8 command and of the search path that you set by using the setnameserver 8 command exceeds 256 it results in an error In the setnameserver 8 command if you do not set the DNS server but set the search path alone an error results On M8000 M9000 servers do not execute the applynetwork 8 command during XSCF failover EXAMPLE 1 Applies the information that has been set for the XSCF network On M3000 M4000 M5000 servers XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied Xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 36 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 interface status IP address netmask route interface status IP address netmask route Continue y n applynetwork 8 xscf 0 lan 0 up 10 24 144 214 255 255 255 0 n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 xscf 0 lan 1 down Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing showhostname shownetwork showroute and shownameserver after rebooting the XSCF
182. ancels the rebootxscf 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF rebootxscf The XSCF will be reset Continue y n n XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred applynetwork 8 setaltitude 8 setdualpowerfeed 8 sethttps 8 setntp 8 setssh 8 settelnet 8 134 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO replacefru 8 replacefru replace a field replaceable unit FRU replacefru replacefru h The replacefru 8 command replaces an FRU The command allows the user to select confirm and replace the FRU interactively using menus The following FRUs can be replaced using the replacefru 8 command m CPU Memory Board unit CMU a I O unit IOU m FAN unit FANU m Power supply unit PSU m XSCF unit XSCFU m DC DC converter DDC_A You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred addboard 8 addfru 8 deleteboard 8 deletefru 8 setupfru 8 showdcl 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 testsb 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 135 replacefru 8 136 SPARC
183. are in the up status and the same subnets have been set On M8000 M9000 servers if xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 1 and xscf 1 lan 1 are all in the down status the appl ynetwork 8 command results in an error On M8000 M9000 servers if the network interface which is in the up status has the following settings the appl ynetwork 8 command results in an error a If the subnet of xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 0 and the takeover IP address lan 0 are different a If the subnet of xscf 0 lan 1 xscf 1 lan 1 and the takeover IP address lan 1 are different a If the subnet of ISN is different a If the subnet of xscf 0 lan 0 and xscf 0 lan 1 are the same a If the subnet of xscf 1 lan 0 and xscf 1 lan 1 are the same In case you specified the IP address and the netmask to the interfaces other than ISN and when the ISN is not configured the following default value will be set 248 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 EXAMPLES setnetwork 8 m xscf 0 if IP address 192 168 1 1 Netmask 255 255 255 0 m xscf 1 if IP address 192 168 1 2 Netmask 255 255 255 0 m The shownetwork 8 command can display current information on a network interface configured for XSCF m To reflect information on the specified network interface execute the applynetwork 8 command and reset XSCF EXAMPLE 1 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN O on XSCF unit 0 XSCF
184. ase y n Y EXAMPLE 2 Assigning an Alternative IP address to Domain 1 XSCF gt setdscp d 1 i 10 1 1 26 Commit these changes to the database y n y EXAMPLE 3 Specifying a Netmask Address With q and y Options XSCF gt setdscp q y i 10 1 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 EXAMPLE4 Setting DSCP Addresses Using Interactive Mode The default value displayed by each prompt in interactive mode matches the previous configuration This makes it possible to interactively review and modify DSCP configuration In this example you only input the network address portion and then press the Enter key to accept all subsequent settings XSCF gt setdscp DSCP network 0 0 0 0 gt 10 1 1 0 DSCP netmask 255 0 0 0 gt 255 255 255 0 XSCF address 10 1 1 1 gt Enter Domain 00 address 10 1 1 2 gt Enter Domain 01 address 101 13 gt Enter Domain 02 address 10 1 1 4 gt Enter Domain 03 address 1 051 1 5 gt Enter Domain 04 address 10 21 5126 gt Enter Domain 05 address TOUIJI 7 Enter Domain 06 address 10 1 1 8 Enter Domain 07 address 10 1 51 9 Enter Domain 08 address TOZI sk L0 gt Enter Domain 09 address TOUT Td gt Enter Domain 10 address LOA cL S12 gt Enter Domain 1 address 101 113 Enter Domain 2 address 10 1 1 14 gt Enter Domain 3 address 101s TS gt Enter Domain 4 address 10 1 1 16 gt Enter Domain 5 address TOI 1517 Enter Domain 16 address 10 1 18 gt Enter Doma
185. ast week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It does not count the leap year day If you specified 365 it corresponds to December 31st even in a leap year n Specifies the sequential day in the year to start Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 2nd It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command System Administration 307 settimezone 8 o offset Specifies the offset of time zone and Greenwich mean time GMT Specify this option in combination with c adddst or c deldst You can specify offset in the following format GMT hh mm ss GMT l hh mm ss Greenwich mean time mon Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is ahead of GMT To adjust to the local time east to Greenwich the offset is a negative value Specifie
186. ata file can be restored only to the same class of server that is a configuration file created by dumpconfig 8 on an M5000 server can be restored to another M5000 server but it cannot be restored to an M3000 or M8000 server 144 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 restoreconfig 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Restoring the Configuration using FTP XSCF gt restoreconfig V u manilla 129 145 155 156 8080 ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg transfer from tmp dumpconfig EvY1Yf to ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg Password About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 laj Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Proxy auth using nil with user Server auth using Basic with user minilla gt GET ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg HTTP 1 1 Authorization Basic bHahbmc6bHahbmc User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 21 Pragma no cache Accept HTTP 1 1 200 OK Server Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Date Thu 07 Aug 2008 18 01 00 GMT Proxy agent Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Via 1 1 proxy proxy DOB BOARS AA OA Transfer encoding chunked Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 12 58 19 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKSO8220xx version 19830000
187. ated a diagnosis for which no message summary exists Refer to http www sun com msg FMD 8000 11 for more information AUTO RESPONSE The diagnosis has been saved in the fault log for examination by Sun IMPACT The fault log will need to be manually examined using fmdump 1M in order to determine if any human response is required The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion All records in the log file were examined successfully 0 An error occurred fmadm 8 fmstat 8 System Administration 85 fmdump 8 86 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION fmstat 8 fmstat report fault management module statistics fmstat a s z m module interval count fmstat h The fmstat utility can be used by system administrators and service personnel to report statistics associated with the Fault Manager fault manager daemon and its associated set of modules The Fault Manager runs in the background on each system It receives telemetry information relating to problems detected by the system software diagnoses these problems and initiates proactive self healing activities such as disabling faulty components You can use fmstat to view statistics for diagnosis engines and agents that are currently participating in fault management The fmadm 8 and fmdump 8 man pages describe more about tools to observe fault manage
188. ates a new local XSCF user account with platadm platop and useradm privileges Note that an XSCF user account user name cannot match an LDAP user name and an XSCF user account UID number cannot match an LDAP UID number v Specifies verbose output The available interfaces on the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers are xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 1 lan 0 lan 1 The available interfaces on the M8000 M9000 servers are the same but they also include the xscf 0 if xscf 1 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 1 and xscf 1 if System Administration 315 setupplatform 8 316 In user setup a new local user account can be created with a user supplied password In network setup the following items can be optionally configured XSCF Network Settings Internal DSCP Network DNS NTP SSH HTTPS Server Email reports EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Creating a New User XSCF gt setupplatform p user Do you want to set up an account y n yY Username myadminuser User id in range 100 to 65533 or leave blank to let the system choose one Username myadminuser User id Are these settings correct y n yY XSCF gt adduser myadminuser XSCF gt setprivileges myadminuser useradm platadm platop XSCF gt password myadminuser New XSCF password not echoed Retype new XSCF password not echoed EXAMPLE 2 Configuring the XSCF Network XSCF gt setupplatform Do you want to set up an account y n n Do you want to set up the XSCF network interfaces y n yY Do yo
189. ation have already been collected they are also displayed in addition to the information displayed by the v option This option cannot be specified together with the S or the v option This option can be specified for an error log 428 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showlogs 8 The following operands are supported error power event env monitor console panic ipl Displays the error log sometimes includes scan log Displays the power log Displays the event log Displays the temperature and humidity record Displays the monitoring message log Displays the console message log Displays the panic message log Displays the IPL message log Logs are displayed in the following formats Error log Default Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Case where the v option is specified Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Diagnostic Code XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXKXKXK XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX UUID bf36f0ea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Case where the
190. ay gt GET sollgell proxytest cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent restoreconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache Accept HTTP 1 1 200 OK Date Tue 12 Aug 2008 22 02 12 GMT Server Apache 1 3 36 Unix mod_perl 1 29 mod ss1 2 8 27 OpenSSL 9200 Last Modified Mon 04 Aug 2008 20 01 51 GMT ETag 4fa2a 601b 4897602 Accept Ranges bytes Content Length 24603 BOB OB ONE SASOU URS ON Content Type text plain Connection 0 to host 10 7 79 18 left intact Closing connection 0 done file decoding done Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 12 58 19 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKS08220xx version 19830000 validating backup configuration data You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host EXAMPLE 4 Restoring the Configuration Using USB XSCF gt restoreconfig V p 129 145 155 166 8080 file media usb msd proxytest cfg transfer from scf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to file media usb_msd proxytest cfg Configuration backup created on Mon Aug 4 14 38 27 2008 from system M3000 with serial number IKSO8220xx version 19830000 You will need to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to
191. ays a list of sensor readings for all FRUs in the specified External I O Expansion Unit and the attached cards in the host slot The options for env can be used in any combination The following information also applies to env and its display e Results are displayed in tabular format Each FRU sensor is listed in the first column The second column shows the sensor name such as T_AMBIENT for ambient temperature or V 12V OV for the voltage reading of the 12V rail The third fourth and fifth columns display the sensor reading Value sensor resolution Res and Units respectively See EXAMPLE 1 e Each FRU can have a variety of different sensors When specifying multiple values for sensors use spaces to separate the values Possible values for sensors can be seen in the Sensor column of EXAMPLE 1 Units are given in Celsius degrees Volts Amperes SWITCH and RPM e The sensors names are FRU dependent and may change from FRU type to FRU type and even among individual FRUs e If the v option is set verbose output is displayed In addition to the regular output the output also includes the maximum and minimum values supported by the sensors Max and Min along with the low and high warning thresholds Min Alarm and Max Alarm e LED indicators do not support these fields e Fields containing a indicate an unsupported setting For example there may be no minimum temperature alarm threshold 100 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Serve
192. ays all actions and commands as they are executed If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Note You may not have the required privileges to run all the commands that are executed by the snapshot configuration file If this occurs you will see error messages indicating these operations are not permitted mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 499 snapshot 8 EXTENDED Modes of Operation DESCRIPTION The following is a brief overview of the modes of operation for the snapshot command The first mode is SSH Target Mode The data collector is run in this mode when it is invoked with the t or T option In this mode the data collector opens an SSH connection from the Service Processor to the specified target after appropriate authentication and sends the zip data archive through the SSH connection to the target host The user must create the target directory on the remote host snapshot does not create the target directory The transmission encryption in this mode is provided by SSH The second mode is USB Device Mode The data collector is run in this mode when it is invoked with the a flag In this mode the data collector s output which is the zip archive is saved in a file on the USB device The USB device should be formatted using the FAT32 file system As in SSH Target mode you can use the e option to encrypt the zip file in this mode However no t
193. browser sessions are terminated at once The user s account is removed from the system and they cannot log back in You cannot delete your own account You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name The name of the user account to be deleted EXAMPLE1 Deleting a User XSCF gt deleteuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 System Administration 61 deleteuser 8 62 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO disableuser 8 disableuser disable an XSCF user account disableuser user disableuser h disableuser 8 disables a local XSCF user account for subsequent logins Current sessions are not affected When an account is disabled it cannot be used for login This applies to console serial and telnet connections as well as the Secure Shell SSH XSCF Web login is also disabled All local XSCF account data associated with the user remains on the system This includes password and SSH keys You can reenable a disable
194. cilitate post mortem analysis of problems and event replay and should not be parsed or relied upon for the development of scripts and other tools Displays only lines that have been appended to the dump file since the command was executed Output continues until interrupted by Ctr1 c Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays the Fault Manager syslog message contents Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command Selects events that occurred at or after the specified time The time can be specified using the forms in the Time Formats following this section Used with T you can specify a range Selects events that occurred at or before the specified time time can be specified using any of the time formats described for the t option Used with t you can specify a range 80 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 u uuid fmdump 8 Selects fault diagnosis events that exactly match the specified uuid Each diagnosis is associated with a UUID for identification purposes The u option can be combined with other options such as v to show all of the details associated with a particular diagnosis If the e option and u option are specified at the same time fmdump displays the relevant error events Displays verbose event detail The event display is enlarged to show additional
195. cket filtering rules that are set in the XSCF network XSCF gt showpacketfilters a s 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 i xscf 0 lan 0 j DROP s 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 i xscf 1 lan 0 j DROP s 10 10 10 10 255 255 255 255 j DROP s 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 i xscf 0 lan 1 j ACCEPT s 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 i xscf 1 lan 1 j ACCEPT i xscf 0 lan 1 j DROP i xscf 1 lan 1 j DROP EXAMPLE 2 On M8000 M9000 servers shows the operation status of the IP packet filtering rules in the XSCF network XSCF gt showpacketfilters 1 pkts bytes target prot in source 0 0 DROP all xscf O lan 0 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 0 0 DROP all xscf O lan 0 10 10 10 10 0 0 DROP all xscf O lan 1 10 10 10 10 System Administration 457 showpacketfilters 8 0 0 ACCEPT all xscf O lan 1 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 DROP all xscf O lan 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 pkts bytes target prot in source 0 0 DROP all xscf l lan 0 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 0 0 DROP all xscf l lan 0 10 10 10 10 0 0 DROP all xscf l lan 1 10 10 10 1010 0 0 ACCEPT all xscf il lan 1 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 DROP all xscf 1l lan 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setpacketfilters 8 458 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXI
196. command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s timeout Specifies the session timeout time of the XSCF shell Specify a timeout time value in units of minutes for timeout An integer ranging from 1 to 255 can be specified The specified session timeout time becomes effective after the subsequent login EXAMPLE 1 Sets the session timeout time of the XSCF shell to 30 minutes XSCF gt setautologout s 30 30min The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showautologout 8 System Administration 177 setautologout 8 178 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setcod 8 setcod set up the Capacity on Demand COD resources used for domains setcod setcod v setcod a y n v headroom setcod v d domain id proc permits setcod h setcod 8 sets up the COD resources to be used for domains COD hardware activation keys COD keys must be installed before COD boards in a domain can be utilized You can also enable headroom and reserve COD hardware activation permits COD permits for some domains with setcod 8 The setcod 8 command is not available on the M3000 server When no domain_id is specified current values ar
197. ction 3 4 1 of RFC 5322 v Specifies verbose output EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting Up Mailserver and No Authentication in Noninteractive Mode XSCF setsmtp s mailserver 10 4 1 1 s auth none EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up Authentication in Noninteractive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp s auth pop s user jsmith s password EXAMPLE 3 Setting Up SMTP Authentication in Interactive Mode XSCF gt setsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism none smtp auth User Name jsmith Password Reply Address useradm company com 278 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 setsmtp 8 EXAMPLE 4 Setting Up Mailserver With Invalid Authentication Mechanism XSCF gt setsmtp Mail Server 10 4 1 1 Port 25 Authentication Mechanism none Invalid value Valid authentication mechanism are none pop smtp auth Authentication Mechanism none Reply Address useradm company com EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setemailreport 8 setnameserver 8 showsmtp 8 System Administration 279 setsmtp 8 280 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmp 8 setsnmp manage the SNMP agent setsnmp enable mib_name setsnmp disable mib_name setsnmp addtrapho
198. curs Displays the current status of the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit currently set up Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command 42 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION cfgdevice 8 mon n Automatically answers n no to all prompts p port no Specifies the number of the port in the specified domain to which the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit is to be connected port no can be specified in the IOU number PCI slot number format The p option cannot be omitted q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command When all domains are powered off c attach reserves attachment and c detach reserves detachment When the the status of the power is in any state other than off the setting will be immediately applied after the cfgdevice 8 command is executed To verify that all domains are powered off execute the showlogs power command and look for the value System Power Off The CD RW DVD RW and the tape connection is maintained even if the domain configuration is changed or a CPU Memory Board unit CMU or I O unit
199. d The default is 0 and the clock address of the local clock at this time is 127 127 1 0 252 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setntp 8 The following operands are supported address Specifies the IP address or host name of an NTP server to be added or deleted Up to three IP addresses or host names can be specified by delimited the spaces Host name if specified must be resolvable A specified IP address is a set of four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXXXXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer You cannot specify the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 the network address or a broadcast address If c add is specified and address is omitted an error occurs m In M8000 M9000 servers the setting is automatically passed to the standby XSCF If the standby XSCF is unable to accept that setting an error occurs m To apply the specified configuration execute the rebootxscf 8 command and reset XSCF m After the XSCF is reset its time is synchronized with the time of the selected NTP server m If you set the NTP server to XSCF the domain time may be changed due to the time difference retained in XSCF Execute the resetdateoffset 8 command to reset the time difference m The current NTP server settings set by the setntp
200. d record number can be any record number in the log Use C to obtain the number of records in the log M Displays text by page like the more 1 command does S Specifies the first record to display where start_record_number can be any record number in the log Use C to obtain the number of records in the log OPERANDS The following operands are supported cert Display current server certificates log Display diagnostic messages group administrator Display current group configurations group operator Display current group configurations group custom Display current group configurations userdomain Display current userdomain settings usermap Display current user mapping settings defaultrole Display current defaultrole setting server Display current LDAP SSL server settings EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current state of LDAP SSL XSCF gt showldapss1l usermapmode enabled state enabled strictcertmode enabled logdetail none timeout 4 logdetail none EXAMPLE 2 Displays certificate information for the Primary server XSCF gt showldapssl cert Primary Server certstatus certificate present issuer C US ST California L San Diego O aCompany OU System Group CN John User serial number 0 00000000 subject C US ST California L San Diego O aCompany OU System Group CN John User serial number 0 00000000 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXIT
201. d account using enableuser 8 You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported user Specifies a valid user name of the user account to be disabled EXAMPLE 1 Disabling a User Account XSCF gt disableuser jsmith The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 deleteuser 8 enableuser 8 showuser 8 System Administration 63 disableuser 8 64 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS dumpconfig 8 dumpconfig save system configuration information to a file dumpconfig v V a y n e P password c comment u user p proxy t proxty_type url dumpconfig h The dumpconfig 8 command saves system configuration information copying it from the XSCF to a file specified by the user The information can later be downloaded from that file back to the XSCF using restoreconfig 8 You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c comment Accepts a user provided comment in the file to distinguish between different bac
202. d beginning at 00 00 00 of the day specified and ending at 23 59 59 The day specified is in local time in the following format yyyymmddhhmmss year month day hour minute second The time portion of the argument if supplied is ignored Any records with timestamps during that day are selected If any hours minutes or seconds are given they are ignored D cannot be used with A or B Selects the last record matching the selection criteria to display System Administration 523 viewaudit 8 e events i audit ids m del p privilege results r return values Selects records of the indicated events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV_ prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 4 See showaudit e all fora list of valid events Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Selects records of the indicated audit session identifier If you become interested in activity reflected in a particular audit record you might wish to view all the audit records for that session An audit id is not persistent and can be reassigned across resets of the Service Processor audit ids is a comma separated list of audit session identifiers The audit id is the number following the label subject in an audit file For example in the following
203. d to power cycle the entire system after this operation is completed Do you want to restore this configuration to your system y n y requesting XSCF reboot to perform restore requested Connection to ghidorah com closed by foreign host EXAMPLE 3 Restoring the Configuration Using https XSCF gt restoreconfig v V https 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg obtaining lock done initiating file transfer from https 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg transfer from scaf firmtmp hcp config config file bin to https 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg About to connect to 10 7 79 18 port 443 Trying 10 7 79 18 connected Connected to 10 7 79 18 10 7 79 18 port 443 error setting certificate verify locations continuing anyway CAfile home ares cross fje pwracc3 target root usr share ssl certs ca bundle crt CApath none SSL connection using EDH RSA DES CBC3 SHA Server certificate subject C US ST California L SanDiego O toho OU QT CN 10 7 79 18 emailAddress minilla zilla toho com ki start date 2008 07 22 18 32 49 GMT lan expire date 2009 07 22 18 32 49 GMT common name 10 7 79 18 matched 146 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 restoreconfig 8 issuer C US ST California L SanDiego O toho OU QT CN Lwang emailAddress minilla zilla toho com SSL certificate verify result error number 1 20 continuing anyw
204. does not print the FRU tree hierarchy h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command L Prints only the FRU tree hierarchy This option does not print the container data X Prints in XML format with a system identifier SYSTEM of prtfrureg dtd The following operands are supported container The path and name of the particular hardware that holds data EXAMPLE 1 Displaying FRU Tree Hierarchy XSCF gt prtfru 1 frutree frutree chassis fru frutree chassis iou0 frutree chassis iou0 IOU fru frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 System Administration 127 prtfru 8 frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 LINK container frutree chassis iou0 IOU slot3 LINK i0x983392 I0X iob1 PCIX LINK fru frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX031 frutree chassis i0x983392 Label IOX XCX031 IOX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 IOX ps0 frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 ITOX ps0 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 IOX ps1 frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX0O31 IOX ps1 A195 container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXEXCXO31 TIOX iobl frutree chassis 1i0x983392 Label IOX XCX031 IOX iob1 PCIX container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX031 IOX iobl PCIX LINK container frutree chassis iox983392 Label IOXGXCX031 IOX iobl PC
205. dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 14541827 13 8 MiB TX bytes 1459769 1 3 MiB Base address 0x1000 EXAMPLE 5 Displays the information for the takeover IP address for XSCF LAN O XSCF gt shownetwork lan 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 1 10 Bcast 192 168 1 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 Base address 0xe000 EXAMPLE 6 Displays the current settings of XSCF network XSCF gt shownetwork i Active Internet connections without servers Proto Recv Q Send Q Local Address Foreign Address State tcp 0 0 xx xx xx xx telnet xxXxXx 1617 ESTABLISHED EXAMPLE7 Displays the information for XSCF unit 0 and XSCF unit 1 in the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt shownetwork a xscf 0 lan 0 Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 56 inet addr 192 168 11 10 Bcast 192 168 11 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 12241827 11 3 MiB TX bytes 1189769 0 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 0 lan 1 Link encap Ethernet Hwaddr 00 00 00 12 34 57 inet addr 192 168 10 11 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 448 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Re
206. dy to remove Must be used with the option Be aware that using f can crash the domain Do not remove both power supply units PSUs in the same External I O Expansion Unit If both PSUs are powered down in this way then the External I O Expansion Unit cannot be turned back on from the command line It must be powered on physically Note When a power supply is powered off the LEDs and fan may still run since they receive power from both supplies poweron target Restores full power to an I O boat or reenables output from the power supply PS that has previously been marked ready to remove When a PSU is newly installed and the power switch is in the on position or a boat is connected to a powered link card they automatically power themselves on However this command can be used to power a PSU or I O boat back on that previously had been powered down for removal as long as the power switch is in the on position reset target Reinitializes FRU components used to monitor External 1 O Expansion Unit environmentals If a boat or link card is specified the bridge controllers in the link cards are reset and re initialized If a box is specified the fan controller and demux in the box are reset and re initialized along with all bridge controllers associated with the External 1 O Expansion Unit 102 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 EXAMPLES ioxadm 8 setled on off slow fast targ
207. e Any CPU configuration compatible mode For details of the CPU operational mode and the DR operation see the DR User s Guide To add the XSB other than those above you need to perform the domain reconfiguration accompanied by the domain power off on or reboot When the operational mode of CPU has been automatically determined if a situation as described below occurred the CPU operational mode changes at the domain restart from the SPARC64 VI compatible mode to the SPARC64 VII enhanced mode In the SPARC64 VII enhanced mode an XSB mounted with the SPARC64 VI processors cannot be added by DR operation a When the SPARC64 VII or SPARC64 VII processors and VI processors are mixed after the restart due to the SPARC64 VI processor failure there is no SPARC64 VI processor on a domain When the SPARC64 VI processors mounted or planned to be mounted on the domain set the operational mode of CPU to the SPARC64 VI compatible mode To check the mode of CPUs which currently set to the domain execute the prtdiag 1M command on Oracle Solaris OS For the prtdiag 1M command see the manual page of Oracle Solaris OS If the Mode switch of the operator panel is set to Service the settings of the modes of operation for the specified domain have the following values regardless of the settings of the setdomainmode 8 command a OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level Diagnostic Level operational mode of CPU CPU Mode operates as th
208. e 1 GB MEM 3B Status Normal Code 00000000000000c14572T128000HR3 7A 2b25 21341204 Type 1A Size 1 GB System Administration 407 showhardconf 8 PCI 0 Name_Property pci Card_type Other PCI 1 Name_Property pci Card_type Other PCI 2 Name_Property pci Card_type Other PCI 3 Name_Property pci Card_type Other OPNL Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000076 RU Part Number CF00541 0850 0040 541 0850 00 40 PSU 0 Status Normal Serial EA09320015 RU Part Number CA01022 0730 01A 300 2278 01 Power Status 0Off FI Ad Type DC PSU 1 Status Normal Serial EA09320016 FRU Part Number CA01022 0730 01A 300 2278 01 Power Status Off Type DC FANBP B Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000053 FRU Part Number CA06629 D0O51 001AA FAN A 0 Status Normal FAN A 1 Status Normal EXAMPLE 7 Displays the number of installed FRUs in the M3000 server XSCF showhardconf u SPARC Enterprise M3000 Memory Size 8 GB FRU Quantity MBU_A CPU Freq 2 520 GHz 1 MEM 8 Type 1A Size 1 GB 8 OPNL PSU 2 FANBP_B FAN_A 2 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 408 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 20
209. e M3000 server displays the time differences between the time of the system and the time of the domains with specifying the ID of the domain XSCF gt showdateoffset DID Domain Date Offset 00 128 sec EXAMPLE 2 On the M5000 server displays the time differences between the time of the system and the time of the domains XSCF gt showdateoffset DID Domain Date Offset 00 128 sec 01 0 sec 02 1024 sec 03 9999999 sec EXAMPLE3 On the M8000 server displays the time differences between the time of the system and the time of the domains XSCF gt showdateoffset DID Domain Date Offset 00 128 sec 01 0 sec 02 1024 sec 03 1 sec 04 199 sec 05 82 sec 06 0 sec 07 0 sec 08 9999 sec 09 14 sec 10 123 sec 11 6 sec 12 54 sec 13 0 sec 14 300 sec 15 901 sec 16 0 sec T7 0 sec 18 111 sec 19 0 sec 20 3 sec 21 21 sec 22 621 sec 23 9999999 sec 360 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 showdateoffset 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO resetdateoffset 8 System Administration 361 showdateoffset 8 362 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION showdcl 8 showdcl display the current domain component list DCL showdcl v a showdcl v d domain_id 1 lsb 1 Isb showdcl h The showdc
210. e displayed in the square brackets at the command prompt If no value is specified for an operand it retains its current value You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Domain identifier domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts v Specifies verbose output y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 179 setcod 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported headroom Amount of headroom processors to be used on demand to be enabled Maximum value is 4 proc permits The number of COD permits reserved for a domain One COD permit is required for each CPU EXTENDED If you run the setcod command without specifying any options the command DESCRIPTION prompts you for COD information You are asked to specify the amount of COD headroom to be used and the number of COD permits to be reserved for your domains When you are prompted for COD information the maximum values allowed are displayed within parentheses and default values are displayed within brackets setcod enables COD headroom Use the d domain_id to specify the number of domain COD permits to b
211. e following information NTP servers which have been registered to the XSCF network Status of synchronization with the NTP servers Stratum value which has been set to XSCF Designation of preferred server Clock address of the local clock which is set in XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command us eradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported Displays all the NTP servers currently set for the XSCF network Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays whether synchronization with an NTP server is being maintained Displays whether a preferred server has been designated prefer and displays the clock address of the local clock localaddr In prefer either of the following is displayed on Preferred server has been designated off Preferred server not designated In localaddr the least significant byte of the clock address of the local clock 127 127 0 x is displayed in a numeric from 0 to 3 Displays the stratum value which has been set to XSCF System Administration 453 showntp 8 OPERANDS The following operand is supported address Specifies the IP address or the XSCF host name of an NTP server to be displayed If the a option is specified the operand is ignored A specified IP address is a set of
212. e number of COD RTU licenses against the number of COD CPUs in use If the license removal will result in an insufficient number of COD RTU licenses with respect to the CPU in use the system does not delete the license key from the COD RTU license database If you still want to delete the COD RTU license key you must reduce the number of COD CPUs in use Power off the appropriate number of domains or disconnect the appropriate number of the eXtended System Boards XSBs You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported f Forces the specified COD RTU license key to be deleted from the COD license database h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported license signature Specifies the COD RTU license key to be deleted from the COD license database EXAMPLE1 Deleting a COD RTU license key XSCF gt deletecodlicense 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxKXKXXXXHKKX System Administration 57 deletecodlicense 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide 58 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges O
213. e reserved EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting COD CPU Headroom Quantity and Reserve Domain COD Permits XSCF gt setcod PROC Permits installed 0 PROC Headroom Quantity 0 to disable 4 MAX 0 1 WARNING Using headroom requires you to install hardware activation key s within 30 days Do you agree y n y PROC Permits reserved for domain 0 1 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 1 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 2 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 3 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 4 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 5 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 6 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 7 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 8 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 9 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 10 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 11 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 12 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 13 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 14 0 MAX 0 PROC Permits reserved for domain 15 0 MAX 0 After this command completes you will see a message similar to this one in the XSCF console Aug 28 17 28 30 FF1 1 0 codd PID COD PROC Headroom changed to 1 180 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setcod 8 EXAMPLE 2 Set the COD Headroom CPUs to 0 XSCF gt setcod 0 The following exit values are returned
214. e setdomainmode 8 command setting Host watchdog and suppress break signal reception Secure Mode auto boot function Autoboot off When the OpenBoot PROM environmental variable auto boot has been set to false the auto boot function is disabled The diagnostics level of OpenBoot PROM is applied to the diag level of the addboard 8 command and moveboard 8 command SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 setdomainmode 8 m The settings of the current modes of operation for the specified domain can be checked by using the showdomainmode 8 command When you use the showdomainmode 8 command after the setdomainmode 8 command it will display the pending modifications performed by the setdomainmode 8 which might not yet be effective Sets the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level for domain ID 0 to none XSCF gt setdomainmode d 0 m diag none Diagnostic Level min gt none Secure Mode on we Autoboot on gt CPU Mode auto gt The specified modes will be changed Continue y n y configured Diagnostic Level Secure Mode none on host watchdog available Break signal non receive Autoboot on autoboot on CPU Mode auto EXAMPLE 2 Enables the auto boot function for domain ID 0 Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF setdomainmode y d 0 m autoboot on Diagnostic Level none gt Secure Mode on Shs Autoboo
215. e supported C XCP Displays the XCP version c cmu Displays the version of OpenBoot PROM firmware C xscf Displays the version of XSCF firmware h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs t Displays information of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF This option is used together with c xcp v Displays detailed information Specifying this option with c xscf displays the same information as the usual information EXAMPLE 1 Displays the XCP version XSCF gt version c xcp XSCF 0 Active XCPO Current 1090 XCP1 Reserve 1090 XSCF 1 Standby XCPO Current 1090 XCP1 Reserve 1090 System Administration 517 version 8 EXAMPLE2 Displays the details of the XCP version XSCF gt version c xcp v XSCF 0 Active XCPO Current 1082 OpenBoot PROM 02 09 0000 XSCF 01 08 0005 XCP1 Reserve 1082 OpenBoot PROM 02 09 0000 XSCF 01 08 0005 XSCF 1 Standby XCPO Current 1082 OpenBoot PROM 02 09 000 XSCF 01 08 0005 XCP1 Reserve 1082 OpenBoot PROM 02 09 0000 XSCF 01 08 0005 OpenBoot PROM BACKUP 0 02 08 0000 1 02 09 0000 EXAMPLE 3 Displays the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF XSCF gt version c xcp t XCP 1090 EXAMPLE4 Displays the details of the XCP version that is registered in the XSCF XSCF gt version c xcp v t XCP 1082 OpenBoot PROM 02 09 0000 XSCF 01 08 0005 EXAMPLE 5 Displays the ve
216. e time of the domains showdateoffset d domain_id showdateoffset a showdateoffset h The showdateoffset 8 command displays the time differences between the time of the system managed by the XSCF clock and the time of the domains which is managed by each domain clock in second If you change the time setting on a domain for example by using the date 1M command the time of that domain differs from the time of the system The difference between revised time of the domain and the time of the system is stored on the XSCF and is retained after domain reboot and after XSCF reset Execute the showdateoffset 8 command to display the time differences between the time of the system and the time of all domains The outputs of the command will be displayed in second You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the time differences between the time of the system and the time of all accessible domains d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain on which the time differences is displayed domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement System Administration 359 showdateoffset 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 On th
217. e yyyyyyyy jsmith EXAMPLE 2 Adding a User Without Specifying Password Options XSCF gt setsnmpusm create a SHA bob Authetication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE3 Cloning a User XSCF gt setsnmpusm clone u sue joe Authentication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE4 Deleting a User XSCF gt setsnmpusm delete joe The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showsnmpusm 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setsnmpvacm modify the SNMPv3 agent s View based Access Control Model setsnmpvacm 8 VACM configuration setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm setsnmpvacm 8 modifies the SNMP Agent s VACM configuration Using this crea dele crea dele crea dele h tegroup u username groupname tegroup u username groupname teview s OID subtree e m OID Mask viewname teview s OID subtree viewname Cceaccess r read viewname groupname teaccess groupname command requires a basic knowledge of SNMP You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 293 sets
218. e86 fd3fcc449935 FMD 8000 0W defect sunos fmd nosub Display Very Verbose Event Detail for the Last UUID CLASS Sep 29 2005 15 10 09 565220864 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp nvlist version 0 detector embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 IOXserial no class scheme hc version 0 he root he list sz 0x1 hc list array of embedded nvlists start hc list 0 nvlist version 0 scheme hc hc name iox he id 0 end hc list 0 end detector 123456 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp ena 0x921b650000000001 System Administration 83 fmdump 8 EXAMPLE 4 Displaying the Full Fault Report for the Specified UUID XSCF gt fmdump V u 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7 c59479d22ed TIME UUID MSG ID Sep 29 15 10 09 6151 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed FMD 8000 58 TIME CLASS ENA Sep 29 15 10 09 5652 ereport io iox cp seeprom0 nresp 0x921b650000000001 nvlist version 0 version 0x0 class list suspect uuid 5 88d7d5 a107 4435 99c9 7c59479d22ed code FMD 8000 58 diag time 1128021009 615016 de embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 version 0x0 scheme fmd authority embedded nvlist nvlist version 0 version 0x0 product id SUNW SPARC Enterprise chassis id BF0000001V server id localhost end authority mod name sde mod version 1 13 end de fault list sz 0x1 fault list array of embedded nvlists start fault list 0 nvlist version
219. ecember 2010 restoredefaults 8 bin rm hcpcommon tmp log data clear complete NVRAM PAGE 0 clear complete NVRAM PAGE 7 NVRAM reset complete clear complete unmount filesystem start 1 5 unmount hcp0 linux unmount hcpcommon firmtmp unmount filesystem complete rebooting the system 15 2007 11 08 18 15 2007 11 08 18 setdefaults FACTORY mode clear panel_up_to_date_fail gt dev setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear dbs 283 NOTICE received signal setdefaults FACTORY mode clear setdefaults FACTORY mode clear complete setdefaults FACTORY mode clear Please stand by while Restarting system XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr SCF board boot factor 4040 DDR Real size 512 MB DDR 480 MB XSCF BOOT STOP recover by NFB OFF ON EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 153 restoredefaults 8 154 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO sendbreak 8 sendbreak send a break signal to the specified domain sendbreak d domain id sendbreak a y n d domain id sendbreak h The sendbreak 8 comma
220. econds and date on the Service Processor at the time snapshot is invoked For example jupiter_10 1 1 1_2006 07 08T22 33 44 snapshot does not support user specified file names for the output file As files and command output are collected from the Service Processor snapshot compresses the output data and writes it in the format of a zip archive snapshot stores the collected data on a remote network host or on an external media device based upon the use of the t T or d option To store the collected data on a remote network host using the t option you must specify a host name or IP address a target directory on the remote network host and the user name of a user on the remote host If you have already set an archive target using setarchiving 8 you can use the T option to store the data on a remote network host using that same information or use T in conjunction with the D option to change only the target directory When storing data on a remote network host snapshot opens a network connection using SSH to act as a data pipe to the remote file It is possible to restrict data collection on some larger log files to a specific date range using the options S and optionally E Encrypted network protocols such as SSH and SSL are used for transmission of the data across a network connection The entire zip archive itself can be encrypted using the e flag To decrypt a zip archive that has been encrypted with this process
221. ed for is read only remtraphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending the chosen type of trap to the desired host t type Type of trap Valid trap types are vi The agent will send SNMPv1 traps v2 The agent will send SNMPv2 traps inform The agent will send inform notifications traphost Host name or IP address of the trap host remv3traphost Disables the SNMP agent from sending SNMPv3 traps to the desired host traphost Host name or IP address of the trap host u username Specifies a valid user name 286 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 setsnmp 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Setting Up System Information XSCF setsnmp l sandiego c username company com d ff1 EXAMPLE 2 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host With Password Options XSCF gt setsnmp addv3traphost u jsmith n Ox r SHA a xxxxxxxx e yyyyyyyy fiche EXAMPLE 3 Setting Up and SNMPv3 Trap Host without Password Options XSCF gt setsnmp addv3traphost u bob i r SHA fiche Authentication Password Encryption Password EXAMPLE 4 Starting the Agent XSCF gt setsnmp enable SP_MIB EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setsunmc 8 showsnmp 8 System Administration 287 setsnmp 8 288 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPT
222. ee chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 1 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 2 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 3 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 4 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 5 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 6 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 0 MEMB MEM 7 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 fru frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 8 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 9 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 10 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 11 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 12 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 13 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 14 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 15 MEM container frutree chassis XSCFU container frutree chassis OPNL container frutree chassis PSU 0 fru frutree chassis PSU 0 PSU container frutree chassis PSU 2 fru frutree chassis PSU 2 PSU container System Administration 129 prtfru 8 frutree chassis IOU 0 frutree chassis IOU 0 I0U fru container frutree chassis IOU 0 IOU DDCR 0 DDCR container frutree chassis FANBP_C 0 fru frutree chassis FANBP_C 0 FANBP_C container EX
223. efault global statistics for the Fault Manager or a module If used without the m module option the default global Fault Manager statistics are displayed If used with the m module option the global statistics for a module are displayed Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Prints a report on the statistics associated with the specified fault management module instead of the default statistics report Modules can publish an arbitrary set of statistics to help service the fault management software itself If used without the a option displays only those statistics kept by the module If used with the a option displays statistics kept by the module and the global statistics associated with the module Prints a report on Soft Error Rate Discrimination SERD engines associated with the module instead of the default module statistics report A SERD engine is a construct used by fault management software to determine if a statistical threshold measured as N events in some time T has been exceeded The s option can only be used in combination with the m option Omits statistics with a zero value from the report associated with the specified fault management module The z option can only be used in combination with the m option SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 OPERANDS EXAMPLES fmstat 8 The following operands are supported
224. eing executed wait until the command ends If XSCFs cannot be switched though none of those maintenance commands is being executed use the f option to switch them You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported E Switches the state in a case XSCF state can t be changed due to a maintenance operation Caution Since the option forcibly switches XSCF limit the use of this option to such cases as when switching does not work in normal operations h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts System Administration 503 switchscf 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS t Active Switches the state of the XSCF unit to active t Standby Switches the state of the XSCF unit to standby y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLE 1 Switches the state of the XSCF unit that the user is currently logged in to to standby XSCF gt switchscf t Standby The XSCF unit switch between the Active and Standby states Continue y nl y EXAMPLE 2 Switches the state of the XSCF
225. em Power On System Phase Cabinet Power On Domain 0 Domain Status Running CMU 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO616B579 FRU Part Number CA06629 D001 A4 5 Memory Size 128 GB Type A CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO91505ZY FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O21 A3 A Freq 2 280 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 CPUM 1 CHIP O Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO91505ZW FRU Part Number CA06620 D021 A3 Freq 2 280 GHz Type 16 Cor 2 Strand 2 CPUM 2 CHIP O Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PPO915060H FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O21 A3 Freq 2 280 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 CPUM 3 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PP09150603 FRU Part Number CA06620 D021 A3 A Freq 2 280 GHz Type 16 Core 2 Strand 2 MEM 00A Status Normal Code 7 7ffe00000000004aEBE41RE4ABHA 5C E 3020 22211d88 Type 4B Size 4 GB MEM 00B Status Normal Code 7 7 e00000000004aEBE41RE4ABHA 5C E 3020 2a002a55 Type 4B Size 4 GB MEM 33A Status Normal Code ce0000000000000001M3 93T5168AZO CD5 3041 741a8eal Type 4B Size 4 GB MEM 33B Status Normal Code ce0000000000000001M3 93T5168AZO CD5 3041 741a8ed3 402 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showhardconf 8 Type 4B Size 4 GB CMU 2 Status Normal Ver 4201h Serial PP0618K472 FRU Part Number CA06620 D0O03 A0 371 4617 01 Memory _Size 32 GB
226. emory mirror mode To use an added PSB in the system hardware resources on the PSB must be logically divided and reconfigured as eXtended System Boards XSBs Two types of XSB are used Uni XSB and Quad XSB The Uni XSB is configured with undivided PSB and the Quad XSB is configured with one of divided PSB into four parts Specify either the Uni XSB configuration or Quad XSB configuration for the PSB In mirror mode data is mirrored by dividing the memory mounted on a PSB into two parts Since the memory is divided into two parts the memory capacity is halved but data reliability increases Specify whether to operate the memory in mirror mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m y n Specifies whether to use the memory mounted on the XSB in mirror mode Specify this option when sb is specified for device Specify y to enable mirror mode otherwise specify n If the m option is omitted the previous setting is inherited x 114 Specifies whether to configure PSB as a Uni XSB or Quad XSB Specify this option when sb is specified for device Specify 1 for Uni XSB or specify 4 for Quad XSB If the x option is omitted the previous setting is inherited System Administration 313 setupfru 8 OPERANDS The following op
227. en used with a value other than ALL for the optional mib_name removes support for the targeted MIB module If support remains for another MIB module the SNMP agent remains enabled If support for both MIB modules is removed the SNMP agent is disabled and therefore stops You can specify only one value at a time for mib_name mib_name Name of the MIB module to be disabled Valid MIB modules are SP_MIB XSCF extension MIB FM_MIB Fault Management MIB ALL All the MIB modules in this list Disables the SNMP agent from communicating using SNMPv1 v2c These versions provide insecure SNMP communication System Administration 285 setsnmp 8 enable When used alone activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules When used with the value ALL for the optional mib_name activates the SNMP agent with support for all MIB modules When used with a value other than ALL for the optional mib_name adds support for the targeted MIB module and if necessary activates the SNMP agent You can specify only one value at a time for mib_name mib_name Name of the MIB module to be enabled Valid MIB modules are SP_MIB XSCF extension MIB FM_MIB Fault Management MIB ALL All the MIB modules in this list enablevlv2c Enables the SNMP agent to communicate using SNMPv1 v2c These versions provide insecure SNMP communication which is why the agent runs SNMPv3 by default This agent is read only The only community string ask
228. er to omit the use of memory on a domain no io Whether to omit the use of I O devices on a domain float Whether to set a priority for the board as a floating board relative to other boards If policy is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value fru Degrades the target Field Replaceble Unit FRU for an error detected by a diagnosis xsb Degrades the target XSB for an error detected by a diagnosis system Stops the target domain for an error detected by a diagnosis If no mem is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of memory on a domain false Does not omit the use of memory on a domain default 190 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setdcl 8 If no io is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of I O devices on a domain false Does not omit the use of I O devices on a domain default If float is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Gives a higher priority regarding floating boards false Does not give a higher priority regarding floating boards default The following operands are supported Isb Specifies the number of the LSB whose information is to be set Specify by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15 Multiple Isbs can
229. er to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported f Forces the specified key to be deleted from the COD database h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operands are supported key signature Specifies the key to be deleted from the COD database EXAMPLE1 Deleting a key XSCF gt deletecodactivation 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 xxxxxxxxxxxxKKXXXHHKKX The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred System Administration 55 deletecodactivation 8 SEE ALSO SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide 56 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES deletecodlicense 8 deletecodlicense remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database deletecodlicense f license signature deletecodlicense h The deletecodlicense 8 command removes the specified COD RTU license key from the COD license database on the Service Processor The deletecodlicense 8 command is not available on the M3000 server For further information about COD RTU license keys refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide The system checks th
230. erands are supported device Specifies the device to be set up Only the following device can be specified sb Physical system board PSB location Specifies the location of the device sb Integer from 0 15 Specify only one location EXTENDED m In the M8000 M9000 server the Quad XSB configuration cannot be set in DESCRIPTION memory mirror mode m To set up an already mounted PSB again all XSBs comprising the target PSB must have been disconnected from the domain configuration and placed under the system board pool See the deleteboard 8 command for information on how to disconnect XSBs from the domain configuration m The configuration of the PSB varies according to the system as shown below m In the M8000 M9000 servers the PSB consists of one CPU memory board unit and one I O unit in combination a In the M4000 M5000 servers the PSB consists of one CPU module and one memory module logically divided into two on the motherboard unit and one I O module m Although a CMU with two CPUs can be configured into Quad XSB mode on an M8000 M9000 server the server generates a configuration error message for those XSBs that do not have a CPU and memory m The current PSB settings can be checked by using the showfru 8 command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Configures PSB 00 as a Quad XSB with memory in non mirror mode because the memory mirror mode setting is omitted XSCF gt setupfru x 4 sb 0 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are
231. erence Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdate 8 showdate display the date and time of XSCF showdate u showdate h The showdate 8 command displays the date and time of XSCF You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs u Specifies time in coordinated universal time UTC When the u option is omitted the local time is specified The setdate 8 command sets the XSCF date and time EXAMPLE1 Displays the current time as the local time JST XSCF gt showdate Mon Jan 23 14 53 00 JST 2006 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the current time in UTC XSCF gt showdate u Mon Jan 23 05 56 15 UTC 2006 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdate 8 settimezone 8 showtimezone 8 System Administration 357 showdate 8 358 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showdateoffset 8 showdateoffset display the time differences between the time of the system and th
232. erprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showad 8 valid from Apr 18 05 38 36 2009 GMT valid until Apr 16 05 38 36 2019 GMT version 3 0x02 EXAMPLE3 Displays specified diagnostic messages XSCF gt showad log S 5 E 10 Thu Sep 2 01 43 2009 ActDir error authentication status auth ERROR Thu Sep 2 01 44 2009 ActDir error authentication status auth ERROR Thu Sep 2 01 47 2009 ActDir error authentication status auth ERROR Thu Sep 2 01 51 2009 ActDir error authentication status auth ERROR Thu Sep 2 01 52 2009 ActDir error authentication status auth ERROR Thu Sep 2 01 55 2009 ActDir error authentication status auth ERROR EXAMPLE 4 Displays configuration for administrator group 3 XSCF gt showad group administrator i 3 Administrator Group 3 name CN pSuperAdmin OU Groups DC sales DC company DC com EXAMPLE5 Displays alternate server 1 setting A port number of 0 indicates that the default port for Active Directory is used XSCF showad server i l Alternate Server 1 address none port 0 EXAMPLE 6 Displays the dnslocatorquery 1 configuration XSCF gt showad dnslocatorquery i 1 service 1 _ldap _tcp gc _msdcs lt DOMAIN gt lt PORT 3269 gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setad 8 System Administration 321 showad 8 322 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Serv
233. ers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showaltitude 8 showaltitude display the altitude of the system and whether the air filter installed showaltitude showaltitude h The showaltitude 8 command displays the current settings for the altitude of the system and whether the air filter installed Whether the air filter installed is displayed on the M4000 M5000 servers only The displayed altitude value is a multiple of 100 meters You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement m The air filter is displayed only when it is installed If the filter is not installed nothing is displayed m The setaltitude 8 command sets the altitude of the system and whether or not the air filter installed EXAMPLE 1 Displays the altitude of the system XSCF gt showaltitude 1000m EXAMPLE 2 Displays the altitude of the M4000 M5000 servers with the air filter installed XSCF gt showaltitude 1000m Filter is installed The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setaltitude 8 System Administration 323 showaltitude 8 324 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAM
234. es OPTIONS traceroute 8 traceroute display the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device traceroute n r v m maxttl p port a nqueries s src_addr w wait host traceroute h The traceroute 8 command displays the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device The route packets take indicates the router gateway which interconnects the specified host or the network device and indicates what kind of the routers located on the route The traceroute 8 command uses the TTL field of IP protocol and tries to elicit the ICMP TIME_EXCEEDED responses from every gateway on the route packets take to the specified network host or the network device You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To execute the command to localhost or to the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 fieldeng m To execute the command to Inter SCF Network ISN fieldeng m The case other than those above No privileges are required Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m maxttl Specifies the maximum number of hops It displays the gateways for the number of hops specified If omitted it is set to 30 n With no reverse DNS lookup outputs the IP address p port Specifies the port number of the UDP packet to be u
235. es Each line of display has a date and time paired with an IPL message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time System Administration 435 showlogs 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays an error log XSCF gt showlogs error Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Date Mar 30 15 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Warning Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef f0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU PSU 1 PSU 2 Msg ACFAIL occurred ACS 3 FEP type Al EXAMPLE2 Displays an error log in detail for the times of the specified timestamp v XSCF gt showlogs error p Mar3012 45 312005 v Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Component IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Diagnostic Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabb 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff UUID bf36flea 9Je47 42b5 fca6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 EXAMPLE3 Displays an error log in greater detail for the times of the specified timestamp V XSCF
236. es are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showlocale 8 System Administration 233 setlocale 8 234 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setlocator 8 setlocator control the blinking of the CHECK LED on the operator panel setlocator value setlocator h setlocator 8 command controls the blink state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel The following states can be set Start blinking Makes the CHECK LED blink Stop blinking Stops the blinking of the CHECK LED You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The following operand is supported value Specifies the CHECK LED state One of the following can be specified blink Starts the CHECK LED blinking reset Stops the CHECK LED blinking The showlocator 8 command can be used to check the CHECK LED state EXAMPLE1 Starts the CHECK LED blinking XSCF gt setlocator blink EXAMPLE2 Stops the CHECK LED blinking XSCF gt setlocator reset System Administration 235 setlocator 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred
237. es the dual power feed mode with the setdualpower feed 8 command and then displays the current state XSCF showdualpowerfeed enable gt disable NOTE Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is powered on The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdualpowerfeed 8 System Administration 385 showdualpowerfeed 8 386 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showemailreport 8 showemailreport display the email report configuration data showemailreport v showemailreport h showemailreport 8 displays the email reporting configuration data When used without options it displays current email report configuration data You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output Emailreport information includes whether Emailreporting is enabled If enabled it also includes the list of addresses EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Emailreport configuration XSCF gt showemailreport EMail Reporting enabled Email Recipient Address admin company com adm2 company com
238. et Execute the resetdateoffset 8 command to realign the time on the domains with the time of the system After this the time of domain after rebooting will match the time of the system You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement You can execute the resetdateoffset 8 command only when all domains are powered off To verify that all domains are powered off execute the showlogs power command and look for the value System Power Off EXAMPLE 1 Resets the time of the domains to match that of the system XSCF gt resetdateoffset The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showdateoffset 8 System Administration 141 resetdateoffset 8 142 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS restoreconfig 8 restoreconfig restore the system configuration information previously saved by dumpconfig restoreconfig v V a y n P password s network yes no u user p proxy t proxy typel url restoreconfig h The restoreconfig 8 command restores to the XSCF the system configuration information previously saved using the dumpconfig 8 command The command verifies the integrity of the configuration file looks for network infor
239. et led type Sets LED state off on fast slow Off On Fast blink Slow blink Refer to the entry for led type in this section for detailed information about LED types EXAMPLE 1 XSCF gt ioxadm env Location ITOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PSO TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 PS1 TOX A3B5 IOBO TOX A3B5 IOBO TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 TOX A3B5 IOB1 Display temperature voltage current and fan speed sensor readings te iox A3B5 Sensor Value Res Units T_AMBIENT 28 000 1 000 C T_CHIP 28 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 31 000 1 000 C SWITCH on SWITCH V_12V_ANODE 11 703 0 059 V V_12V_CATHODE 11 703 0 059 VvV V_ISHARE 0 632 0 040 V I DC Da k 0 289 A S FAN ACTUAL 3708 791 40 313 RPM S_FAN_SET 4500 000 300 000 RPM T_AMBIENT 28 000 1 000 C T_CHIP 29 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 31 000 1 000 C SWITCH on SWITCH V_12V_ANODE 11762 0 059 V V_12V_CATHODE 11 762 0 059 V V_ISHARE 0 672 0 040 V I_DC Sel 0 289 A S FAN ACTUAL 4115 854 49 588 RPM S_FAN_SET 4500 000 300 000 RPM T_CHIP 32 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 35 000 1 000 C T_CHIP 33 000 1 000 C T_HOTSPOT 36 000 1 000 C V_12_0V 12 052 0 005 V V_12V_MAIN 12 000 0 400 V v 1 ov 1 030 0 001 V v_1_5V 1 496 0 001 V
240. f 506 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 testsb 8 m When the system board XSB belonging to the specified PSB is in any status below the testsb 8 command results in an error m XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in operation a XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is in OpenBoot PROM ok gt prompt status a XSB is installed in the domain and this domain is power ON status power OFF status or reboot status m The addboard 8 deleteboard 8 or moveboard 8 command is executed for XSB m Incase an XSB which belongs to the specified PSB is in Unmount or Faulted status it may be excluded from the target of diagnosis and may not be shown in the diagnosis result In a case like this use the showboards 8 command to check the diagnosis result m Incase there are the settings for the warm up time of the system and the wait time before system startup a prompt appears to confirm whether or not it can moon ignore these settings to execute the testsb 8 command Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 507 testsb 8 m The displayed diagnostic results of the testsb 8 command are as follows XSB XSB numbers belonging to the specified PSBs One XSB number is displayed for the Uni XSB type and four XSB numbers are displayed for the Quad XSB type Test Status of the initial diagnosis of XSBs One of
241. f detail for each event recorded in the log You can also use the M option to display only one screen at a time The c t T and u options can be used to filter the output by selecting only those events that match the specified class range of times or uuid If more than one filter option is present on the command line the options combine to display only those events that are selected by the logical AND of the options If more than one instance of the same System Administration 79 fmdump 8 Privileges OPTIONS filter option is present on the command line the like options combine to display any events selected by the logical OR of the options You can use the m option to display the Fault Manager syslog contents You must have platop platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c class t time T time Selects events that match the specified class The class argument can use the global pattern matching syntax which is similar to global pattern matching for files For example xyz would match xyz sxc and xyz pdf The class represents a hierarchical classification string indicating the type of telemetry event Displays events from the fault management error log instead of the fault log The error log contains private telemetry information used by XSCF s automated diagnosis software This information is recorded to fa
242. f memory on a domain no io Whether to omit the use of I O devices on a domain float Whether to set a priority for the board as a floating board relative to other boards If policy is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value fru Degrades the target Field Replaceble Unit FRU for an error detected by a diagnosis xsb Degrades the target XSB for an error detected by a diagnosis system Stops the target domain for an error detected by a diagnosis If no mem is specified for option either of the following can be specified for value true Omits the use of memory on a domain false Does not omit the use of memory on a domain default System Administration 189 setdcl 8 s option value Clears the XSB number associated with an LSB number in the specified domain On the M3000 server you cannot specify this option Makes settings regarding hardware resources of the XSB associated with an LSB An item to be set is specified for option and a value corresponding to option is specified for value option and value are specified only once in a format using an equal sign to delimit the specified values The space character must not be inserted immediately before and after One of the following can be specified for option On the M3000 server only policy can be specified policy Degradation range applicable for a detected error during an initial diagnosis of hardware no mem Wheth
243. fault value is http u user Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You are prompted for a password v Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing server problems V Displays details of network activity This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts OPERANDS The following operand is supported url Specifies the URL of the firmware image to download Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb msd path file EXTENDED Basic identification information is included in plain text at the top of the DESCRIPTION configuration file You can use any text viewer to determine information such as m which system created the backup configuration m when the backup was created m if the backup is encrypted All the domains must be turned off before this command can be used restoreconfig 8 downloads and validates the configuration file to the XSCF then resets the XSCF with the configuration information restored The system then halts the XSCF unit both XSCF units on the M8000 M9000 server At this point verify that the XSCF unit s have been halted cut power to the system wait at least 30 seconds then restore power Note that the configuration d
244. ference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setpasswordpolicy 8 setpasswordpolicy manage the system password policy setpasswordpolicy d dcredit e expiry i inactive k diflk 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember u ucredit w warn y retry setpasswordpolicy h setpasswordpolicy 8 allows an administrator to change the system password policy These policies are enforced by XSCF on the Service Processor The new password policy applies only to users added after the setpasswordpolicy 8 command is executed When a user is created the adduser 8 command uses the expiry inactive maxdays mindays and warn paramaters as the password settings for the new account The password 8 command can be used to change the password expiration settings for an existing account You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a dcredit Sets the maximum credit for digits in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each digit in the password up to dcredit value Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The initial setting is 1 See EXAMPLE 2 e expiry Sets the number of days a new account will be valid before expiring and becoming disabled This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are
245. ference Manual Last Revised February 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO shownetwork 8 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 20241827 19 3 MiB TX bytes 2089769 1 9 MiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 0 if Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 00 00 00 00 00 inet addr 192 168 10 128 Bcast 192 168 10 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 54424 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 14369 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 0 0 0 B TX bytes 17010 16 6 KiB Base address 0x1000 xscf 1 lan 0 HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 59 inet addr 192 168 10 12 Mask 255 255 255 0 xscf 1 lan 1 HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 60 xscf 1 if HWaddr 00 00 00 12 34 61 XSCF gt The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred setnetwork 8 System Administration 449 shownetwork 8 450 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES shownotice 8 shownotice display copyright and license information for the XSCF Control Package XCP shownotice c copyright license shownotice h The shownotice 8 command displays by page the copyright and if available license files for the XCP When used without an option shownotice displays copyrigh
246. file media usb msad path file Delete certificate file for the Active Directory server strictcertmode must be in the disabled state for a certificate to be removed 158 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 group administrator group operator group custom userdomain defaultrole timeout server setad 8 Assign group name for up to five specified administrator groups The administrator group has platadm useradm and auditadm privileges and you cannot change that Assign group name for up to five specified operator groups The operator group has platop and auditop privileges and you cannot change that Assign group name and privileges for up to five groups Configure the specified user domain A user domain can be configured explicitly through the setad userdomain command on XSCF or entered at the login prompt using the form user domain e Ifa user domain is specified at the login prompt for example login ima admin dc01 example com that user domain is used for this login attempt Any pre configured user domains as displayed by showad userdomain are ignored e Ifa user domain is not specified at the login prompt for example login ima admin XSCF checks each of the pre configured user domains in turn to authenticate the user See EXAMPLE 6 below for important information Configure default privileges If defaultrole is configured users
247. following formats Mm w d Mm Specifies the month to terminate Daylight Saving Time For m you can specify any integer from 1 to 12 w Specifies the week to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 5 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Specifies the day of the week to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 0 to 6 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday JA Jn Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 1st It does not count the leap year day If you specified 365 it corresponds to December 31st even in a leap year n Specifies the sequential day in the year to terminate Daylight Saving Time You can specify the integer from 1 to 365 1 for January 2nd It counts the leap year day In time you specify the time You can specify it in the following format hh mm ss Specifies the time in hh mm ss format hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 60 In case omitted 02 00 00 EXTENDED m You cannot specify the years of validity for time zone and Daylight Saving Time DESCRIPTION In case the Daylight Saving Time is changed each year you need to set anew by using the settimezone 8 command m When Daylight Saving Time has been set XSCF is not affected by the time zone m The setting of Daylight Saving Time using c adddst results in an error in any of the
248. following values can be specified e In M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 e In M8000 M9000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For XSCF unit 1 xscf 1 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 1 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 m In the following cases the setroute 8 command results in an error When you tried to set more than eight routing information m When the netmask that specified by using the m addr option does not correspond to any of the cases below Only the most significant bit is 1 Repeated 1 from the most significant bit All bits are zero a When you set the routing to ISN a When you set a subnet which is the same with ISN When you set a subnet which is the same with DSCP a On M8000 M9000 servers when you set the routing to the takeover IP address m Only the routing information that has been added by using the setroute 8 command can be deleted System Administration 273 setroute 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m To reflect the routing information to XSCF execute the appl ynetwork 8 command After reflected the information use the reboot xscf 8 command to reset XSCF to complete the setting m The showroute 8 command can display the current routing information that is set for the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Adds the routing of destination 192 168 1 0 and netmask 255
249. four integer values delimited by the period The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX where XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer The host name can be specified in the format that complies with RFC 1034 EXTENDED m When the preferred server not designated the NTP server in the output of the DESCRIPTION showntp 8 command does not come with the prefer information m The setntp 8 command sets the NTP servers used in the XSCF network m When you use the showntp 8 command after the setntp 8 command it will display the pending modifications performed by setntp 8 which might not yet be effective If not yet effective the setting will not match the actual NTP settings currently in operation To view the NTP settings currently in operation execute showntp 8 command with the 1 option EXAMPLES EXAMPLE1 Displays all NTP servers currently being set in a case that the preferred server designated XSCF gt showntp a server ntpl example com prefer server ntp2 example com EXAMPLE 2 Confirms synchronization with an NTP server and displays the results XSCF gt showntp 1 remote refid st t when poll reach delay offset jitter 192 168 0 27 192 168 1 56 2 27 64 3TT 12 929 2 756 1 993 192 168 0 57 192 168 1 86 2u 32 64 377 13 030 2 184 94 421 127 127 1 0 LOCL 51 44 64 377 0 000 0 000 0 008 EXAMPLE 3 Displays the stratum value which has been set to XSCF
250. frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 14 MEM container frutree chassis MBU B MEMB 1 MEMB MEM 15 MEM container frutree chassis XSCFU container frutree chassis OPNL container frutree chassis PSU 0 PSU container frutree chassis PSU 2 PSU container frutree chassis IOU 0 IOU container frutree chassis IOU 0 IOU DDCR 0 DDCR container frutree chassis FANBP_C 0 FANBP_C container 130 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 prtfru 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO ioxadm 8 System Administration 131 prtfru 8 132 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION rebootxscf 8 rebootxscf reset the XSCF rebootxscf a y n rebootxscf h The rebootxscf 8 command resets the XSCF The settings configured by using the following commands will be applied to XSCF after you reset XSCF by using the rebootxscf 8 command m applynetwork 8 m setaltitude 8 m setdualpowerfeed 8 m sethttps 8 m setntp 8 m setssh 8 m settelnet 8 In the M8000 M9000 servers both of the active XSCF and the standby XSCF will be reset You must have platadm or fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following
251. fuser modifier breveter transmettre distribuer exposer ex cuter publier ou afficher le logiciel m me partiellement sous quelque forme et par gen roc d que ce soit Par ailleurs il est interdit de proc der a toute ing nierie inverse du logiciel de le d sassembler ou de le d compiler except a es fins d interop rabilit avec des logiciels tiers ou tel que prescrit par la loi Lesinformations fournies dans ce document sont susceptibles de modification sans pr avis Par ailleurs Oracle Corporation et FUJITSU LIMITED ne garantit pas qu elles soient exemptes d erreurs et vous invite le cas ch ant a lui en faire part par crit Si ce logiciel ou la documentation qui l accompagne est conc d sous licence au Gouvernement des Etats Unis oua toute entit qui d livre la licence de ce logiciel ou l utilise pour le compte du Gouvernement des Etats Unis la notice suivante s applique U S GOVERNMENT RIGHTS Programs software databases and related documentation and technical data delivered to U S Government customers are commercial computer software or commercial technical data pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency specific supplemental regulations As such the use duplication disclosure modification and adaptation shall be subject to the restrictions and license terms set forth in the applicable Government contract and to the extent applicable by the terms of the Government contract the
252. gR3JVAXAxEj AQBONV 162 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 setad 8 CTRL D XSCF gt EXAMPLE 6 Configures user domain 2 lt USERNAME gt is a template that must be entered exactly as shown During authentication the user s login name replaces lt USERNAME gt userdomain can take the form of UPN or Distinguished Name DN XSCF gt setad userdomain i 2 lt USERNAME gt yoshi example aCompany com EXAMPLE 7 Loads a server certificate for Active Directory using the specified URI XSCF gt setad loadcert http domain_2 UID_2333 testcert EXAMPLE 8 Loads a server certificate for Active Directory using an http Proxy Server with port 8080 XSCF gt setad loadcert p webproxy aCompany com 8080 http domain_2 UID_2333 testcert EXAMPLE 9 Loads a server certificate for Active Directory using a username and password XSCF gt setad loadcert u yoshi http domain_2 UID_2333 testcert EXAMPLE 10 Removes the certificate for alternate server 3 XSCF gt setad rmcert i 3 EXAMPLE 11 Sets logging of high severity diagnostic messages XSCF gt setad logdetail high EXAMPLE 12 Clears diagnostic messages from the log file answering Yes to all prompts XSCF gt setad log y clear EXAMPLE 13 Enables strictcertmode XSCF gt setad strictcertmode enable EXAMPLE 14 Configures the dnslocatorquery configuration service represents the DNS query to be performed The port ID i
253. generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS MODES 256 Mode related events Displays the audit record generation policy for the specified audit events events is a comma separated list of audit events An event may be specified by its numeric value or its name The AEV prefix may be omitted For example the event for SSH login can be expressed as AEV_LOGIN_SSH LOGIN_SSH or 0 See showaudit e all fora list of all valid events Displays the global user audit record generation policy Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays the address to which email is sent when the local audit storage space usages reaches a threshold 330 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised July 2010 showaudit 8
254. ger be the latest available version or the version now installed Always see the Product Notes that apply to the firmware on your server and those that apply to the latest firmware release This chapter includes the following sections m Audience on page x m Related Documentation on page x m Text Conventions on page xii m Syntax of the Command Line Interface CLI on page xii Documentation Feedback on page xiii Audience This manual is written for experienced system administrators with working knowledge of computer networks and advanced knowledge of the Oracle Solaris Operating System Oracle Solaris OS Related Documentation All documents for your sever are available online For the web location of these documents refer to the getting started guide packaged with your server Please check for the most recent version of product notes for your server Product Notes are available only online Note For Sun Oracle software related manuals Oracle Solaris OS and so on go to http docs sun com Book Title Sun Oracle Fujitsu SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Site Planning Guide 820 5580 C120 H030 SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 Servers Site Planning Guide 819 2205 C120 H015 SPARC Enterprise M8000 M9000 Servers Site Planning Guide 819 4203 C120 H014 SPARC Enterprise Equipment Rack Mounting Guide 819 5367 C120 H016 SPARC Enterprise M3000 Server Getting Started Guide 821 3055 C120 E536 SPA
255. gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 10 EXAMPLE 2 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 in an M3000 M4000 M5000 server XSCF gt setnetwork lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 10 10 EXAMPLE 3 Disables XSCF LAN 1 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 1 c down EXAMPLE 4 Sets the IP address 192 168 10 128 on ISN on the XSCF unit 0 By default 255 255 255 0 is set for the netmask XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 if 192 168 10 128 EXAMPLE5 Sets the IP address 192 168 11 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 1 XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 1l lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 11 10 EXAMPLE 6 Sets the IP address 192 168 1 10 and netmask 255 255 255 0 for the takeover IP address of XSCF LAN O XSCF setnetwork lan 0 m 255 255 255 0 192 168 1 10 EXAMPLE 7 Removes the IP address and netmask that set in XSCF LAN 0 on XSCF unit 0 XSCF setnetwork r xscf 0 lan 0 You specified r interface remove option So we delete routing information that interface corresponas System Administration 249 setnetwork 8 Continue y n y If you choose y es you must execute applynetwork command for application Or you choose y es but you don t want to apply you execute rebootxscf for reboot EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO applynetwork 8 rebootxscf 8
256. gt showlogs error p Mar3012 45 312005 V Date Mar 30 12 45 31 JST 2005 Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabbcceef 0 Status Alarm Occurred Mar 30 17 45 31 000 JST 2005 FRU IOU 0 PCI 3 Msg offline vendor FUJITSU product MAJ3182MC Diagnostic Code 00112233 44556677 8899aabb 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff 00112233 44556677 8899aabb ccddeeff UUID bf36flea 9e47 42b5 fc6f c0d979c4c8f4 MSG ID FMD 8000 11 Diagnostic Messages Jul 11 16 17 42 platol0 root ID 702911 user error WARNING pci 83 4000 scsi 2 sd 0 0 sd47 Jul 11 16 17 42 platol0 root ID 702911 user error incomplete write giving up 436 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 EXAMPLE 4 XSCF gt showlogs power Date Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 EXAMPLE 5 timestamp XSCF gt showlogs power r Date Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 EXAMPLE 6 showlogs 8 Displays a power log Event Cause DID Switch System Power Off Pow Fail Recov Service System Power On Pow Fail Recov Locked Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Domain Power On Operator 00 Service Displays a power log in the order of timestamps starting from the latest Event Cause DID Switch Domain Power On Operator 00 Service Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked System Power On Pow Fail Recov Locked S
257. h the LDAP SSL server bindpw Use the specified password for binding with the LDAP SSL server searchbase Configure the specified search base For more information see EXAMPLES default Reset LDAP SSL settings to factory default EXAMPLE 1 Configures the LDAP SSL primary server specifying a port other than the default XSCF gt setldapssl server 10 1 12 250 4040 EXAMPLE 2 Sets name for administrator group 3 XSCF setldapssl group administrator i 3 name CN spSuperAdmin OU Groups DC Sales DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE3 Sets name for custom group 2 XSCF gt setldapssl group custom i 2 name CN spLimitedAdmin OU Groups DC Sales DC aCompany DC com EXAMPLE 4 Sets roles for custom group 2 XSCF gt setldapssl group custom i 2 role auditadm platop System Administration 229 setldapssl 8 EXAMPLE 5 Loads certificate information for Alternate Server 4 from the console XSCF gt setldapssl loadcert i 4 console Warning About to load certificate for Alternate Server 4 Continue y n Y Please enter the certificate MIIET3CCAzagAwI BAgIBADANBgkghkiG9w0BAQQFADB8MQswCQYDVQQGEwJVUZET MBEGA1UECBMKQ2FsaWZvcm5pYTESMBAGA1UEBxMJU2 FulLERpZWdvMRkwFwYDVQQK ExBTdW4gTW17 cm9 zeXN0ZW1 zMRUWEwYDVQQLEwxTeXN0ZWO0gR3J0 vdXAxEj AQBgNV CTRL D XSCF gt EXAMPLE 6 Configures user domain 2 lt USERNAME gt is a template that must be entered exactly as shown During authentication the user s login name replaces lt USERNAME
258. h the specified address or the host from the NTP servers If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified If multiple NTP servers correspond to the case those are deleted for the number you specified in the ascending order c stratum Sets the stratum value in case you regard XSCF as an NTP server System Administration 251 setntp 8 h i stratum no m type value Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the stratum value This option is used together with the c stratum An integer from 1 to 15 can be specified If the stratum value not specified it is 5 Sets the preferred server or the local clock of XSCF You can specify either of the following for type prefer Specifies whether priority should be given to the NTP server at the top of the registered list at the time of synchronization localaddr Sets the local clock of XSCF When prefer is specified for type either of the following can be specified for value on That server is the first choice and alternatives servers are given preference in order of increasing stratum value from lowest to the highest The default value is on off The same preferences are given with no priority for the server at the top of the list When localaddr is specified for type specify the least significant byte of the clock address of the local clock 127 127 1 x for value A numeric from 0 to 3 can be specifie
259. haracters e encryption password Sets the encryption password Asks for an acknowledgment from the receiving host n engine id Sets identifier of the local agent sending the trap It can be the engine ID of the local SNMP agent or not but it must match the engine ID expected by the receiving host Must start with 0x and should consist of even hexadecimal characters or you will get an error p trap port ID of the trap port Default value is 162 r authentication protocol Sets the authentication protocol traphost Host name or IP address of the trap host u username Specifies a valid user name 284 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 default disable disableviv2c setsnmp 8 Stops the SNMP agent and changes the SNMP configuration to the factory default settings After using this option SNMP must be configured again before the SNMP agent is restarted When used with default the command also stops the SNMP agent for Sun MC in servers running Sun MC The Sun MC configuration is not affected but to enable SNMP for Sun MC again execute the setsunmc 8 command with its s option setsunmc s sunmc server where sunmc server is the server hostname previously set then execute setsnmp enable And then execute setsunmc enable For more information see setsunmc 8 When used alone or with the value ALL for the optional mib_name stops the SNMP agent Wh
260. he IP address assignments for the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP setdscp v setdscp f v a y n i address m netmask setdscp f v a y n s i address setdscp f v a y n a domain id i address setdscp h setdscp 8 assigns IP addresses to the DSCP links setdscp is intended for initial configuration only Domains should not be powered on when running this command Note You are required to reboot the Service Processor after modifying the DSCP IP address assignment using this command and before the IP addresses you specified are used You can specify a network address for use by all of the DSCP links using the i address and m netmask arguments In this mode of operation the IP addresses used by the Service Processor and each domain specific DSCP link are automatically selected from within the range of addresses indicated by the network address The specified netmask must be a subset of the default netmask based on network class You can set the IP address of an individual domain specific DSCP link independently of all other DSCP address settings using the d domain_id and i address arguments You can set the IP address of the Service Processor independently of all other DSCP address settings using the s and i address arguments If DSCP has been previously configured the current settings are displayed If they are correct they can be accepted by pressing the
261. he man page of this command before you run it Continue yes no default no yes You must check the following points 1 Have the ability to powercycle the system 2 Have access to the serial console and hold the serial console of the XSCFU to confirm the completion of the command If you answer yes this command will HALT the XSCFU when it compltetes You will need to powercycle the system after the XSCF BOOT STOP Do you really want to continue Continue yes no default no yes The initialization of XSCFU will be started XSCFU all data clear OPNL not clear XSCF will be automatically rebooted Afterwards XSCFU will be initialized Continue yes no default no yes The NVRAM setting of XSCFU 0 was completed XSCF shutdown request was completed lt snip gt XSCF reboot lt snip gt kkkkxk WARNING kkkkxk XSCF initialization terminate for XSCF data clear execute setdefaults xscf AUTO setdefaults XSCF clear start setdefaults XSCF clear DBS start 150 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 restoredefaults 8 setdefaults XSCF clear wait 20s for DBS initialization setdefaults XSCF setdefaults XSCF setdefaults XSCF lear common database clear complete lear bin rm var log lastlog gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 Qa aaa lear bin rm var log boot log gt dev null 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults XSCF clear bin rm hcpcommon tmp
262. he network interfaces can be displayed The following information is displayed XSC x y XSCF network interface name HWaddr MAC address hexadecimal notation inet addr IP address Beast Broadcast Mask Netmask UP DOWN Whether the network interface is enabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays information for all XSCF network interfaces h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command System Administration 445 shownetwork 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following operands are supported interface Specifies the network interface whose information is to be displayed One of the following values can be specified depending on the system configuration If this operand is specified with the a option the operand is ignored e In the M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 an abbreviation of XSCF LAN 1 e In the M8000 M9000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0O lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 xscf 0 if Interface between XSCF
263. he system is in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Booting OpenBoot PROM prompt The Oracle Solaris OS is booting Or due to the domain shutdown or reboot the system is in the OpenBoot PROM running state or is suspended in the OpenBoot PROM ok prompt state Running The Oracle Solaris OS is running 364 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 Privileges showdcl 8 If the v option is specified the following information is added Cfg policy No Mem No IO Float Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of hardware Any of the following is displayed FRU Degradation of a component default XSB Degradation of an XSB System Degradation of a domain Whether to omit the use of memory on a domain Either of the following is displayed True Omits the use of memory on a domain False Does not omits the use of memory on a domain default Whether to omit the use of I O devices on a domain Either of the following is displayed True Omits the use of I O devices on a domain False Does not omit the use of I O devices on a domain default Whether to set a priority for the specified LSB as a floating board relative to other boards Either of the following is displayed True Gives a higher priority to the LSB to become a floating board False Does not give a higher priority regarding floating boards default You mus
264. hed from the assigned state to a system board pool If the XSB is already in a system board pool no operation is performed m If c reserve is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration the XSB is immediately switched from the assigned state to a system board pool If the XSB is already in a system board pool no operation is performed If domain power on or power off is in progress the command results in an error m When the XSB is disconnected the hardware resource on the XSB is disconnected from the operating system For this reason command execution may take time m The state in which an XSB has been assigned means that configuring the XSB in the specified domain has been reserved The reserved XSB is configured when the domain is rebooted or the addboard 8 command is executed An already assigned XSB cannot be specified for configuring or assignment from other domains m An XSB in the system board pool means that the XSB belongs to no domain and is therefore available for configuring or assignment EXAMPLE 1 Puts the system board XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 in the system board pool XSCF gt deleteboard c unassign 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 EXAMPLE 2 Reserves disconnection of XSB 00 0 01 0 02 0 and 03 0 XSCF gt deleteboard c reserve 00 0 01 0 02 0 03 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An erro
265. hich this privilege is held Specifies a domain or domains using the appropriate value for domainprivilege with the symbol and the domains descriptor To specify a single domain use the 8 symbol followed by a single domain number Example domainadme3 To specify a range of domains use a to indicate to start and end of the domains in the range inclusive Example domainadm 3 4 To specify multiple single domains and multiple domain ranges separate the domains or domain ranges with commas Do not repeat domains or cause them to overlap or an error will result Example domainadm 1 2 4 268 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setprivileges 8 The following are valid values for privileges auditadm Can configure auditing Can delete audit trail auditop Can view all audit state and audit trail fieldeng Can perform all operations reserved for field engineers and authorized service personnel none Cannot perform any operations on the Service Processor that require privilege even if privileges are set for the user in LDAP This privilege allows the administrator to restrict access to such operations on the Service Processor and domains platadm Can perform all Service Processor configuration other than the useradm and auditadm tasks Can assign and unassign hardware from domains perform domain and XSCF power operations and
266. hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 interface xscf 0 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 255 2550 38 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 applynetwork 8 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 0 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the network settings Please confirm that the settings have been applied by executing showhostname shownetwork showroute and shownameserver after rebooting the XSCF EXAMPLE3 Applies the information that has been set for the XSCF network Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt applynetwork q y EXAMPLE 4 Sets the name server and the search path and then applies the XSCF network settings XSCF gt applynetwork The following network settings will be applied xscf 0 hostname hostname 0 DNS domain name example com nameserver 10 23 4 3 nameserver 10 24 144 3 nameserver 10 24 131 7 search example1 com search example2 com search example3 com search example4 com search example5 com interface xscf 0 lan 0 status up IP address 10 24 144 214 netmask 255 255 255 0 route n 0 0 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 g 10 24 144 1 interface xscf 0 lan 1 status down IP address netmask route System Administration 39 applynetwork 8 Continue y n y Please reset
267. howhardconf 8 MEM 3B Status Normal Code 00000000000000c14572T128000HR3 7A 2b25 21341204 Type 1A Size 1 GB PCI 0 Name_Property pci Card_type Other PCI 1 Name_Property pci Card_type Other PCI 2 Name_Property pci Card_type Other PCI 3 Name_Property pci Card_type Other OPNL Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000076 PSU 0 ki RU Part Number CF00541 0850 0040 541 0850 00 40 Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECB20 RU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power Status Off koi Type AC Status Normal Serial 0000000 ASTECB17 FRU Part Number CF00300 1898 0002 300 1898 00 02 Power Status Off Type AC FANBP B Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000053 FRU Part Number CA06629 D051 001AA FAN A 0 Status Normal FAN_A 1 Status Normal EXAMPLE 6 Displays the information of the FRUs in the M3000 server in case of DC power supply XSCF gt showhardconf SPARC Enterprise M3000 Serial BE80601016 Operator_Panel_Switch Service Power_Supply_System Single SCF ID XSCF 0 System_Power Off System_Phase Cabinet Power Off Domain 0 Domain_Status Powered Off MBU A Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000269 FRU Part Number CF00541 0493 0040 541 0493 00 40 CPU Status Normal Freq 2 750 GHz Type 32 Core 4 Strand 2 Memory_Size 8 GB MEM 0A Status Normal Code 00000000000000c14572T128000HR3 7A 2b25 20541204 Type 1A Siz
268. howlookup 439 showmonitorlog 441 shownameserver 443 shownetwork 445 shownotice 451 showntp 453 showpacketfilters 457 vi SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual December 2010 showpasswordpolicy 459 showpowerupdelay 461 showresult 463 showroute 465 showshutdowndelay 469 showsmtp 471 showsnmp 473 showsnmpusm 475 showsnmpvacm 477 showssh 479 showstatus 483 showtelnet 485 showtimezone 487 showuser 493 snapshot 495 switchscf 503 testsb 505 traceroute 511 unlockmaintenance 515 version 517 viewaudit 521 Contents vii viii SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual December 2010 Preface This manual contains the man pages for the XSCF firmware for SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers from Oracle and Fujitsu Some references to server names and document names are abbreviated for readability For example if you see a reference to the M9000 server note that the full product name is the SPARC Enterprise M9000 server And if you see a reference to the XSCF Reference Manual note that the full document name is the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Before reading this document you should read the overview guide for your server and the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Administration Guide At publication of this document servers described herein were shipping with XCP 1100 firmware installed That might no lon
269. ice turn off the power to the specified domain turn on the power to the specified domain display FRUID data on the system and External I O Expansion Unit SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 deletecodactivation deletecodlicense deletefru deleteuser disableuser dumpconfig enableuser flashupdate fmadm fmdump fmstat getflashimage ioxadm moveboard nslookup password ping powerof f poweron prtfru Intro 1 remove a Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation key COD key from the COD database remove a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key from the COD license database delete a Field Replaceable Unit FRU delete an XSCF user account disable an XSCF user account save system configuration information to a file enable an XSCF user account update the firmware fault management configuration tool view fault management logs report fault management module statistics download a firmware image file manage External 1 O Expansion Units and add in cards that contain Energy Storage Modules and are attached to the host system move an eXtended System Board XSB from the current domain to another refer to the DNS server for the host manage user passwords and expiration settings send the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to the network host or the network device turn off the power to the specified domain turn on the
270. ied either by name or IP address in the dotted decimal format For example 10 8 31 14 636 company 636 The first server in the list is the primary Server names must be resolvable Maximum name length is 128 characters Tests connections to all configured LDAP servers Attempts to retrieve the password data for the specified user from each configured server and reports success or failure in each case Sets the maximum time allowed for an LDAP search before it returns search results Configuring Bind Name XSCF gt setldap b user p Password lt Enter password gt XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name Not set LDAP Search Timeout 0 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None EXAMPLE2 Configuring Base Distinguished Name XSCF gt setldap B ou people dc company dc com XSCF gt showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 0 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None EXAMPLE3 Setting the LDAP Timeout XSCF setldap T 60 XSCF showldap Bind Name user Base Distinguished Name ou people dc company dc com LDAP Search Timeout 60 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setldap 8 Bind Password Set LDAP Servers None CERTS None EXAMPLE 4 Setting the LDAP Server XSCF gt setldap s ldap company com 1daps company2 com XSCF gt showldap Bind
271. ifies verbose output If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION moveboard 8 The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be moved Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted ey where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 You can execute the moveboard 8 command on a source domain or a destination domain that is not running When the source domain is running the moveboard 8 command with c configure or c assign will succeed only if the following Oracle Solaris Service Management Facility SMF services are active on that domain a Domain SP Communication Protocol dscp a Domain Configuration Server dcs Oracle Sun Cryptographic Key Management Daemon sckmd When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command moun mon with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command If c configure is specified when either of the following conditions apply to the domains the XSB is configured in the domain configuration a The Oracle Solaris OS of both the source and destination domains are running m The Oracle Solaris OS of the destination domain is running even
272. in 7 address 10 1 gt Enter Domain 8 address 10 1 gt Enter Domain 9 address 10 1 gt Enter Domain 20 address LO oT 1522 gt Enter System Administration 205 setdscp 8 Domain 21 address 10 1 1 23 gt Enter Domain 22 address 10 1 1 24 gt Enter Domain 23 address 10 1 1 25 gt Enter Commit these changes to the database y n y EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdscp 8 206 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES setdualpowerfeed 8 setdualpowerfeed set dual power feed mode setdualpowerfeed s key setdualpowerfeed h The setdualpowerfeed 8 command specifies dual power feed mode in the system Note The ability to enable and disable dual power feed is available on M3000 M4000 M5000 servers only However dual power feed mode cannot be used with 100V power on M4000 M5000 servers When the optional power cabinet for dual power feed is connected on M8000 M9000 servers it automatically configures dual power feed mode For details about the setting of dual power feed see the Installation Guide for your server To enable the dual power feed mode you need to execute the rebootxscf 8 command or turn off and on the input power To disable the d
273. ing is displayed on Enabled off Disabled System Administration 375 showdomainmode 8 Autoboot Displays the state of the auto boot function One of the following is displayed on Enabled off Disabled CPU Mode Way of determining the CPU operational mode mounted on the domain One of the following is displayed auto Automatically determines at domain startup compatible Sets to the SPARC64 VI compatible mode regardless of the CPUs mounted Ethernet Address XSCF supplied domain ethernet mac address This is the address that OpenBoot PROM Oracle Solaris will use when its configuration parameter local mac address is set to false This information will be displayed only if the v option is specified Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following operands are supported d domain_id Specifies the domain ID of the domain to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Displays detailed information When this option is specified the XSCF supplied domain ethernet mac address will also be displayed EXTENDED m If the Mode switch of the operator panel is set to Service the settings
274. ing options are supported c add del g address Specifies a function for routing information One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs add Adds routing information del Deletes routing information Specifies a gateway address used for routing To specify address use the standard form of four integer values delimited by periods For example use xxx xxx xxx xxx where xxx is an integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer You cannot specify the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 the network address or a broadcast address System Administration 271 setroute 8 h m address n address Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the netmask to which routing information is forwarded To specify address use the standard form of four integer values delimited by periods For example use XXX XXX XXX XXX where xxx is an integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If you omitted the m option or if the destination IP address is other than 0 0 0 0 and you specified 0 0 0 0 to the netmask any of the netmask will be set according to the address specified by using the n option e Incase of a class A address If the host portion of the address lower 24 bits is 0 e g 20 0 0 0 then the netmask value 255 0 0 0 will be set If the host portion
275. ion The following options are supported h Displays usage statement If you stop a running command by an operation such as Ctr1 C and then execute the showresult 8 command the exit status that is displayed zero or non zero depends on the cmmand that was stopped EXAMPLE 1 display the exit status of setupfru 8 XSCF setupfru x 1 sb 0 XSCF showresult 0 The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 463 showresult 8 464 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showroute 8 showroute display routing information for an XSCF network interface showroute M n a interface showroute h showroute 8 command displays the current routing information for an XSCF network interface Routing information for the specified network interface or all the network interfaces can be displayed The following information is displayed Destination Destination IP address Gateway Gateway address Netmask Netmask address Flags Flag which indicates the status of specified routing U route is up H target is host G use gateway R reinstate route for dynamic routing cache entry reject route Interface XSCF network interface name You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domain
276. irectory Access Protocol LDAP configuration for the Service Processor Intro 9 Intro 1 10 showldapssl1l showlocale showlocator showloginlockout showlogs showlookup showmonitorlog shownameserver shownetwork shownotice showntp showpacketfilters showpasswordpolicy showpowerupdelay showresult showroute showshutdowndelay show LDAP SSL configuration and messages display the current setting for the XSCF locale display the state of the CHECK LED on the operator panel display the account lockout setting display the specified log display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup display the contents of monitoring messages in real time display the registered domain name system DNS servers and the DNS search paths specified on the XSCF network display information of network interfaces for XSCF display copyright and license information for the XSCF Control Package XCP display the NTP information which currently set for XSCF show the IP packet filtering rules that are set in the XSCF network display the current password settings display the current settings for the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup display the exit status of the most recently executed command display routing information for an XSCF network interface display the shutdown wait time at power interruption of the uninterruptible power supply U
277. is OS n The resources are not connected to the Oracle Solaris OS y The resources are incorporated in the Oracle Solaris OS Test Status of an initial diagnosis on an XSB Unmount The XSB cannot be recognized because it is not mounted or because it has an error Unknown Not performed Testing The initial diagnosis is in progress Passed The initial diagnosis ended normally Failed Error test fail detected by an initial diagnosis The XSB cannot be used or is in a degraded state Fault XSB degradation status Normal Normal Degraded Component in a degraded state The XSB can operate Faulted An error occurred and the XSB cannot operate When the v option is specified the following types of information are displayed as XSB detail status information R Dynamic reconfiguration DR involving the reservation state of the XSB in the domain DR processing is reserved When the domain is rebooted the XSB is incorporated into or disconnected from the domain and the domain configuration is changed Cod Whether the XSB is a COD board n The XSB is not a COD board y The XSB is a COD board 338 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS showboards 8 You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command onl
278. ised October 2010 EXIT STATUS EXAMPLE 7 Creates sethttps 8 the private key of the web server Automatically replies with without displaying the prompt XSCF gt sethttps c genserverkey q y Enter passphrase Verifying Enter passphrase mon Y EXAMPLE8 Imports the web server certificate To exit press the Enter key and then press Ctrl and D XSCF gt sethttps c importca Please import a certificate BEGIN CERTI FICATE MIIDATCCAt6gAwIBAgIBATANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQQFADCBgTELMAkGA1UEBhMCamox Dj AMBOQNVBAQTBXNOYXRIMREwDwYDVQQHEwhsb2NhbG1 0eTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3gn YW5pemFOaw9uMO8w DOYDVQQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj ENMBOG CSqGSIb3DQEJARYHZWUuUbWFpbDAeFwOwNjA1MZAWNTIS5MTVaFw0xXNjA1lMj CWwNTI5 MTVaMG4xXCZAJBQNVBAYTAmpqaMQ4wDAYDVQQIEwVzdGFOZTEVMBMGA1UEChMMb3Jn YW5pemF 0aW9uMQ8w DOYDVQQLEwZvcmdhbmkxDzANBgNVBAMTBmNvbW1vbj ENMBOG CSqGSIb3 DOEJARYHZWUubWFpbDCBnzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAAOBjJQAwgYkCgYEA nkPnt f Tj YtyKINY FbO YavFpUzkYTLHdtOFbz tZmGd3e6Jn34A2W9EC7D9hjLs j kAP41A1 6wFwGO7KP3H4iImXOUysjl9Hyk4jLBU51sw8JavT2utTjltV5mFPKL6 5A51Yuhf80GrR bYGli6H1a6RPm1MSD7Z0AGDxROeYOCAwEAAa0CAQOwggEJMAkG A1UdEwQCMAAWLAYJYIZIAYDb4QgENBBSWHU9wZW5 TUOwgR2VuZXJhAGVKIEN1lcnRp Zm1jYXRIMBOGA1Ud DgQWBBOQHI1Cm1I7Q0yZa8zpt1H16EfLR EwDCBrgYDVROjBIGm MIGj gBTnQYs6j zD7wdDhk7wsFeJGVaUTtaGBh6 SBhDCBgTELMAkGA1UEBhMCamox Dj AMBgNVBAgTBXNOYXR1MREwDwYDVQQHEwhsb2NhbG10eTEVMBMGA1LUEChMMb3
279. isplays the contents of any of the logs associated with the Fault Manager fault manager daemon The Fault Manager runs in the background on each server It records in the error log faults detected by the XSCF and initiates proactive self healing activities such as disabling faulty components The Fault Manager maintains two sets of logs for use by system administrators and service personnel Error log Records error telemetry the symptoms of problems detected by the system Fault log Records fault diagnosis information the problems believed to explain these symptoms By default fmdump displays the contents of the fault log which records the result of each diagnosis made by the fault manager or one of its component modules Each problem recorded in the fault log is identified by m The time of its diagnosis m A Universal Unique Identifier UUID that can be used to uniquely identify this particular problem across any set of systems m A message identifier MSG ID that can be used to access a corresponding knowledge article located at the specified website If a problem requires action by a system administrator or service personnel or affects system behavior the Fault Manager also issues a human readable message This message provides a summary of the problem and a reference to the knowledge article on the specified website You can use the v and V options to expand the display from a single line summary to increased levels o
280. itted senders must be defined before filter restrictions First configure permitted senders then configure the setting for dropped packets If specified in reverse order all IP packets will be dropped Improper filtering rules can prevent normal network functions for the interface If both the i interface and the s address mask options are omitted the rule is applied to all IP packets received through XSCF LAN If the netmask value specified by the s address mask option does not correspond to any of the following an error results Only the most significant bit is 1 Repeated 1 from the most significant bit A rule which overlaps with an already defined IP packet filtering rule cannot be set Up to 16 IP packet filtering rules can be set On M8000 M9000 servers in case the settings cannot be applied to the standby XSCF and an error results confirm that the standby XSCF has no errors After the confirmation use the rebootxscf 8 command to reset XSCF in order to apply the settings Use the showpacket filters 8 command to display the current IP packet filtering rules System Administration 257 setpacketfilters 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Drops the IP packet sent from the IP address 10 10 10 10 XSCF gt setpacketfilters c add s 10 10 10 10 j DROP s 10 10 10 10 255 255 255 255 j DROP NOTE applied IP packet filtering rules Continue y n y XSCF gt EXAMPLE 2 On M3000 M4000 M5000 servers communicati
281. ive that is displayed with this command includes the following types of status information port no TOU SAS status SAS status Port number of the port where the IOUA is installed and that can be connected to the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit It is displayed in the IDU number PCI slot number format Connection status between IOUA and built in switching unit It is changed by specifying attach or detach e enable disable Setting status of the cfgdeive 8 command enable Connected with c attach disable Not connected up down Logical connection between IOUA and built in switching unit up Connected down Not connected Connection status between I O unit and the system e enable disable Connection setting between I O unit and the system When starting a domain with no I O unit the disable may be displayed enable Yes disable No up down Logical connection between I O unit and the system up Connected down Not connected Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported c attach c detach h Connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to the specified port Disconnects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit from the specified port Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error oc
282. just the Service Processor then the output is not a table but simply the IP address of the specified domain or Service Processor The p option can be used to generate parsable output that would then be suitable for use in a script Parsable displays of individual IP addresses exclude any additional labels and only an IPv4 address in dotted decimal form is output The parsable version of tabular output includes only the values no table headings are included and each column is separated by a single tab character You must have one of the following privileges to run this command fieldeng platadm platop Can display any DSCP IP information domainadm domainmgr domainop Can display individual IP addresses for domains for which you have privileges only Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 381 showdscp 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported ddomain_id Displays an individual domain s IP address h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Generates parsable output s Displays the Service Processor s IP address v Specifies verbose output Prints additional information about internal progress of the program s operations to the screen EXAMPLES Caution The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only EXAMPLE 1 Displaying a Table of All DSCP IP Addresses XSCF gt showdscp DSCP Configu
283. key for SSH2 XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey Host key create Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings System Administration 299 setssh 8 EXAMPLE6 Generates a SSH2 host public key even if one already exists Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey y Host key already exists The key will be updated Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE7 Generates a host public key for SSH2 Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setssh c genhostkey q y EXAMPLE 8 Registers the user public key Finish the input of public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctrl and D XSCF gt setssh c addpubkey Please input a public key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jaZPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qsksSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD91icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub5oLRxN8 A8 abcdGexample com Enter Ctrl and D EXAMPLE 9 Registers the user public key by specifying the user name Finish the input of public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctr1 and D XSCF gt setssh c addpubkey u efgh Please input a public key ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jazPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD
284. kup copies The comment is not read by the software This comment must be 132 chars or less in length Special characters are not allowed in the comment Allowed characters are 0 9 a z A Z and A space is also valid but if spaces are used the entire comment must be enclosed in double quotes Some examples c This is a valid comment c This is an invalid comment The above example is invalid because spaces are included without quotations c This is invalid The above example is invalid because it includes special characters which are not allowed Encrypt the file P password option can be used to specify the password If a password is not specified the key will be prompted Once encrypted the configuration file cannot be decrypted without the key If the key is lost there is no possibility of recovering the configuration data Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts System Administration 65 dumpconfig 8 66 P password p proxy q t proxy_type u user yY With e option password can be provided on command line The command will prompt for the password if a password is not provided on command line Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy_type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port Supp
285. lan 1 takeover IP address for XSCF LAN 1 System Administration 247 setnetwork 8 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION In M8000 M9000 servers a takeover IP address can be used without a need to determine whether XSCF has been switched By setting the LAN ports of the active XSCF unit as lan 0 and lan 1 they can be accessed with the names lan 0 and lan 1 In M3000 M4000 M5000 servers the value of the lan 0 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 0 and the lan 1 is fixed with xscf 0 lan 1 After you set the network interface if you disable that network interface and execute the applynetwork 8 command the setting data of IP address and netmask will be stored in XSCF When you enable the network interface the setting of IP address and netmask will be used In the following cases the setnetwork 8 command results in an error a When specified the same IP address as an existing IP address a When specified a subnet which is the same with DSCP a When specified the same subnets in ISN and in other network interface a When specified the c or r option and ISN together a When the netmask that specified by using the m addr option does not correspond to either of the cases below Only the most significant bit is 1 Repeated 1 from the most significant bit If M3000 M4000 M5000 servers corresponds to the cases below the applynetwork 8 command results in an error m If xscf 0 lan 0 and xscf 0 lan 1 are in the down status a If xscf 0 lan 0 and xscf 0 lan 1
286. listing the audit id is 1 shown in boldface for emphasis subject 1 bob normal telnet 45880 jupiter Prints one line per record Uses del as the field delimiter instead of the default delimiter which is the comma If del has special meaning for the shell it must be quoted The maximum size of a delimiter is three characters The delimiter is not meaningful and is not used with the x option Specifies that UIDs and IP addresses should not be converted to user names or host names Select records according to the indicated privilege results privilege results is a comma separated list privilege results are granted denied or error Selects records according to the indicated return values returnvals is a comma separated list of the values success or failure success corresponds to a return value of 0 failure corresponds to a nonzero return value 524 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 EXAMPLES viewaudit 8 S start record Selects the first record matching the selection criteria to display u users Selects records attributed to indicated users users is a comma separated list of users A user can be specified by user name or numeric UID xX Prints in XML format EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Audit Records for December 12 2005 XSCF gt viewaudit D 20051212 file 1 2006 01 11 10 52 30 391 05 00 20060111155230 0000000000 jupiter EXAMPLE2 Displaying User Audit Records
287. lnet showtelnet h showtelnet 8 command displays the current status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network One of the following states is displayed enable The Telnet service is enabled disable The Telnet service is disabled You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The settelnet 8 command makes settings for the Telnet service in the XSCF network EXAMPLE 1 Displays the status of the Telnet service for the XSCF network XSCF showtelnet Telnet status enabled The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred settelnet 8 System Administration 485 showtelnet 8 486 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 showtimezone 8 NAME showtimezone display the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings SYNOPSIS showtimezone c tz showtimezone c dst m standard custom showtimezone h DESCRIPTION The showtimezone 8 command displays the XSCF time zone and Daylight Saving Time information of current settings Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr dom
288. lowing FRUs can be added by the addfru 8 command a CPU Memory Board unit CMU a I O unit IOU m Fan unit FANU m Power supply unit PSU You must have fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred deletefru 8 replacefru 8 setupfru 8 showfru 8 showhardconf 8 testsb 8 unlockmaintenance 8 System Administration 31 addfru 8 32 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS adduser 8 adduser create an XSCF user account adduser u UID user adduser h adduser 8 creates a new local XSCF user account This account is used to configure operate manage and administer the XSCF firmware Initially this account has no password It cannot be used for login until either the password is set using password 8 or Secure Shell SSH public key authentication is set for the user The new account will be locked but not disabled The system can support up to 100 local users with an average length of 10 characters for the user operand If the Service Processor is configured to use Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP Active Directory or LDAP SSL for user account data the user name and UID if
289. lowing values can be specified It is set to accept by default accept Permits access to the SSH service deny Restricts access to the SSH service moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts line Specifies the user public key number to delete For line specify the number which displayed after the showssh c pubkey command executed Should be specified with c delpubkey user name Specifies the user account name to register or delete the user public key Should be specified with c addpubkey or c delpubkey When the u option omitted the user public key of the current login user account becomes the target mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts If you are an Active Directory or LDAP SSL user you cannot register the user piblic key Log in to the XSCF network through the SSH service by the authentication not with the user public key but with the password When a host public key is created a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command 298 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXAMPLES setssh 8 m When a host public key already exists if you generate a host public key a moun mon prompt to confirm the update is displayed Enter y to update or n to cancel the command m The set
290. ly when it is set to installed m When the showaltitude 8 command is executed the current settings are displayed EXAMPLE 1 Sets the altitude of the system to 1000 m XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 1000 1000m EXAMPLE 2 Sets the altitude of the system to 200 m The specified value is rounded up to the nearest hundred meters XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 157 200m EXAMPLE3 Sets the altitude of the system to 1000 m on the M4000 M5000 servers with the air filter installed XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 1000 1000m Filter is installed EXAMPLE 4 Sets the air filter uninstalled on the M4000 M5000 servers XSCF gt setaltitude s filter uninstalled 1000m The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred rebootxscf 8 showaltitude 8 166 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setarchiving 8 setarchiving configure the log archiving functionality setarchiving k host key 1 audit limit non audit limit p password r t user host directory v y n setarchiving enable disable setarchiving h setarchiving 1M manages the log archiving configuration Persistent storage space on the Service Processor is limited Some logs may grow to the point where old log entries must be overwritten or deleted Log archiving allows the user to set up the Service Processor to
291. m logging in after three failed attempts You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs A user is allowed three consecutive attempts to login After the third failed attempt the system prevents further attempts for the amount of time determined by the setloginlockout 8 command showloginlockout displays that amount of time in minutes After the set amount of time has elapsed the user may try again EXAMPLE 1 Display The Lockout time XSCF gt showloginlockout 90 minutes The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setloginlockout 8 System Administration 423 showloginlockout 8 424 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges showlogs 8 showlogs display the specified log showlogs t time T time p timestamp v v S r M error showlogs t time T time p timestamp v r M event showlogs t time T time r M power env showlogs r M monitor showlogs d domain_id t time T time r M console ipl panic showlogs h The showlogs 8 command displays the specified log Log data is displayed in the order of timestamps starting from the oldest
292. ma separated list of percentages of available space used At most four values may be set For example values of 50 75 80 90 would cause warnings to be issued when 50 75 80 and 90 respectively of the available storage for audit records is consumed The default value is 80 Warnings are issued as a message to the console and optionally to an administrator using email See m mailaddr OPERANDS The following operands are supported archive delete disable enable Notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit trail Deletes audit trail data from the older audit log partition and makes it the current partition delete can be used to free space for new audit records if the local audit trail becomes full Space in the partitions is automatically cleared as needed when logs are archived The operation is only necessary if audit policy or network problems prevent archiving of audit logs Note Executing setaudit delete a second time deletes data from the newer audit log partition leaving no audit trail data For more information on managing audit logs see the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Administration Guide Turns off the writing of audit records to the audit trail and notifies the log archiving facility to archive the current audit trail Turns on the writing of audit records to the audit trail System Administration 175 setaudit 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALS
293. mand System Administration 157 setad 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported Y Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Sets an index marker value 1 5 mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port See EXAMPLE 8 Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Use with the p option to specify proxy type as http socks4 or socks5 The default is http Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication Prompts for a password See EXAMPLE 9 moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported enable disable loadcert rmcert When used with no other operands enable or disable the Active Directory feature loadcert console prompts for certificate information to be entered at the console Use this command to paste certificate information copied from a file Terminate input with CTRL D loadcert URI loads a certificate file for the Active Directory server Supported formats for URI are http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file
294. mation and detects whether the configuration file version and system class are compatible You must have platadm privileges to run this command Reserved user accounts default and admin can also run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts P password The password to decode an encrypted file The command prompts for the password if a password is not provided on the command line p proxy Specifies the proxy server to be used for transfers The default transfer type is http unless modified using the t proxy_type option The value for proxy must be in the format servername port Refer to Example 3 a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts s network yes no force prevent restoration of the network configuration If network yes the network configuration data is restored If network no the network configuration data is not restored If this option is not specified the serial number of the target system is compared with the serial number of the configuration file and if the numbers match the configuration data is restored System Administration 143 restoreconfig 8 t proxy type Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy type are http socks4 and socks5 The de
295. ment activities If the m option is present fmstat reports any statistics kept by the specified fault management module The module list can be obtained using fmadm config If the m option is not present fmstat reports the following statistics for each of its client modules module The name of the fault management module as reported by fmadm config ev_recv The number of telemetry events received by the module ev_acpt The number of events accepted by the module as relevant to a diagnosis wait The average number of telemetry events waiting to be examined by the module svc_t The average service time for telemetry events received by the module in milliseconds Sw The percentage of time that there were telemetry events waiting to be examined by the module Sb The percentage of time that the module was busy processing telemetry events open The number of active cases open problem investigations owned by the module System Administration 87 fmstat 8 88 solve memsz bufsz The total number of cases solved by this module since it was loaded The amount of dynamic memory currently allocated by this module The amount of persistent buffer space currently allocated by this module Privileges You must have platadm platop or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a m module Prints the d
296. messages shown here may differ from those actually displayed EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 438 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showlookup 8 showlookup display the configuration for authentication and privileges lookup showlookup showlookup h showlookup 8 displays configuration settings for authentication and privileges You must have useradm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Settings for Authentication and Privileges XSCF showlookup Privileges lookup Local only Authentication lookup Local and LDAP The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setlookup 8 System Administration 439 showlookup 8 440 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showmonitorlog 8 showmonitorlog display the contents of monitoring messages in real time showmonitorlog showmonitorlog h The showmonitorlog 8 command displays the contents of monitoring messages in real time When executed
297. mm ss where yyyy year 1970 is the earliest valid value mm month 01 12 dd day 01 31 hh hour 00 23 mm minutes 00 59 ss seconds 00 59 Offset date time n d h m s where n number of units d days h hours m minutes s seconds Offset is only available with the B option and must be used with A The default value is 00 for hh mm and ss Appends the number of records that matched the selection criteria to the end of the output 522 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 c classes D date time E end record viewaudit 8 Selects records in indicated classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1 System related events ACS_WRITE 2 Commands that can modify a state ACS_READ 4 Commands that read a current state ACS_LOGIN 8 Login related events ACS_AUDIT 16 Audit related events ACS_DOMAIN 32 Domain management related events ACS_USER 64 User management related events ACS_PLATFORM 128 Platform management related events ACS_MODES 256 Mode related events Selects records that occurred on a specific day a 24 hour perio
298. n re checkpoints for module checkpoints for module checkpoint time d checkpoint at startup ed debug messages events dequeued by module events dispatched to module 9913lus hrtime of last event dequeue events dropped on queue overflow processing time after dequeue 84us hrtime at which module was loaded on total memory allocated memory allocated by module col events dequeued by module 48us hrtime of last statistics snapshot on number of auxiliary threads number of auxiliary threads of events waiting on queue 9913lus hrtime of last wait queue update System Administration 89 fmstat 8 90 fmd wlentime 30us total wait length time product fmd wtime 30us total wait time on queue fmd xprtlimit 256 limit on number of open transports fmd xprtopen 0 total number of open transports fmd xprtqlimit 256 limit on transport event queue length log_err 0 failed to log message to log 7D msg_err 0 failed to log message to sysmsg 7D no_msg 0 message logging suppressed XSCF gt fmstat module ev_recv ev_acpt wait svc_t w b open solve memsz bufsz case close 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 fmd self diagnosis a 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 ai 0 27b sysevent transport 0 0 0 0 573 2 0 0 0 0 0 syslog msgs 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 97b EXAMPLE2 Displaying FM Statistics for fmd Self Diagnosis Module XSCF gt fmstat z m fmd self diagnosis NAME VALUE DESCRIPTION module 1 error events received from fmd modules EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned
299. n 409 showhostname 8 EXAMPLE 2 Displays the host name for XSCF unit 0 XSCF gt showhostname xscf 0 xscf 0 scf0 hostname example com EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO sethostname 8 410 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showhttps 8 showhttps display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network showhttps showhttps h The showhttps 8 command displays the status of the HTTPS service currently set for the XSCF network With this command whether the HTTPS service is operating and the installation status of the information that is necessary for authentication can be checked If it is installed the installation date is also displayed The following states are displayed HTTPS Status Indicates whether the HTTPS service is operating Server key Indicates whether the private key of the web server has been installed CA key Indicates whether the private key of the certification authority has been installed CA cert Indicates whether the certificate of the certification authority has been installed CSR Requests the certificate of the web server You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop auditadm auditop domainadm domainmgr
300. n id s option value lsb Isb setdcl d domain_id a Isb xsb Isb xsb setdcl d domain id r lsb Isb setdcl h The setdc1 8 command sets a DCL A DCL is hardware resource information that can be set for a domain or the logical system boards LSBs that are components of a domain An LSB is a board unit recognized by the Oracle Solaris OS in a domain Up to 16 boards can be registered in each domain and they are represented by integer numbers ranging from 0 to 15 An extended system board XSB is a board unit that can be used in the system and is one partition of a partitioned physical system board PSB An XSB is represented by x y a combination of a PSB number and the number of one partition of the partitioned PSB x is an integer ranging from 00 to 15 and y is an integer ranging from 0 to 3 The setdc1 8 command associates an XSB with an LSB that can be recognized by the Oracle Solaris OS in the domain and its settings enable the Oracle Solaris OS in the domain to use hardware resources on the associated XSB The setdc1 8 command can set the following types of DCL information For the domain m Degradation range applicable for an error detected during an initial diagnosis of hardware policy On the M3000 server the setdc1 8 command can set policy only For the LSB m XSB number of the XSB to be associated with an LSB 1sb xsb The XSB with the specified XSB number is associated with an LSB m Using
301. nd DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sets false for the use nvramrc OpenBoot PROM environment variable of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdomparam d 0 use nvramrc DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 OpenBoot PROM variable use nvram will be set to false Continue y n y EXAMPLE 2 Sets none for the security mode OpenBoot PROM environment variable of domain ID 0 XSCF gt setdomparam d 0 security mode DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 OpenBoot PROM variable security mode will be set to none Continue y n y EXAMPLE 3 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 0 to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory XSCF gt setdomparam d 0 set defaults DomainIDs of domains that will be affected 00 All OpenBoot PROM variable will be reset to original default values Continue y n y EXAMPLE 4 Initializes the OpenBoot PROM environment variables of the domain ID 1 to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setdomparam q y d 1 set defaults EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 202 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION setdscp 8 setdscp set t
302. nd T options are not reversed The t option cannot be used for the monitoring message log System Administration 427 showlogs 8 T time Specifies the end date and time of the display range for log data It is specified in one of the following formats yyyy mm dd hh mm The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute format mm dd yy hh mm The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute format Monddhh mmyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute year format yyyy mm dd hh mm ss The timestamp is specified in the year month day hour minute second format mm dd yy hh mmi ss The timestamp is specified in the month day year hour minute second format Monddhh mm ssyyyy The timestamp is specified in the month name day hour minute second year format Even if the r option is specified together with this option the specified t and T options are not reversed The T option cannot be used for the monitoring message log Displays a log in detail Details of Diagnostic Codes UUID and MSG ID which are used by the fmadm 8 and fmdump 8 commands are also displayed in addition to the items normally displayed This option cannot be specified together with the s or V option This option can be specified for an error log or event log Displays a log in greater detail If detailed log information on machine administration and OBP console log inform
303. nd sends a break signal to the specified domain When a break signal is sent from the domain console to the Oracle Solaris OS of the domain control is transferred from the Oracle Solaris OS to OpenBoot PROM and the OpenBoot PROM prompt ok is displayed Note sendbreak 8 command will not work when the secure mode is set to on while the mode switch on the operator panel is set to Locked Refer to the setdomainmode 8 for more information You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies only one ID of the domain to which to send the break signal domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred console 8 showconsolepath 8 System Administration 155 sendbreak 8 156 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setad 8 setad configure Active Di
304. nds platop env list platadm env list locator poweroff poweron fieldeng All operands Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 97 ioxadm 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported f h Forces command execution by ignoring warnings Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays text by page Displays only parsable output suppressing headers in that output Fields are separated by single tabs Displays verbose output Refer to specific operands for details Specifies the target device which can be a card mounted in a built in PCI slot in the host system an External I O Expansion Unit or a field replaceable unit FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit The card in the host slot is identified by the host_path to the card host_path is platform dependent and indicates the path to the slot on the host system that contains the card The host_path has the following format IOU 0 PCI 0 IO Board 0 PCI E slot0 The External I O Expansion Unit box_id is identified by serial number Use iox nnnn where nnnn represents the last four digits of the box serial number Some commands affect only a single component of an External I O Expansion Unit system For example individual boats and power supplies can be turned on and turned off independently A FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit fru is identified as iox nnnn iob0 I O
305. ng Basic with user minilla gt PUT ftp 10 7 79 18 iktest proxytest ftp cfg HTTP 1 1 Authorization Basic bHahbmc6bHahbmc User Agent dumpconfig Host 10 7 79 18 21 Pragma no cache Accept Content Length 24720 Expect 100 continue HTTP 1 1 100 Continue HTTP 1 1 200 OK Server Sun Java System Web Proxy Server 4 0 Date Mon 04 Aug 2008 16 46 11 GMT Transfer encoding chunked Connection 0 to host 129 145 155 166 left intact Closing connection 0 A A A A AN operation completed XSCF gt EXAMPLE 2 Dumping the Configuration Using http XSCF gt dumpconfig v p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest cfg reading database done creating temporary file done starting file transfer done removing temporary file done operation completed XSCF gt EXAMPLE3 Dumping the Configuration Using Https XSCF gt dumpconfig V p 129 145 155 166 8080 http 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest https cfg transfer from tmp dumpconfig ZMCI3d to http 10 7 79 18 iktest proxytest https cfg About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 x Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 gt gt PUT http 10 7 79 18 iktest proxytest https cfg HTTP 1 1 User Agent dumpconfig Host 10 7 79 18 Pragma no cache Accept Content Length 24720 Expect 100 continue System Administration 67 dumpconfig 8
306. nless the v option is specified Archive host fingerprint The md5 fingerprint of the public key which the Service Processor uses to verify the identity of the archive host 2 Time of the most recent attempt to connect to the archive host and the outcome of that attempt success or failure Latest The completion time of the latest attempt to communicate communication with the archive host Connection status The outcome of the latest attempt to connect to the archive host successful OK or unsuccessful FAILED 3 Table of the status information for audit logs and non audit logs Archive space The amount of space allocated for the archives limit Archive space used The amount of space currently consumed by the archives Total archiving A counter of failed archiving operations failures Unresolved A counter of failed archiving operations which the Service failures Processor will continue to retry If the e option is specified showarchiving displays the details of the last ten archiving errors that occurred EXAMPLE 1 Viewing Status and Configuration Data XSCF gt showarchiving Archiving Configuration Archiving state Disabled Archive host Not configured Archive directory Not configured User name for ssh login Not configured Archive host fingerprint Server authentication disabled SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March 2008
307. nmpvacm 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported createaccess creategroup createview deleteaccess deletegroup deleteview Sets access to a MIB view for the specified group r read_viewname Specifies an SNMP Agent view groupname Specifies a valid group name Sets up a group for the specified user for view access u username Specifies a valid user name groupname Specifies a valid group name Sets up a view of the SNMP Agent exported MIB information View access is limited to read only for this Agent The view is identified through a MIB OID subtree and can be limited to specific portions of that subtree using the OID Mask e Specifies an excluded view The default is an included view m OID_Mask Specifies a valid OID subtree mask By default the mask is ff entire subtree s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree Values start at 1 for the entire MIB tree viewname Specifies a valid view name Removes access entry groupname Specifies a valid group name Removes a group from use u username Specifies a valid user name groupname Specifies a valid group name Removes this view from use s OID_subtree Specifies a MIB OID subtree Values start at 1 for the entire MIB tree viewname Specifies a valid view name EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Create a Group XSCF gt setsnmpvacm creategroup u jsmith admin EXAMPLE 2 Create a View of the Entire MIB XSCF gt setsnmpvacm createview s 1
308. ode set for the PSB One of the following values is displayed Uni Uni XSB Quad Quad XSB Memory Mirror Memory mirror mode set for the PSB One of the following Mode values is displayed yes Memory mirror mode no Memory no mirror mode You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Displays the settings of all devices h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 395 showfru 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 396 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported device Specifies the device to display Currently only the following device can be specified sb Physical system board PSB location Specifies the location of device If the device is sb an integer ranging from 00 to 15 can be specified The setupfru 8 command makes hardware settings for a device EXAMPLE 1 Displays the settings of all PSBs XSCF gt showfru a sb Device Location XSB Mode Memory Mirror Mode sb 00 Quad no sb 01 Uni yes sb 02 Quad no sb 03 Uni no The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised March
309. of the DESCRIPTION modes of operation for the specified domain have the following values regardless of the domain mode displayed by the showdomainmode 8 command 376 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdomainmode 8 a OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level Diagnostic Level CPU operational mode CPU Mode operates as the showdomainmode 8 command display Host watchdog and suppress break signal reception Secure Mode auto boot function Autoboot off m When the OpenBoot PROM environmental variable auto boot has been set to false the auto boot function is disabled m The setdomainmode 8 command sets the modes of operation specified for a domain EXAMPLE 1 XSCF gt showdomainmode Host ID Diagnostic Level Secure Mode Autoboot CPU Mode EXAMPLE 2 specified XSCF gt showdomainmode Host ID Diagnostic Level Secure Mode Autoboot CPU Mode Ethernet Address Displays the modes of operation that are set for domain ID 0 d 0 0 010 10 min on on auto Displays the modes of operation that are set for domain ID 0 with v option d 0 v 8099010c min Off on auto 00 0b 5d e2 01 0c The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred setdomainmode 8 System Administration 377 showdomainmode 8 378 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference
310. of the address lower 24 bits is other than 0 e g 20 18 108 10 then the netmask value 255 255 255 255 will be set e Incase of a class B address If the host portion of the address lower 16 bits is 0 e g 136 18 0 0 then the netmask value 255 255 0 0 will be set If the host portion of the address lower 16 bits is other than 0 e g 136 18 108 10 then the netmask value 255 255 255 255 will be set e Incase of a class C address If the host portion of the address lower 8 bits is 0 e g 200 18 108 0 then the netmask value 255 255 255 0 will be set If the host portion of the address lower 8 bits is other than 0 e g 200 18 108 10 then the netmask value 255 255 255 255 will be set If you specified 0 0 0 0 in the n option you must specify 0 0 0 0 in the m option or you must omit the m option Specifies an IP address to which routing information is forwarded To specify address use the standard form of four integer values delimited by periods For example use XXX XXX XXX XXX Where xxx is an integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If 0 0 0 0 is specified for address the default routing information is set 272 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setroute 8 The following operand is supported interface Specifies the network interface to be set with routing information One of the
311. of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO reset 8 EXAMPLE 3 Resets domain ID 0 Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt reset q y d 0 por EXAMPLE 4 Cancels the reset command execution that is in progress XSCF gt reset d 0 panic DomainID to panic 00 Continue y n n The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred poweroff 8 poweron 8 setdomainmode 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 139 reset 8 140 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO resetdateoffset 8 resetdateoffset reset time of domains to match system time resetdateoffset resetdateoffset h The resetdateoffset 8 command resets the time settings on the domains managed by each domain clock to match the time setting of the system which is managed by the XSCF clock If you change the time setting on a domain for example by using the date 1M command the time of that domain differs from the time of the system The difference between revised time of the domain and the time of the system is stored on the XSCF and is retained after domain reboot and after XSCF res
312. okup Used with one of the required operands ldap or local h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p Sets privileges lookup Used with one of the required operands ldap or local The following operands are supported ldap Used with the a and p options When set to ldap authentication or privileges are first looked up locally and then in LDAP if not found locally Verify that LDAP servers have been correctly configured before executing setlookup a ldap or setlookup p ldap local Used with the a and p options When set to local authentication or privileges are looked up only locally EXAMPLE 1 Enabling LDAP Lookup of Privilege Data XSCF gt setlookup p ldap The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred System Administration 239 setlookup 8 SEE ALSO setldap 8 showlookup 8 240 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setnameserver 8 setnameserver set the domain name system DNS servers and the DNS search paths used in the XSCF network setnameserver c add address setnameserver c del address setnameserver c del a setnameserver c addsearch domainname setnameserver c delsearch domainname setnameserver c delsearch a setnameserver h The setnameserver 8 command specifie
313. ollowing operand is supported host Specifies the network host or the network device to send the packet Can be specified with host name or IP address System Administration 117 ping 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Sends the packet three times to a host named scf0 hostname0 XSCF gt ping c 3 scfO hostname0 PING scfO hostname0 XX XX XX XX 56 data bytes 64 bytes from XX XX XX XX icmp_seq 0 ttl 64 time 0 1 ms 64 bytes from XX XX XX XX icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 0 1 ms 64 bytes from XX XX XX XX icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 0 1 ms scfO hostname0 ping statistics 3 packets transmitted 3 packets received 0 packet loss round trip min avg max 0 1 0 1 0 1 ms EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 118 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS poweroff 8 poweroff turn off the power to the specified domain poweroff a y n f M d domain_id poweroff a y n a M poweroff h The powerof f 8 command turns off the power to the specified domain The command can turn off the power to the specified domain or to all domains After ordinary shutdown processing for the operating system is executed the power is turned off You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains
314. om the log file answering Yes to all prompts XSCF gt setldapssl log y clear EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showldapssl 8 System Administration 231 setldapssl 8 232 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO setlocale 8 setlocale set the default locale of the XSCF setlocale s locale setlocale h The setlocale 8 command sets the default locale of the XSCF The locale that can be set is English or Japanese You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s locale Specifies the default locale of the XSCF Either of the following can be specified for locale C Sets the locale for English ja JP UTF 8 Sets the locale for Japanese m The specified locale becomes effective after the subsequent login m The currently set locale can be checked by using the showlocale 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Sets the XSCF default locale for English XSCF gt setlocale s C E EXAMPLE 2 Sets the XSCF default locale for Japanese XSCF gt setlocale s ja_JP UTF 8 ja_JP UTF 8 The following exit valu
315. omain consoles include a writable console and read only console Only one writable console and multiple read only consoles can be connected to one domain An attempt to set up a connection to another writable console while one writable console is already connected results in an error Even in this case however a user with the platadm or domainadm privilege can forcibly establish a connection to a writable console in which case the currently connected writable console is disconnected To exit the domain console and return to the XSCF shell console press the Enter key moun and then enter and period Note When you return to XSCF shell console without logging out from the domain the return causes automatically logging out from the domain You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Specifies only one ID of the domain to which to connect to a domain console domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration f Forcibly connects to a writable console The currently connected writable console is disconnected Only users who belong to the platadm or domainadm privilege can specify this option h Displays usage statement When used with othe
316. on Description Type of resource processor Ver Version number of the license which is always set to 01 Expiration Expiration of the license Count Number of right to use licenses granted for the given resource Status GOOD which indicates that the given resource is valid or EXPIRED which indicates that the resource license is no longer valid EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Verbose License Data XSCF showcodlicense v Description Ver Expiration Count Status System Administration 347 showcodlicense 8 PROC 01 NONE 16 GOOD 01 84000000 000000001 0301010100 16 00000000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX EXAMPLE 2 Displaying Raw License Data XSCF gt showcodlicense r 01 84000000 104 0301010100 3 00000000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide 348 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised July 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showcodusage 8 showcodusage display the current usage statistics for Capacity on Demand COD resources showcodusage v M p resource domain all showcodusage h showcodusage 8 shows current information about COD hardware activation permits COD permits in use The showcodusage 8 command is not available on the M3000 server By default this
317. on to xscf 0 lan 0 exclusively accepts those IP packets sent from the 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 network XSCF gt setpacketfilters c add s 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 i xscf 0 lan 0 j ACCEPT s 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 i xscf 0 lan 0 j ACCEPT NOTE applied IP packet filtering rules Continue y n y XSCF setpacketfilters c add i xscf 0 lan 0 j DROP s 192 168 100 0 255 255 255 0 i xscf 0 lan 0 j ACCEPT i xscf 0 lan 0 j DROP NOTE applied IP packet filtering rules Continue y n y XSCF gt EXAMPLE3 Deletes the IP packet drop setting which has been set in the IP address 10 10 10 10 XSCF gt showpacketfilters a s 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 i xscf 0 lan 0 j DROP s 10 10 10 10 255 255 255 255 j DROP XSCF gt XSCF gt setpacketfilters c del s 10 10 10 10 j DROP s 172 16 0 0 255 255 0 0 i xscf 0 lan 0 j DROP NOTE applied IP packet filtering rules Continue y n y XSCF gt EXAMPLE 4 Clears all IP packet filtering rules which have been set XSCF gt setpacketfilters c clear none NOTE applied IP packet filtering rules Continue y n y XSCF gt 258 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 setpacketfilters 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showpacketfilters 8 System Administration 259 setpacketfilters 8 260 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Re
318. onfiguration If the c option is omitted c configure is used c configure Configures an XSB in the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used c reserve Reserves incorporation of an XSB into the domain configuration If the c option is omitted c configure is used System Administration 23 addboard 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION d Th domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain in which an XSB is to be configured or to which it is to be assigned domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forcibly incorporates into a domain an XSB Caution If the option is used to forcibly add an XSB to a domain all the added hardware resources may not work normally For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the f option must be specified verify the status of every added XSB and device Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts e following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be configured or assigned Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted XY
319. options disable De activates the log archiving feature Cannot be used with any options EXAMPLE 1 Setting the Archiving Target and Password XSCF gt setarchiving t jsmith somehost company com home jsmith logs r Enter ssh password for jsmith somehost company com EXAMPLE 2 Setting the Public Host Key XSCF gt setarchiving k download Downloading public host key from somehost company com Fingerprint c3 75 f9 97 7d dc le le 62 06 c1 6f 87 bc e8 0d Accept this public key yes no yes EXAMPLE 3 Setting the Space Limits for Archives XSCF gt setarchiving 1 10000 10000 EXAMPLE 4 Enabling Archiving XSCF gt setarchiving enable Testing the archiving configuration Logs will be archived to somehost company com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion Configuration updated gt 0 An error occurred showarchiving 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setaudit 8 setaudit manage the system auditing functionality setaudit enable disable archive delete setaudit p count suspend m mailaddr a users enable disable default c classes enable disable e events enable disable g enable disable t percents setaudit h setaudit 8 manages the collection of data on the use of system resources Audit data provides a record of security related sy
320. options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command moon oun is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The rebootxscf 8 command terminates all connection to XSCF such as telnet or ssh m When you cancel the XSCF reset using the setdate 8 which commands reset XSCF automatically even if you perform this command the information that is set is not applied in XSCF System Administration 133 rebootxscf 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m By using the rebootxscf 8 command you can reset XSCF while the domain is in operation However if you set up XSCF to serve as the upper NTP server of the domain time lag may arise between XSCF and the domain In such a case adjust the domain time so that XSCF and the domain will be synchronized EXAMPLE 1 Resets the XSCF XSCF rebootxscf The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y moun EXAMPLE 2 Resets the XSCF Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF rebootxscf y The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y EXAMPLE3 Resets the XSCF Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF rebootxscf q y EXAMPLE4 C
321. or Information Notification Notice System state notification 430 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 FRU Msg Diagnostic Code UUID MSG ID Diagnostic Messages a Power log Detail log showlogs 8 Suspected faulty unit The suspected faulty units that are displayed and delimited by a comma are the units most likely and second most likely to be faulty If there are three suspected faulty units an is displayed next to the unit third most likely to be faulty Display of more than two suspected faulty units depends on whether more than two suspected faulty units are detected Error description Detailed error code The displayed code is a hexadecimal number Abbreviation for Universal Unique Identifier This is a globally unique ID that is a 32 digit hexadecimal number Unique message ID Detailed message If the log has a detailed message it is displayed Scan log code This code is displayed when the log includes a scan log Address Displayed in hexadecimal notation Date Event Cause DID Switch Mar 30 17 25 31 JST 2005 System Power Off Pow Fail Recov Service Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 System Power On Pow Fail Recov Locked Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Domain Power On Panel 00 Locked Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 Domain Power Off Operator 10 Service System Administration 431 showlogs 8 Date Event Cause DID Switch
322. ord The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each uppercase letter in the password up to ucredit value Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The initial setting is 1 See EXAMPLE 2 w warn Sets the default number of days before password expiration at which to start warning the user This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 7 Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 y retry Sets the number of retries permitted when using the password command to change the password for a user account The initial value is 3 Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 EXAMPLE 1 Setting the Minimum Size and Number of Passwords Remembered XSCF gt setpasswordpolicy m 12 r 5 EXAMPLE 2 Setting Minimum Password Length and Maximum Credits XSCF gt setpasswordpolicy m 10 d 1 u 0 1 0 o 1 After running this command the minimum password length for new passwords is 10 characters A password of 9 characters is accepted if it contains at least one digit or nonalphanumeric character A password of 8 characters is accepted if it contains a digit and a nonalphanumeric character The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred adduser 8 password 8 showpasswordpolicy 8 264 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION
323. ore system startup The following settings are displayed warmup time Warm up time wait time Wait time before system startup You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement The setpowerupdelay 8 command sets the warm up time of the system and a wait time before system startup EXAMPLE 1 Displays the warm up time of the system and wait time before system startup XSCF gt showpowerupdelay warmup time 10 minute s wait time 20 minute s The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setpowerupdelay 8 System Administration 461 showpowerupdelay 8 462 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS showresult 8 showresult display the exit status of the most recently executed command showresult showresult h The showresult 8 command displays the exit status of the most recently executed command showresult 8 is convenient for a remote control program to confirm whether the most recently executed command is successfully completed No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more informat
324. otocol If the t option is used setarchiving downloads the key from the host specified in the argument to t Otherwise setarchiving downloads the key from the current archive host Next setarchiving displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts you for confirmation of the identity of the host to continue If you accept the key it is saved and used for server authentication If you reject the key setarchiving exits without changing the configuration public key The specified public key is stored and used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key for the archive host beginning with the key type Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word 168 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 setarchiving 8 1 audit limit non audit limit Sets the space limits for log archives in megabytes p password t user host directory The option argument must consist of two values separated by a comma The audit limit value specifies the archive space limit for audit logs It must be either 0 zero unlimited or an integer in the range of 500 50000 If you do not use the 1 option to modify the value of audit limit the initial archive space limit for audit logs is unlimited The non audit limit value specifies the archive space limit for all other logs in megabytes It must be an intege
325. owing not yet diagnosed under diagnosis or diagnosis error All XSBs that are not mounted are also shown as Unavailable Available The XSB is in the system board pool and its diagnosis has completed normally Assigned The XSB is reserved for or assigned to the domain Pwr Power status of the XSB n Power is off Y Power is on Conn Status of the XSB connection to the domain configuration n The XSB is not connected to the domain or it is located in the system board pool y The XSB is connected to the domain 336 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 showboards 8 Assignment Domain assignment state of the XSB One of the following is displayed Unavailable The XSB is in the system board pool not assigned to a domain and its status is one of the following not yet diagnosed under diagnosis or diagnosis error All XSBs that are not mounted are also shown as Unavailable Available The XSB is in the system board pool and its diagnosis has completed normally Assigned The XSB is reserved for or assigned to the domain Pwr Power status of the XSB n Power is off y Power is on Conn Status of the XSB connection to the domain configuration n The XSB is not connected to the domain or it is located in the system board pool y The XSB is connected to the domain System Administration 337 showboards 8 Conf Incorporation state of XSB hardware resources into the Oracle Solar
326. p Displays the policy to follow when the audit trail reaches full capacity s Displays the following auditing states e Space consumed by local audit records e Free space remaining for local audit records e Number of audit records dropped since the last boot since the audit trail reached full capacity E Displays the thresholds at which to issue warning s about local storage usage OPERANDS The following operands are supported all Displays the following information Whether the writing of audit trails is set to enable or disable This is the same display that is shown for showaudit when invoked without any options All the information that would be displayed by invoking showaudit with the options a c all e all g m p s t EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Auditing Status XSCF gt showaudit Auditing enabled EXAMPLE 2 Displaying All Class Information For Login Auditing XSCF gt showaudit c LOGIN Events AEV LOGIN BUI AEV LOGIN CONSOLE AEV LOGIN SSH AEV LOGIN TELNET AEV LOGOUT AEV AUTHENTICATE enabled enabled enabled enabled enabled enabled EXAMPLE 3 Displaying All Event Information XSCF showaudit e all Events AEV AUDIT START AEV AUDIT STOP AEV ENTER MODE AEV EXIT MODE AEV LOGIN BUI AEV LOGIN CONSOLE enabled enabled enabled enabled enabled enabled System Administration 331 showaudit 8 AEV_LOGIN_SSH enabled AEV_LOGIN_TELNET enabled AEV_LOG
327. p the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP settings setsmtp v setsmtp s variable value setsmtp h setsmtp 8 sets up the SMTP configuration values When used without options this command prompts for the name of the SMTP email server to be used and for the port and the Reply To address to be used on outgoing email Make sure that a valid email address is specified here The s option lets you specify SMTP settings noninteractively After you have set up the email server and port have been set up using setsmtp 8 you can use setemailreport 8 to set up email report configuration data and send a test email message You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 277 setsmtp 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s variable value Sets SMTP Valid entries for variable are mailserver port auth user password replyaddress Where mailserver is specified by IP address or server name Server name if specified must be resolvable port is the port address for replies auth is the authentication mechanism Valid values are none pop and smtp auth user and password are for smtp mail service authentication replyaddress is the address to which replies are sent This value can be specified in the format that complies with Se
328. panel up to date fail dev null 2 gt amp 1 setdefaults XSCF clear log data clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear NVRAM PAGE 0 clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear NVRAM PAGE 7 clear complete setdefaults XSCF clear NVRAM reset complete setdefaults XSCF clear unmount filesystem start dbs 282 NOTICE received signal 15 setdefaults XSCF clear unmount hcp0 linux setdefaults XSCF clear unmount hcpcommon firmtmp complete setdefaults XSCF clear unmount filesystem complete setdefaults XSCF clear end setdefaults complete Please turn off the breaker after XSCF halt The system is going down NOW Please stand by while rebooting the system Restarting system XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr 15 2007 11 08 18 XSCF uboot 01950000 Apr 15 2007 11 08 18 SCF board boot factor a040 DDR Real size 512 MB DDR 480 MB XSCF BOOT STOP recover by NFB OFF ON EXAMPLE 2 Restores the server XSCF gt restoredefaults c factory WARNING If this system does not have OPNL this command will set all the user System Administration 151 restoredefaults 8 settable XSCF configuration parameters to their default value as they were set when the system was shipped out Furthemore this command will delete all logs on both XSCFUs Check the man page of this command before you run it Continue yes no default no yes You must check the following points 1 Have
329. plays the Daylight Saving Time information as follows the abbreviation of time zone is JST the offset from GMT is 9 the name of Daylight Saving Time is JDT Daylight Saving Time is 1 hour ahead and the time period is from the first Sunday of April 0 00 to the first Sunday of September 0 00 XSCF gt showtimezone c dst JST IJDT 10 M4 1 0 00 00 00 M9 1 0 00 00 00 EXAMPLE4 Displays the Daylight Saving Time information that has been set in the current time zone by default XSCF gt showtimezone c dst m standard From Sun Mar 9 03 00 00 2008 PDT To Sun Nov 2 01 59 59 2008 PDT The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setdate 8 settimezone 8 showdate 8 System Administration 491 showtimezone 8 492 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS showuser 8 showuser display user account information showuser showuser a M p u user showuser a 1 M p u showuser h showuser 8 displays XSCF user account information If the user argument is specified showuser displays account information for the specified user If the user argument is not specified then showuser displays account information for the current user If the 1 option is specified showuser displays account information for all local users When invoked with one or
330. ple 3 a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts t proxy type Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy type are http socks4 and socks5 The default value is http System Administration 91 getflashimage 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES 92 u user Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You will be prompted for a password v Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported url Specifies the URL of the firmware image to download Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb msd path file where the value for file is in one of the following formats XCPvvvv tar gz IKXCPvvvv tar gz FFXCPvvvv tar gz DCXCPvvvvu tar gz and vvvv is the four character version number When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command EXAMPLE 1 Downloading a Version from an http Server XSCF gt getflashimage http imageserver images FFXCP1041 tar gz Existing versions Version Size Date FFXCP1040 tar gz
331. poweron h DESCRIPTION The poweron 8 command turns on the power to the specified domain The command can turn on the power to the specified domain or to all domains Privileges You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported a Turns on the power to every domain that has been completely set up Only users who have the platadm or fieldeng privileges can specify this option The domain that has been completely set up means a domain that has been completely set up with the setdc1 8 and addboard 8 commands d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain to be turned on domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 12
332. prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command System Administration 35 applynetwork 8 EXAMPLES Use the appropriate network commands to specify the following settings then execute the applynetwork 8 command All these settings must be present and proper or the XSCF network settings will not be applied m XSCF host name sethostname 8 a DNS domain name sethostname 8 IP address and netmask of XSCF network interface setnetwork 8 On M8000 M9000 servers use the sethostname 8 command to set host names to both xscf 0 and xscf 1 On M3000 M4000 M5000 servers use the setnetwork 8 command to set xscf 0 lan 0 and xscf 0 lan 1 so that at least one is up If both are up they must use different subnets On M8000 M9000 servers if xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 0 xscf 0 lan 1 and xscf 1 lan 1 are all in down status an error results On M8000 M9000 servers if the network interface which is in the up status has the following settings it results in an error Use the setnetwork 8 command to set up correctly a If the subnet of xscf 0 lan 0 xscf 1 lan 0 and the takeover IP address lan 0 are different a If the subnet of xscf 0 lan 1 xscf 1 lan 1 and the takeover IP address l
333. ption occurs in a system connected to the UPS The time set by the setshutdowndelay 8 command is displayed The default time set is 10 seconds You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop domainadm domainmgr domainop fieldeng Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays the wait time before the start of shutdown XSCF gt showshutdowndelay UPS shutdown wait time 600 second s The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setshutdowndelay 8 System Administration 469 showshutdowndelay 8 470 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showsmtp 8 showsmtp display the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP configuration information showsmtp showsmtp v showsmtp h showsmtp 8 displays the SMTP configuration When used without options it displays current SMTP configuration data You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs v Specifies verbose output SMTP information includes
334. r 0101h Serial PPO607E759 FRU Part Number CA20394 B16X 001AA 7 MEDBP 0 Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial PP06058497 FRU Part Number CA20394 B17X 002AB EXAMPLE 4 Displays the number of installed FRUs in the M9000 server XSCF showhardconf u SPARC Enterprise M9000 Memory Size 240 GB System Administration 405 showhardconf 8 Type A 2 Type B 1 Type C 1 CPUM 16 Freq 2 280 GHz 8 Freq 2 880 GHz 8 MEM 112 Type 1A Size 1 GB 48 Type 2B Size 2 GB 32 Type 4B Size 4 GB 32 IOU 8 Type A 6 Type B 2 XSCFU_B 2 XBU_B 8 CLKU_B 2 OPNL PSU 15 FANBP_A FANBP_B FAN_A 16 SWBP MEDBP EXAMPLES Displays the information of the FRUs in the M3000 server in case of AC XSCF gt SPARC Do MB 406 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 power supply showhardconf Enterprise M3000 Serial BE80601016 Operator Panel Switch Service Power Supply System Single SCF ID XSCF 0 System Power 0ff System Phase Cabinet Power Off main 0 Domain_Status Powered Off U A Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial 7867000269 FRU Part Number CF00541 0493 0040 541 0493 00 40 ki CPU Status Normal Freq 2 520 GHz Type 32 Core 4 Strand 2 Memory_Size 8 GB MEM 0A Status Normal Code 00000000000000c14572T128000HR3 7A 2b25 20541204 Type 1A Size 1 GB Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 s
335. r in the range of 500 50000 If unset the initial value for non audit limit depends on the type of server Use the showarchiving 8 command to determine the value for your server If either of the specified values is invalid the command displays an error and exits without making any changes mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Prompts are displayed Sets the password used for ssh login This option is provided to facilitate scripting To change the password interactively use the r option Reads the password used for ssh login The setarchiving command displays a prompt and reads the new password without echoing it to the screen Sets the archive target The host field specifies the host name or IP address of the archive host The user field specifies the user name for the ssh login to the archive host The directory field specifies the archive directory on the archive host where the archives should be stored The directory field must not begin with a Specifies verbose output When this option is used in conjunction with k download setarchiving displays the downloaded public key in addition to its md5 fingerprint moun Automatically answers y yes to all prompts Prompts are displayed System Administration 169 setarchiving 8 170 OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported enable Activates the log archiving feature Cannot be used with any
336. r more information OPTIONS The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXTENDED The setnameserver 8 command sets the DNS servers and the DNS search paths DESCRIPTION used in the XSCF network EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the DNS serversand the DNS search paths currently set for the XSCF network The following example shows that three DNS servers and five DNS search paths have been set XSCF gt shownameserver nameserver 192 168 1 2 nameserver 10 18 108 10 nameserver 10 24 1 2 search examplel com search example2 com search example3 com search example4 com search example5 com EXAMPLE 2 Displays the DNS servers and the DNS search paths currently set for the XSCF network The following example shows that no DNS server and the DNS search path are set XSCF gt shownameserver nameserver search System Administration 443 shownameserver 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setnameserver 8 444 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS shownetwork 8 shownetwork display information of network interfaces for XSCF shownetwork M a i interface shownetwork h shownetwork 8 command displays current information of network interfaces for XSCF Information on the specified network interface or all t
337. r occurred System Administration 53 deleteboard 8 SEE ALSO addboard 8 moveboard 8 replacefru 8 setdcl 8 setupfru 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showdomainstatus 8 showfru 8 54 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS deletecodactivation 8 deletecodactivation remove a Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation key COD key from the COD database deletecodactivation f key signature deletecodactivation h The deletecodactivation 8 command removes the specified COD key from the COD database on the Service Processor This command is not available on the M3000 server Note For details on COD keys refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide The system checks the number of COD hardware activation permits COD permits against the number of COD CPUs in use If the permit removal will result in an insufficient number of COD permits with respect to the CPUs in use the system does not delete the COD key from the COD database If you still want to delete the COD key you must reduce the number of COD CPUs in use Power off the appropriate number of domains or disconnect the appropriate number of the eXtended System Boards XSBs You must have platadm privileges to run this command Ref
338. r options or operands an error occurs moun n Automatically answers n no to all prompts System Administration 49 console 8 q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Si Sets up a connection to a read only console s escapeChar Specifies an escape character The default is The character specified for escapeChar must be enclosed in double quotation The following symbols can be specified for escapeChar nyn ngot nan non non ngn non n on wjn 1 e 1 1 amp PLN J ne AU Specified escape character is available only in the session that executed the console 8 command moun y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts EXTENDED m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command DESCRIPTION with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The domain console regards used at the beginning of a line as an escape character An escape character is specified to instruct the console to perform special processing Examples of processing that can be specified in combination with are as follows and 2 Outputs a status message and Disconnects the console period m To enter at the beginning of a line enter twice m To display information on the currently connected domain console use the showconsolepath 8 command EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0
339. r to enable or disable the Auto boot function cpumode Sets the operational mode of CPU When you specified cpumode on the M3000 server it results in an error When diag is specified for function any of the following can be specified for mode Note When the domain is in any status other than powered off it results in an error none No diagnosis is performed min Sets standard for the diagnostic level max Sets maximum for the diagnostic level When secure is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode The setting will be reflected after domain power on or restart on Enables the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception off Disables the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception When autoboot is specified for function one of the following can be specified for mode The setting will be reflected after domain power on or restart on Enables the Auto boot function off Disables the Auto boot function System Administration 195 setdomainmode 8 m function mode Sets the modes of operation and specifies its values Use function to set the modes of operation One of the following can be specified diag Specifies the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level secure Specifies whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception autoboot Specifies whether to enable or disable the Auto boot function cpumode Sets the operational mode of CPU When
340. ransmission encryption such as SSH occurs in this mode since the data stays local to the Service Processor EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Downloading a Public Key Using SSH XSCF gt snapshot t joeGjupiter west home joe logs x k download Downloading Public Key from jupiter west Key fingerprint in md5 c9 e0 bct b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d9 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no y Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joeGjupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete EXAMPLE 2 Downloading a Host Key XSCF gt snapshot t joeGjupiter west home joe logs x Downloading Public Key from jupiter west Public Key Fingerprint c9 e0 bc b2 1a 80 29 24 13 d09 1 13 5 5c 2c 0f Accept this public key yes no y Enter ssh password for user joe on host jupiter west Setting up ssh connection to remote host Collecting data into joe jupiter west home joe logs x archive zip Data collection complete 500 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 snapshot 8 EXAMPLE 3 Downloading With a User Provided Public Key XSCF gt snapshot t joeGjupiter west home joe logs x k ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAAIEAWVFiSQNVBFhTTzq0AX5iQqCkkJjd6ezWkVGtmMkJJzzM jYKOsBlhn6dGEIiHdBSzO8QLAXb8N4Kq8JDOBpLSN4yokUPTcZQNxJaYA0W058Qgxbn Enter ssh password for user joe
341. ration Network 10 1 1 0 Netmask 255 255 255 0 Location Address XSCF a cat eas eaves ki Domain 00 LOL le Domain 01 101 03 Domain 02 10 1 1 4 Domain 03 10 1 1 5 Domain 04 LOL Le Domain 05 tos E EST Domain 06 LO ys Laos Domain 07 10 1 1 9 Domain 08 10 1 1 10 Domain 09 LOA ET Domain 10 ToT Domain 11 a Cat Bava es BC Domain 12 10 1 1 14 Domain 13 TO ETS Domain 14 LOL L3 k6 Domain 15 a k DTL 382 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2008 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain EXAMPLE 2 XSCF gt Domain 01 Address EXAMPLE 3 XSCF gt Domain 1 EXAMPLE 4 XSCF gt Network showdscp d 1 showdscp p d 1 a Rosalie Sale showdscp p 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Displaying a Specific Domain s IP Address Red MEd SD II OR f n 1 18 1 19 1 20 ld L22 1 23 1 24 1 25 10 1 1 3 showdscp 8 Displaying a Specific Domain s IP Address in a Parsable Form 3 Displaying All DSCP Address Information In a Parsable Form 10 1 1 0 Netmask 255 255 255 0 XSCF Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Domain Oo OU A UNEO LOST TI GO BB ES AB ep a e oLGox an FPF WD The following exit values are returned 0 gt 0 Successful completion An error occurred setdscp
342. ration settings password e days date Never i inactive M maxdays n mindays w warn user password h password 8 changes a user s password and password expiration settings The password is specified in up to 32 characters The following characters are valid 1 abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz 2 ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPORSTUVWXYZ 3 0123456789 4 1 A amp 0 _ gt lt SPACE When invoked with one or more options password will make changes to the expiration settings of the account See setpasswordpolicy 8 for a description of default values When invoked without options password prompts you to change the account password When invoked without a user operand password operates on the current user account Caution When you change the password for another user by using the user operand the system password policy is not enforced The user operand is intended only for creating a new user s initial password or replacing a lost or forgotten password for a user account When changing another user s password be sure to choose a password that conforms with the system password policy You can display the current password policy settings with the showpasswordpolicy 8 command Whether the user name is specified or not the account must be local password returns an error if it is not local You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm Can run this command wi
343. rd You must specify target with the z option See EXAMPLEs 6 7 and 8 target Lists the External I O Expansion Units under system management If no target is specified list displays a list of External I O Expansion Units one per line Each line contains the unique identifier for that box and the host specific name s for its downlink card s See EXAMPLE 3 If an External I O Expansion Unit argument or downlink card path is specified the command displays a single line with the indicated FRU If a host path is specified only the downlink card information is displayed If the verbose option v is set the output includes detailed FRU information See EXAMPLEs 4 and 5 System Administration 101 ioxadm 8 locator on off target Sets or queries the state of the locator indicator LED Without options locator reports the current state of the LED on the specified FRU A target argument is required when using the on or off field on Turns the LED on off Turns the LED off The chassis locator is a white LED If a FRU is specified the FRU yellow service LED is used along with the chassis locator LED Only one FRU can have a location indicator enabled at a time in an External I O Expansion Unit chassis Turning off the chassis locator LED will also turn off the blinking service FRU LED See EXAMPLEs 10 11 and 12 poweroff target Powers down the given FRU and lights appropriate LEDs to indicate the FRU is rea
344. rectory setad enable disable setad loadcert a y n i n u username p proxy t proxy_type URI setad loadcert a y n i n console setad rmcert a y n i n setad group administrator i n name groupname setad group operator i n name groupname setad group custom i n name groupname setad group custom i n roles privileges setad userdomain i ndomainname setad defaultrole privileges setad timeout seconds setad server i n ipaddr port setad logdetail none high medium low trace setad log a y n clear setad dnslocatormode expsearchmode strictcertmode enable disable setad dnslocatorquery i n service setad default q y n setad h setad 8 configures Active Directory To simply enable or disable Active Directory execute the command with only those operands To enable or disable an Active Directory mode such as dnslocatormode specify the mode along with enable or disable To clear or unset a property issue a setad command with no value for the operand For example setad group custom i 1 name clears the name property from custom group 1 If a property is not set it is displayed with no value Note If you are an Active Directory or LDAP SSL user do not upload a public key If one has already been uploaded use the following command to delete it XSCF gt setssh c delpubkey a u proxyuser You must have useradm privileges to run this com
345. resses all messages to stdout including prompts Used with the p option to specify the type of proxy Possible values for proxy_type are http socks4 and socks5 The default value is http Specifies the user name when logging in to a remote ftp or http server that requires authentication You will be prompted for a password Displays verbose output This may be helpful when diagnosing server problems Displays details of network activity This may be helpful when diagnosing network or server problems Automatically answers y yes to all prompts OPERANDS The following operands are supported url Specifies the URL where the configuration will be dumped Supported formats for this value include the following http server port path file https server port path file ftp server port path file file media usb msd path file EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Dumping the Configuration using FTP XSCF gt dumpconfig V p 129 145 155 156 8080 u minilla ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg transfer from tmp dumpconfig EvY1Yf to ftp 10 7 79 18 sollgell proxytest ftp cfg Password About to connect to 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Trying 129 145 155 166 connected Connected to 129 145 155 166 129 145 155 166 port 8080 Proxy auth using nil with user SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 dumpconfig 8 Server auth usi
346. returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO addboard 8 deleteboard 8 moveboard 8 setdcl 8 showboards 8 showdcl 8 showdevices 8 showfru 8 314 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setupplatform 8 setupplatform set up platform specific settings setupplatform v setupplatform v p part p part setupplatform h The setupplat form 8 command sets up platform specific settings The command leads an administrator through Service Processor installation tasks By default setupplat form command walks through each of the available settings Individual settings may be selected using the p option You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To use the p user option usradm m To use the p network p altitude p timezone options platadm Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p part Specifies the setting you want to do One of the following can be specified for part altitude Configures the chassis altitude network Configures the XSCF network DSCP DNS NTP SSH https and SMTP timezone Sets the time zone for the XSCF The time zone is chosen from a list of time zones user Cre
347. roff 8 Note a This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 3 Forcibly turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF poweroff f d 0 DomainIDs to power off 00 The f option will cause domains to be immediately resets Continue y n y 00 Powering off Note a This command only issues the instruction to power off a The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE4 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2 Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt poweroff y d 2 DomainIDs to power off 02 Continue y n y 02 Powering off Note a This command only issues the instruction to power off a The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 5 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 2 Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt poweroff q y d 2 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO poweron 8 reset 8 showdomainstatus 8 System Administration 121 poweroff 8 122 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 poweron 8 NAME poweron turn on the power to the specified domain SYNOPSIS poweron a y n M d domain id poweron a y n M a
348. rompts System Administration 137 reset 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION 138 EXAMPLES The following operand is supported level Specifies the level of resetting One of the following can be specified This operand cannot be omitted por Resets the domain system panic Instructs the Oracle Solaris OS of the domain to generate a panic xir Resets the domain CPU m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check whether the domain has been reset m If the reset 8 command is executed under either of the following conditions processing is stopped before the Oracle Solaris OS is started a The Mode switch on the operator panel is set to Service mode a The auto boot function has been disabled by the setdomainmode 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Causes a panic in domain ID 0 XSCF reset d 0 panic DomainID to panic 00 Continue y n y 00 Panicked Note p This command only issues the instruction to reset The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 2 Resets the CPU in domain ID 0 Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt reset y d 0 xir DomainID to reset 00 Continue y n y 00 Reset Note a This command only issues the instruction to reset The result
349. rs Fujitsu and the Fujitsu logo are registered trademarks of Fujitsu Limited AMD Opteron the AMD logo and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro Devices Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International Inc UNIX is a registered trademark licensed through X Open Company Ltd This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information on content products and services from third parties Oracle Corporation and its affiliates and FUJITSU LIMITED are not responsible for and expressly disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third party content products and services Oracle Corporation and its affiliates FUJITSU LIMITED will not be responsible for any loss costs or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third party content products or services Copyright 2010 Oracle et ou ses affili s Tous droits r serv s Entr e et revue tecnical fournies par Oracle et ses affili s sur des parties de ce mat riel Ce logiciel et la documentation qui l accompagne sont pro e par les lois sur la propri t intellectuelle Ils sont conc d s sous licence et soumis des restrictions d utilisation et de divulgation Saat disposition de votre contrat de licence ou de la loi vous ne pouvez pas copier reproduire traduire dif
350. rs set the IP packet filtering rules to be used in the XSCF network setpacketfilters a y n c add del i interface s address mask j target setpacketfilters a y n c clear setpacketfilters h The setpacketfilters 8 command sets the IP packet filtering rules to be used in the XSCF network IP packet filtering rules can be used to prevent illegal access to the XSCF network Settings specified with setpacketfilters 8 are applied immediately after the command is executed You must have platadm or fieldeng privilege to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 255 setpacketfilters 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported c add de1 clear h i interface j target Specifies the operation to define the IP packet filtering rule Any of the following can be specified This option cannot be omitted add Adds an IP packet filtering rule del Deletes specified IP packet filtering rule clear Clears all IP packet filtering rules which have been set Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the XSCF network interface to which you set the IP packet filtering rules Any of the following can be set e In M3000 M4000 M5000 servers For XSCF unit 0 xscf 0 lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 xscf 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 For abbreviation lan 0 XSCF LAN 0 lan 1 XSCF LAN 1 e In M8000 M9000 servers
351. rs XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 ioxadm 8 led_type Used with the setled operand specifies a software controlled FRU LED The following table indicates which LED states can be controlled using the setled operand with the off on fast and slow LED state settings Y yes indicates that the LED can be controlled N no indicates that it cannot be controlled LED Name off on fast slow ACTIVE Power OK N Y Y Y LOCATE Locate Y N Y N SERVICE Fault Locate Y Y Y Y RDY2RM Ready to remove Yi Y S ny OVERTEMP Overtemp x x x x DCOK DC Power N N N N POWER AC Power N N N N DATA Data N N N N MGMT Management N N N N The OVERTEMP LED and chassis ACTIVE LED may be set to each state However the hardware frequently updates the LED state so changes to the LED state may not be visible Note Other LEDs are not under software control A list of LEDs present in the system can be displayed by using the env 1 operand lifetime target z target list Clears or queries the runtime of cards that contain an energy storage module ESM Used without options 1ifetime displays a list of cards with an ESM one card per line and shows in minutes each card s runtime and remaining lifespan Runtime is updated at four hour intervals If target is specified the command lists only the specified ESM card If z is specified the command zeroes the runtime for the specified target and clears fault status for the the ca
352. rs XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS ping 8 ping send the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packets to the network host or the network device ping c count a host ping h The ping 8 command utilizes the ICMP ECHO_REQUEST datagram to elicit an ICMP ECHO_RESPONSE from the specified host or network device When the ping 8 command normally executed the network between XSCF and the specified host or network device can be judged as normal And the network performance can be measured from the result You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m To execute the command to DSCP address platadm fieldeng m To execute the command to localhost or to the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 fieldeng m To execute the command to Inter SCF Network ISN fieldeng m The case other than those above No privileges are required Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c count Specifies the number of times to send the packet After sent the packet for the number of specified times and received its response the ping 8 command terminates If omitted the command continues sending the packet until the interrupt occurs h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs q Suppresses the output Outputs the data at the start and at the end of the command The f
353. rsion of OpenBoot PROM firmware XSCF gt version c cmu DomainID 0 02 09 0000 DomainID 1 02 09 0000 DomainID 2 02 09 0000 DomainID 3 02 09 0000 DomainID 23 02 09 0000 EXAMPLE 6 Displays the detailed version of OpenBoot PROM firmware XSCF gt version c cmu v DomainID 0 02 09 0000 DomainID 1 02 09 0000 518 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 DomainID 2 02 09 0000 DomainID 3 02 09 0000 DomainID 23 02 09 0000 XSB 00 0 02 09 XSB 00 1 02 09 XSB 00 2 02 09 XSB 00 3 02 09 XSB 15 3 02 09 EXAMPLE 7 XSCF gt version c XSCF O Active 01 08 0005 Reserve XSCF 1 Standby 01 08 0005 Current 0000 Current 0000 0000 Current 0000 Current Current 0000 Current xscf v 02 07 02 07 02 07 02 07 02 07 01 08 0005 Current 01 08 0005 Reserve EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred version 8 0000 0000 0000 0000 Reserve Reserve Reserve Reserve 0000 Reserve Displays the detailed version of XSCF firmware System Administration 519 version 8 520 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges viewaudit 8 viewaudit display audit records viewaudit viewaudit A date time B date time C c classes
354. rst line DomainID Domain ID domain id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Second and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with a console message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time 434 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 showlogs 8 m Panic message log lt lt panic gt gt Date Mar 30 18 45 31 JST 2005 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 panic message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 panic message Second line Date Panic occurrence date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time DomainID Domain ID domain id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Third and subsequent lines Each line of display has a date and time paired with a panic message The time in the displayed log collection date and time month day hour minute second time zone year is the local time m IPL message log lt sipl gt gt Date Mar 30 18 45 31 JST 2005 DomainID 00 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 ipl message Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 ipl message Second line Date IPL date and time month day hour minute second time zone year The displayed time is the local time DomainID Domain ID domain_id can be 00 23 depending on the system configuration Third and subsequent lin
355. s Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies an IP address in the IPv4 dotted decimal format When used with m netmask it specifies a network address for all DSCP links in the system When used with d domain id it specifies an individual domain specific IP address for use by DSCP When used with s it specifies the IP address used for the Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system Specifies a netmask address for all DSCP links in the system Must be used with i address Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Must be used with the i address option Specifies the Service Processor end of all DSCP links in the system Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored Automatically answers y yes to all prompts Caution The IP addresses shown in the following examples are examples only When choosing DSCP IP addresses avoid choosing addresses that are used elsewhere in your local area network LAN For information about DSCP IP addresses refer to the System Configuration chapter of the Administration Guide 204 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 setdscp 8 EXAMPLE1 Assigning All DSCP Addresses XSCF gt setdscp y i 10 1 1 0 m 255 255 255 0 Commit these changes to the datab
356. s h m diag mode shown below can be specified all Diagnoses all the PSB that are mounted If the following conditions not satisfied it leads to an error e The system has been powered off e All of the target PSB are Uni XSB expansion Diagnoses all the PSB that are mounted on the expansion cabinet If the following conditions not satisfied it leads to an error e All of the target PSB are not operating on the domain e All of the target PSB are Uni XSB Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the diagnostic level of initial diagnosis One of the values shown below can be specified min Normal default max Maximum Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message of initial diagnosis mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported location Specifies only one PSB number An integer from 00 15 can be specified m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n moun mon to cancel the command m The PSB must not be configured in the domain or the domain in which the PSB is configured must be powered off To verify that all domains are powered off execute the showlogs power command and look for the value System Power Of
357. s to set the standard time to the time which is behind the GMT To adjust to the local tome west to Greenwich the offset is a positive value Specifies the offset time hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 59 308 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 p offset s timezone settimezone 8 Specifies the offset of Daylight Saving Time and Greenwich mean time GMT Specify this option in combination with c adddst In case omitted it is 1 hour ahead of the offset time that specified using the o option You can specify offset in the following format GMT hh mm ss GMT t 1 hh mm ss Greenwich mean time mom Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is ahead of GMT To adjust to the local time east to Greenwich the offset is a negative value Specifies to set the standard time to the time which is behind the GMT To adjust to the local tome west to Greenwich the offset is a positive value Specifies the offset time hh is 00 23 mm is 00 59 ss is 00 59 Specifies the time zone Specify this option in combination with c settz One of the time zone displayed by the a option can be specified for timezone System Administration 309 settimezone 8 t date time Specifies the termination time of Daylight Saving Time It should be specified in the same format as date in the option You can specify date in any of the
358. s displayed EXAMPLE1 Displays the manual page of the addboard 8 command XSCF gt man addboard EXAMPLE 2 Displays a list of XSCF shell commands XSCF gt man intro User Commands 17 man 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred 18 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS who 1 who display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF who who h who 1 displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF The following information is displayed m XSCF user account name m Terminal used m Idle time m Login time m Remote host name No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following option is supported h Displays usage statement EXAMPLE 1 Displays a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF XSCF who USER TTY IDLE FROM HOST scf pts 0 00 00m Dec 21 13 57 JJJJ ggg Company com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred User Commands 19 who 1 20 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 REFERENCE System Administration NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS addboard 8 addboard
359. s where xX Major firmware release number yy Minor release number Z Micro release number y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command moon with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m When the firmware is updated the XSCF unit is reset Therefore LAN connection to the XSCF is canceled if already established m When there s a faulty Field Replaceable Unit FRU can t update the firmware Resolve the FRU fault then update EXAMPLE 1 Check whether the entire firmware can be updated to version 1082 XSCF gt flashupdate c check m xcp s 1082 EXAMPLE 2 Updates the entire firmware to version from 1080 to 1082 XSCF gt flashupdate c update m xcp s 1082 The XSCF will be reset Continue y n y XCP update is started XCP version 1082 last version 1080 OpenBoot PROM update is started OpenBoot PROM version 02090000 OpenBoot PROM update has been completed OpenBoot PROM version 02090000 XSCF update is started XSCFU 0 bank 1 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 XSCF download is started XSCFU 0 bank 1 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01080001 last version 01080000 XSCF download has been completed XSCFU 0 bank 1 XCP version 1082 last version 1080 Firmware Element ID 00 version 01080001 last version 01080000 XSCF download is started
360. s a fault indication XSCF gt ioxadm locator on iox x031 ps1 XSCF gt ioxadm locator Location Sensor Value Resolution Units TOX X031 LOCATE Fast LED XSCF gt ioxadm env 1 iox x031 ps1 SERVICE Location Sensor Value Resolution Units TOX X031 PS1 SERVICE on LED The External I O Expansion Unit chassis white LED has an integrated push button The button can be used to toggle the state of the chassis white locator LED between off and fast If the push button is used to turn off the locator LED fast blink FRU service LEDs are cleared System Administration 105 ioxadm 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 106 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges moveboard 8 moveboard move an eXtended System Board XSB from the current domain to another moveboard a y n v c configure d domain_id xsb xsb moveboard a y n v c assign d domain id xsb xsb moveboard a y n v c reserve d domain_id xsb xsb moveboard h The moveboard 8 command disconnects an XSB from the current domain and based on the domain component list DCL assigns it to or configures it in the specified domain The moveboard 8 command is not available on the M3000 server One of the following movement methods can be specified config
361. s generally part of the record but you can override it by using the format lt PORT portnumber gt Also named services specific for the domain being authenticated can be specified by using the lt DOMAIN gt substitution marker XSCF gt setad dnslocatorquery i 2 ldap tcp gc msdcs DOMAIN PORT 3269 System Administration 163 setad 8 EXAMPLE 15 Configures the default privileges where privileges are the same as those used inthe setad group custom roles command XSCF gt setad defaultrole platadm platop EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showad 8 164 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION setaltitude 8 setaltitude set the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed setaltitude s key value setaltitude h The setaltitude 8 command sets the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed Whether or not the air filter installed can be specified on the M4000 M5000 servers only You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h s key value Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs The item
362. s marques pata d Advanced Micro Devices Intel et Intel Xeon sont des marques ou des marques d pos es d Intel Corporation Toutes les marques SPARC sont utilis es sous licence et sont des marques ou des marques d pos es de SPARC International Inc UNIX est une marque d pos e conc d e sous licence par X Open Company Ltd Ce logiciel ou mat riel et la documentation qui l accompagne peuvent fournir des informations ou des liens donnant acc s a des contenus des produits et des services manant de tiers Oracle Corporation et ses affili s et FUJITSU LIMITED d clinent toute responsabilit ou garantie expresse quant aux contenus ponn ou services manant de tiers En aucun cas Oracle Corporation et ses affili s et FUJITSU LIMITED ne sauraient tre tenus pour responsables des pertes subies des co ts occasionn s ou des dommages caus s par l acc s des contenus produits ou services tiers ou a leur utilisation G n Ca Adobe PostScript Contents Preface ix User and System Administration Commands Intro 3 User Commands 13 exit 15 man 17 who 19 System Administration 21 addboard 23 addcodactivation 27 addcodlicense 29 addfru 31 adduser 33 applynetwork 35 cfgdevice 41 clockboard 47 console 49 deleteboard 51 deletecodactivation 55 deletecodlicense 57 1 deletefru 59 deleteuser 61 disableuser 63 dumpconfig 65 enableuser 71 flashupdate 73 fmadm 77 fmdump 79 fmstat 87 getflashimage 91 ioxadm
363. s the DNS servers and DNS search paths used in the XSCF network Up to three DNS servers can be registered for XSCF Up to five DNS search paths can be registered You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a Deletes all the DNS servers and the DNS search paths that are currently registered When deleting all DNS servers this option is used together with c del When deleting all DNS search paths this option is used together with c delsearch c add Adds the host with the specified IP address as a DNS server This option is used together with address If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified When a DNS server is registered the existing setting is deleted and the specified address is added caddsearch Registers the specified domain name to the DNS search path This option is used together with domainname If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified When a DNS search path is registered the existing setting is deleted and the specified domain name is added System Administration 241 setnameserver 8 c del Deletes specified DNS servers If the c option is omitted c add is assumed specified When deleting multiple DNS servers the servers are deleted in the order they are specified See EXAMPLE 3 c delsearch Deletes specified DNS search path If the c option is omitted c add is ass
364. sed Valid only in case using the UDP packet If omitted it is set to 33434 a nqueries Specifies the number of retries to a single gateway If omitted it is set to three times System Administration 511 traceroute 8 512 s src_addr Y w wait Bypasses the routing table and directly sends the packet to the specified network host or the network device If the desired host or the network device is not on the same physical network it results in errors Specifies the source address to start tracking the route Displays verbose output The size of the sending packet will be displayed Specifies the timeout period in units of seconds If omitted it is set to 3 seconds OPERANDS The following operand is supported host EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Specifies the network host or the network device to send the packet Can be specified with host name or IP address If a DSCP address is specified an error results Displays the route packets take to the host named server example com XSCF gt traceroute server example com XX XX XX XX PB wW N PB traceroute to server example com XX XX XX XX 30 hops max 40 byte packets 1 XX XX XX XX XX 1 1 792 ms 1 673 ms 1 549 ms 2 XX XX XX XX XX 2 2 235 ms 2 249 ms 2 367 ms 3 XX XX XX XX XX 3 2 199 ms 2 228 ms 2 361 ms 4 XX XX XX XX XX 4 2 516 ms 2 229 ms 2 357 ms 5 XX XX XX XX XX 5 2 546 ms 2 347 ms 2 272 ms 6 EXAMPLE 2 XX server example com XX
365. server c del 10 24 1 2 10 24 1 2 XSCF gt shownameserver nameserver 10 24 1 2 EXAMPLE 4 Deletes all the DNS servers XSCF gt setnameserver c del a EXAMPLE 5 Registers the domain names search1 com search2 com search3 com search4 com and search5 com to the search path XSCF setnameserver c addsearch searchi com search2 com search3 com search4 com search5 com EXAMPLE 6 Deletes the domain name search5 com from the DNS search path XSCF gt setnameserver c delsearch search5 com EXAMPLE 7 Deletes all the registered domain names from the DNS search path XSCF gt setnameserver c delsearch a System Administration 243 setnameserver 8 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO applynetwork 8 sethostname 8 shownameserver 8 244 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setnetwork 8 setnetwork set or remove an XSCF network interface setnetwork m addr interface address setnetwork c up down interface setnetwork a y n r interface setnetwork h setnetwork 8 command sets or removes an XSCF network interface The following settings can be made for the specified network interface m Whether to enable or disable the network interface m IP address m Netmask When you set an IP address or netmask the specified network in
366. sethostname xscfu hostname sethostname d domainname sethostname h sethostname 8 command sets a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit In M8000 M9000 servers the DNS domain name becomes common to XSCF units The host name can be specified for each XSCF unit You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domainname Specifies a DNS domain name to be set for the XSCF unit The domainname is specified in up to 254 characters with the hostname included with label elements delimited by a period If a domain name exceeding 254 characters is specified an error occurs A label element can contain alphanumeric characters and Each label element must always begin with an alphabetic character and end with an alphanumeric character If localdomain specified an error occurs h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs System Administration 213 sethostname 8 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO The following operands are supported hostname Specifies a host name to be set for the XSCF unit The hostname is specified in up to 64 characters not in Fully Qualified Domain Name FQDN but in an abbreviated form If a host name exceeding 64 characters is specified an error occurs Alphanumeric character and can be used However a host
367. showldapss1l showldapss1l showldapss1l showldapss1l showldapss1l showldapssl1l showldapss1l showldapss1l cert v i n log M C S start record number E end record number log f group administrator imn group operator i n group custom i n userdomain i n usermap defaultrole server i n h showldapss1 8 displays the LDAP SSL configuration and diagnostic messages You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported E Displays diagnostic messages in real time When this option is used the command does not terminate Each diagnostic message is displayed when it is registered To stop the real time display press Ctrl C Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Sets an index marker value 1 5 When executed without i or with i and no value showldapss1 walks sequentially through items 1 through 5 Exceptions When used without i the command showldapssl cert displays the certificate information for the Primary server and showldapssl server displays the Primary server configuration Specifies verbose output Used only with the cert operand to display the full certificate System Administration 415 showldapssl 8 416 C Appends to end of output the number of records in the log E Specifies the last record number to display where en
368. sing the c genserverkey option a When the c enable option is executed without executing the c importca option Import a web server certificate using the c importca option a When the web server certificate which imported by executing the c importca option does not correspond to the private key of the web server which has been created by executing the c genserverkey option Confirm the validity of the web server certificate The size of the file to be generated by sethttps 8 grows with total character count typed in the operands of configuring the self certification authority and creating a self signed web server certificate and creating a CSR If the file to be generated is too large for XSCF the command fails with an error If you see this error reduce the number of characters in the operands and execute the sethttps 8 command again When you use sethttps 8 command to disable the HTTPS service sethttps c disable the HTTPS service is disabled immediately At this time any opened HTTPS sessions are terminated For all other settings using the sethttps 8 command you must reboot the XSCF using the rebootxscf 8 command for the changes to take effect System Administration 217 sethttps 8 a Using the showhttps 8 command you can check the current settings in relation to the HTTPS service EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Starts the HTTPS service XSCF gt sethttps c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XS
369. slookup 8 command will be appended with the domain name which registered in the DNS search path and be referred to the DNS server in the FODN format m If multiple search paths are registered domain names are assigned in order of registration and referred to the DNS server m If you set the DNS search path you must also specify the DNS server 242 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised February 2010 EXAMPLES setnameserver 8 m The DNS domain name set by the sethostname 8 command and search path set by the setnameserver 8 command together can contain up to 256 characters m To change the DNS servers and the DNS search paths in XSCF execute the applynetwork 8 command Then use the reboot xscf 8 command to reset XSCF completing the change m The currently set DNS server can be checked by using the shownameserver 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Adds the hosts with the IP addresses 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 and 10 24 1 2 as DNS server Names are solved in the order specified XSCF gt setnameserver 192 168 1 2 10 18 108 10 10 24 1 2 EXAMPLE 2 Deletes the host with the IP address 10 18 108 10 from the DNS server XSCF gt setnameserver c del 10 18 108 10 EXAMPLE 3 Deletes the first two DNS servers whose IP addresses are 10 24 1 2 This case is when a DNS server is listed multiple times XSCF gt shownameserver nameserver 10 24 1 2 nameserver 10 24 1 2 nameserver 10 24 1 2 XSCF gt setname
370. specified must not already be in use locally or in LDAP Active Directory or LDAP SSL When a user is created adduser 8 command stores the current password policy values in a file for the user For more information on setting password policy see setpasswordpolicy 8 You must have useradm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs u UID Creates a new user with the given user identifier UID If specified the UID must be between 100 and 60000 inclusive If not specified a UID is automatically assigned with a minimum value of 100 The following operand is supported user Specifies a valid user name to be added The maximum length of the user name is 31 characters A new local XSCF user account name can be a combination of lowercase letters numbers or _ Do not use uppercase letters The first character must be a letter Examples of acceptable names include jsmith j_smith and j_smith 0123 System Administration 33 adduser 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Creating a New User XSCF gt adduser u 359 jsmith EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO deleteuser 8 disableuser 8 enableuser 8 password 8 setad 8 setldap 8 setldapss1 8 setpasswordpolicy 8 showad 8
371. ssed XSCF gt ioxadm p v list IOU 0 PCI 1 IOU 0 PCI 1 F20 000004 5111500 01 On EXAMPLE 6 Show runtime of card with ESM XSCF gt ioxadm lifetime IOU 0 PCI 1 NAC Total Time On of life IOU 0 PCI 1 1052370 100 104 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 ioxadm 8 EXAMPLE 7 Show runtime of card with ESM using verbose output XSCF gt ioxadm v lifetime IOU 0 PCI 1 NAC Total Time On of life Warning Time Fault Time IOU 0 PCI 1 1052370 100 1041120 1051200 EXAMPLE8 Clear runtime of card with ESM show runtime is cleared XSCF gt ioxadm lifetime z IOU 0 PCI 1 XSCF gt ioxadm lifetime IOU 0 PCI 1 NAC Total Time On of life IOU 0 PCI 1 0 0 EXAMPLE9 Show card with ESM after runtime has been cleared using verbose output XSCF gt ioxadm v lifetime IOU 0 PCI 1 NAC Total Time On 8 of life Warning Time Fault Time IOU 0 PCI 1 0 0 1041120 1051200 EXAMPLE 10 Display locator LED status for the External I O Expansion Unit XSCF gt ioxadm locator iox 12B4 Location Sensor Value Resolution Units TOX 12B4 LOCATE Fast LED TOX 12B4 PS0 SERVICE Fast LED If the FRU service indicator is already on due to a detected fault condition only the box locator LED will be set to fast EXAMPLE 11 Power on the locator LED for power supply 0 in External I O Expansion Unit 12B4 XSCF gt ioxadm locator on iox 12B4 ps0 EXAMPLE 12 Enable the indicator for power supply 1 when power supply 1 ha
372. ssh 8 command can register one user public key at a time m In time of setssh 8 command execution finish the input of user public key by pressing Enter and then pressing Ctrl and D EOF m Incase the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there is a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error and the setting will be reflected to the active XSCF only m When you use the setssh 8 command to generate a host public key or to disable the SSH service setssh c disable the SSH service is disabled immediately In the case of disabling the SSH service any open SSH sessions are terminated For all other settings using the setssh 8 command you must reboot the XSCF using reboot xscf 8 command for the changes to take effect m Using the showssh 8 command you can check the current settings of the SSH service EXAMPLE 1 Starts the SSH service XSCF gt setssh c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE 2 Starts the SSH service Automatically replies with y to the prompt XSCF gt setssh y c enable Continue y n y Please reset the XSCF by rebootxscf to apply the ssh settings EXAMPLE3 Starts the SSH service Automatically replies with y without displaying the prompt XSCF gt setssh q y c enable EXAMPLE4 Stops the SSH service XSCF gt setssh c disable EXAMPLE 5 Generates a host public
373. st t type s community string p trap port traphost setsnmp remtraphost t type traphost setsnmp addv3traphost u username r authentication protocol n engine id i a authentication password e encryption password p trap port traphost setsnmp remv3traphost u username traphost setsnmp enableviv2c read only community string setsnmp disableviv2c setsnmp 1 system location c system contact d system description p agent port setsnmp default setsnmp h setsnmp 8 enables or disables the SNMP agent as well as configures the SNMP agent settings You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c system contact d_ system description h 1 system location p agent port s community string Specifies the system contact information for the agent Specifies the system description for the agent Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the system location for the agent Specifies the listening port for the agent The default is 161 Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1 and v2 agents It is a clear text string which can be intercepted For password encryption and no visibility use addv3traphost instead System Administration 281 setsnmp 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported 282 SPARC Enterprise M
374. statistics for Capacity on Demand COD resources 8 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showconsolepath showdate showdateoffset showdcl showdevices showdomainmode showdomainstatus showdscp showdualpowerfeed showemailreport showenvironment showfru showhardconf showhostname showhttps showldap Intro 1 displays information on the domain console that is currently connected display the date and time of XSCF display the time differences between the time of the system and the time of the domains display the current domain component list DCL display current information on an eXtended System Board XSB display the modes of operation for the specified domain display the current domain component list DCL display the IP addresses assigned to the Domain to Service Processor Communications Protocol DSCP display the current setting of dual power feed mode display the email report configuration data display the airflow volume intake air temperature and humidity temperature sensor voltage sensor fan speed and power consumption information in the server display the hardware settings of specified device display information about field replaceable unit FRU installed in the system display the current host name for the XSCF unit display the status of the HTTPS service set for the XSCF network display the Lightweight D
375. stem events This data can be used to assign responsibility for actions that have taken place on the system Auditing generates records when specified events occur Events that generate audit records include m System startup and shutdown m Login and logout m Authentication actions m Administrative actions You must have auditadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a users enable disable default Sets the audit record generation policy for the specified users users is a comma separated list of valid user names When set to enable or disable audit record generation for the users is turned on or off respectively This setting overrides the global policy for each specified user To set the global policy for users use the g option When set to default the policy for the users is set to follow the global policy Use showaudit g to display the global user audit record generation policy System Administration 171 setaudit 8 c classes enable disable Changes the audit record generation policy for the specified audit classes classes is a comma separated list of audit classes A class may be specified by its numeric value or its name The ACS_ prefix may be omitted For example the class of audit related events can be expressed as ACS_AUDIT AUDIT or 16 The following are valid classes all Denotes all classes ACS_SYSTEM 1
376. stic messages Use this setting during normal system operation high Log only high severity diagnostic messages medium Log only high severity and medium severity diagnostic messages low Log high severity medium severity and informational diagnostic messages trace Log high severity medium severity informational and trace level diagnostic messages Clear the log file of Active Directory authentication and authorization diagnostic messages Enable or disable DNS locator mode This mode is disabled by default If enabled XSCF queries a DNS server to learn the Active Directory server to use for user authentication Enable or disable expanded search mode The default Active Directory functionality is intentionally restrictive to ensure proper security Search criteria can be expanded to accommodate specific customer environments The expanded search mode is disabled by default which means the UserPrincipalName UPN is expected to have a fully qualified domain name suffix When expanded search mode is enabled more searches are attempted if the more specific UPN search does not immediately succeed System Administration 161 setad 8 EXAMPLES strictcertmode Enable or disable strictcertmode mode This mode is disabled by default the channel is secure but limited validation of the certificate is performed If strictcertmode is enabled the server s certificate must have already been uploaded to the server so that the
377. stored in the COD database This command is not available on the M3000 server When used without options this command displays the current COD hardware activation keys COD keys Note For details on COD keys refer to the SPARC Enterprise M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 Servers Capacity on Demand COD User s Guide You must have platadm or platop privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs r Displays COD permit information in the raw permit signature format as stored in the COD database v Specifies verbose output Displays both the formatted COD permit information and raw permit signature data The showcodactivation 8 command displays the following information Description Type of resource processor Ver Version number of the COD permit which is always set to 01 Expiration Expiration of the COD permit Count Number of COD permits granted for the given resource Status GOOD which indicates that the given resource is valid or EXPIRED which indicates that the COD permit is no longer valid System Administration 345 showcodactivation 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displaying Verbose Permit Data XSCF gt showcodactivation v Description Ver Expiration Count Status PROC 01 NONE 16 GOOD 01 84000000 000000001 0301010100 16 00000000 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
378. swers y yes to all prompts The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be disconnected Multiple xsb operands are permitted separated by spaces The following xsb form is accepted ry where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 m You can execute the deleteboard 8 command on a domain that is not running When the domain is running the under the delet eboard 8 command with c disconnect or c unassign will succeed only if the following Oracle Solaris Service Management Facility SMF services are active on that domain a Domain SP Communication Protocol dscp 52 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS deleteboard 8 a Domain Configuration Server dcs Orcacle Sun Cryptographic Key Management Daemon sckmd m When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command m If c disconnect is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration no operation is performed If domain power on or power off is in progress the command results in an error m If c unassign is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the XSB is already disconnected from the domain configuration the XSB is switc
379. t off gt on CPU Mode auto SRS The specified modes will be changed Continue y n y configured Diagnostic Level Secure Mode none on host watchdog available Break signal non receive Autoboot zon autoboot on CPU Mode auto EXAMPLE3 Cancels the setdomainmode 8 command execution that is in progress XSCF setdomainmode d 0 m diag none Diagnostic Level min gt none Secure Mode on gt Autoboot on gt System Administration 199 setdomainmode 8 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO CPU Mode auto The specified modes will be changed Continue y n n EXAMPLE4 Enables the auto boot function for domain ID 0 Suppresses prompts and automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt setdomainmode q y d 0 m autoboot on The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred showdomainmode 8 showdomainstatus 8 200 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS setdomparam 8 setdomparam forcibly rewrite OpenBoot PROM environment variables setdomparam a y n d domain id user nvramrc setdomparam a y n d domain id security mode setdomparam a y n d domain id set defaults setdomparam h The setdomparam 8 command rewrites OpenBoot PROM environment variables of a specified domain The following OpenBoot PROM environmen
380. t have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can execute the command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can execute the command only for accessible domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 365 showdcl 8 OPTIONS The following options are supported a d domain id 1 lsb Displays information that is set for all domains Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed The domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies the LSB number whose information is to be displayed Multiple 1 options can be specified by delimiting them with spaces Specify an sb value by using an integer ranging from 0 to 15 If Isb is omitted all the LSBs in the domain are targets Also displays information on Cfg policy No Mem No I0 and Float in the DCL EXTENDED m An XSB for which the floating board priority is set to a low value is difficult to DESCRIPTION use as a floating board Accordingly it is difficult for the system board to affect the domain Oracle Solaris OS m The setdcl 8 command sets the DCL EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 XSCF gt showdcl DID LSB 00 00 04 08 12 EXAMPLE 2 XSCF showdcl DID LSB 00 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 Displays detailed information on the DCL that is
381. t information and any available license information You can display only the copyright or the license file by specifying the c option No privileges are required to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c copyright license Specifies for display by page either the copyright file or the license file for the XCP copyright Specifies for display only the copyright file license Specifies for display only the license file if a license file is available for your platform If the license file for your platform is not available for the shownotice command the license argument is not supported Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs EXAMPLE 1 Display Only Copyright Information XSCF gt shownotice c copyright Copyright text displays EXAMPLE 2 Display Copyright and License Information XSCF gt shownotice Copyright text displays License text displays if available System Administration 451 shownotice 8 452 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS showntp 8 showntp display the NTP information which currently set for XSCF sh sh Th owntp 1 a address s m owntp h e showntp 8 command displays the NTP information currently set for XSCF The showntp 8 command can display th
382. t record number to display where end record number can be any record number in the log Use C to obtain the number of records in the log M Displays text by page like the more 1 command does S Specifies the first record to display where start_record_number can be any record number in the log Use C to obtain the number of records in the log OPERANDS The following operands are supported cert Display current server certificates log Display diagnostic messages group administrator Display current group configurations group operator Display current group configurations group custom Display current group configurations userdomain Display current userdomain settings dnslocatorquery Display current DNS locator query configuration defaultrole Display current defaultrole setting server Display current Active Directory server settings EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the current state of the active directory XSCF gt showad dnslocatormode disabled expsearchmode disabled state enabled strictcertmode disabled timeout 4 logdetail none EXAMPLE 2 Displays certificate information for the Primary server XSCF gt showad cert Primary Server certstatus certificate present issuer C US ST California L San Diego O aCompany OU System Group CN John User serial number 0 00000000 subject C US ST California L San Diego O aCompany OU System Group CN John User serial number 0 00000000 320 SPARC Ent
383. t variables can be specified use nvramrc Whether to execute the contents of the NVRAM at the boot or reboot of a domain security mode Firmware security level setting set defaults Whether to restore OpenBoot PROM environment variables to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domain Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain id Specifies the ID of the domain which OpenBoot PROM environment variables are rewritten domain id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Note The domain which is powered on cannot specify h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs n Automatically answers n no to all prompts q Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts y Automatically answers y yes to all prompts System Administration 201 setdomparam 8 OPERANDS The following operands are supported use nvramrc Sets false for the use nvramrc environment variable security mode Sets none to the security mode environment variable set defaults Restores the OpenBoot PROM environment variables to the settings at the time of shipment from the factory EXTENDED When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the comma
384. tach the device y n Y Completed Reservation EXAMPLE 2 When the system is being powered on connects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit to port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice c attach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to attach the device y n Y Completed EXAMPLE3 Disconnects the CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit from the port 0 0 XSCF gt cfgdevice f c detach p 0 0 Are you sure you want to detach the device y n Y Completed EXAMPLE 4 Displays the status of individual CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit set on the M8000 server and the M9000 server without the expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT port 0 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 44 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXIT STATUS cfgdevice 8 EXAMPLE5 Displays the status of individual CD RW DVD RW drive unit and the tape drive unit set on the M9000 server with the expansion cabinet XSCF gt cfgdevice 1 Current connection for DVD DAT port 0 0 Main chassis port 0 0 Expansion chassis port 8 0 Expander status Port No IOU SAS status SAS status 0 0 enable up enable up 0 2 disable down enable up 0 4 disable down enable up 0 6 disable down enable up 1 0 disable down enable up 1 2 disable down enable up 1 4 disable down enable up 1 6 disable down enable up 2 0 dis
385. tate speed ecache 00 00 0 0 on line 2530 5 55 00 00 0 1 on line 2530 5 45 00 00 0 2 on line 2530 545 00 00 0 3 on line 2530 55 00 00 0 4 on line 2530 BES 00 00 0 5 on line 2530 545 00 00 0 6 on line 2530 54 00 00 0 7 on line 2530 54 5 Memory board perm base domain target deleted remaining DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB 00 00 0 2048 1290 0x000003c000000000 4096 03 0 250 1500 IO Devices DID XSB device resource usage 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s0 mounted filesystem 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cO0t3s0sl1 dump device swap 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk cOt3s0s1 swap area 00 00 0 sd3 dev dsk c0t3d0s3 mounted filesystem var 00 00 0 sd3 var run mounted filesystem var run EXAMPLE 2 Displays detail information of the physical devices and their available resources in domain ID 0 XSCF gt showdevices v d 0 CPU DID XSB id state speed ecache 00 00 0 0 on line 2530 55 00 00 0 1 on line 2530 55 00 00 0 2 on line 2530 5 5 00 00 0 3 on line 2530 525 00 00 0 4 on line 2530 5 45 00 00 05 on line 2530 5 5 00 00 0 6 on line 2530 525 00 00 0 7 on line 2530 525 00 01 0 50 on line 2048 4 00 01 0 51 on line 2048 4 00 01 0 52 on line 2048 4 372 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showdevices 8 00 01 0 53 on line 2048 4 Memory board perm base domain target deleted remaining DID XSB mem MB mem MB address mem MB XSB mem MB mem MB 00 00 0
386. ted c enableldisable Specify whether to enable the HTTPS service One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs enable Starts the HTTPS service disable Stops the HTTPS service c gencsr Creates a CSR c genserverkey Creates the private key of the web server c importca c selfsign Imports a web server certificate signed by the certification authority to the XSCF Configures the self certification authority Also this operand creates a self signing web server certificate Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts mon Automatically answers y yes to all prompts The following operands are supported common country e mail locality organization organizationalunit state province Specifies common names such as the creator name and the host name of a server using up to 64 characters If c selfsign is specified the value cannot be omitted Specifies a country name with a two letter code such as JP or US If c selfsign is specified the value cannot be omitted Specifies an E mail address using up to 64 characters Specifies a city name and so on using up to 64 characters Specifies a company name and so on using up to 64 characters If c selfsign is specified the value cannot be omit
387. ted c assign c configure C reserve d domain id Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and assigns it to the domain configuration of the move destination lf the c option is omitted c configure is used Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and configures it in the domain configuration of the move destination If the c option is omitted c configure is used Reserves disconnection of an XSB from its current domain configuration and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination If the c option is omitted c configure is used Specifies the ID of the destination domain in which an XSB is to be moved domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration Forcibly detaches the specified XSB Caution If the option is used to forcibly remove the XSB from the source domain a serious problem may occur in a process bound to CPU or process accessing a device For this reason use of the f option is not recommended in normal operation If the option must be specified verify the statuses of the source domain and job processes Note The XSB which failed or detected the failure will not be configured to the DCL forcibly Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs moun Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Spec
388. ted Specifies an organization such as a section or department using up to 64 characters Specifies the name of a state province and so on using up to 64 characters If c selfsign is specified the value cannot be omitted Operand formatting rules 216 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION sethttps 8 If you omit the value enclose a space in single or double quotation marks for example If you include symbols or blanks in a value enclose the value in single or double quotation marks for example Kawasaki city If you include a backslash or dollar mark in a value put a backslash before the symbol for example or NS When the HTTPS server is enabled or there is a private certificate authority web server certificate or web server secret key a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command The CSR is overwritten In case the XSCF unit is duplicated configuration the setting automatically reflected to the standby XSCF When there s a defect on the standby XSCF it leads to an error When using an external certification authority it leads to an error in the following cases a When the c gencsr option or the c enable option is executed without executing the c genserverkey option Create the private key of the web server u
389. terface will be enabled at the same time as the setting When you removed the netmask interface the specified network interface will be disabled at the same time as the removal And when the routing information is set to the target network interface it will be removed together You must have platadm privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 245 setnetwork 8 246 OPTIONS The following options are supported c up down m addr Specifies whether to enable the specified network interface One of the following values can be specified If none of them is specified an error occurs up Enables the network interface down Disables the network interface Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Specifies a netmask To specify addr use the standard form of four integer values delimited by periods For example use XXX XXX XXX XXX Where xxx is an integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer If the m option omitted one of the following netmask values is set depending on the address specified in the address operand e If the address specified is class A e g 20 1 1 1 the netmask value 255 0 0 0 is set e If the address specified is class B e g 136 18 1 1 the netmask value 255 255 0 0 is set e If the address specified is class C e g 200 18 108 1 the netmask value 2
390. termined automatically SPARC64 VI compatible mode All the mounted CPUs operate with the functions equivalent to the SPARC64 VI processor This mode can be set to a domain of any CPU configuration If any of the modes of operation for the specified domain is set the current settings are listed You must have one of the following privileges to run this command m OpenBoot PROM diagnostic levels fieldeng Can run this command for all domains System Administration 193 setdomainmode 8 m Host watchdog and suppress break signal reception auto boot function and operational mode of CPU platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies the domain ID to be set domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs 194 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 setdomainmode 8 m function mode Sets the modes of operation and specifies its values Use function to set the modes of operation One of the following can be specified diag Specifies the OpenBoot PROM diagnostic level secure Specifies whether to enable or disable the host watchdog and suppress break signal reception autoboot Specifies whethe
391. th or without any options or operand Can change the password for any account No privileges are required in the following cases m To change the password for the current user account m To use the h option System Administration 113 password 8 Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported e days date Never days sets the number of days starting from today during i inactive which the XSCF account is enabled days is in the format of a number 0 10730 If the current date plus the number of days exceeds January 2038 the number is considered invalid and the command will fail date sets the date when the account expires not exceeding January 2038 The date format can be mm dd yy 10 30 08 yyyy mm dd 2008 10 30 yy mm dd 08 10 30 dd Mmm yy 30 Oct 08 dd Mmm yyyy 30 Oct 2008 dd Mmm yy 30 Oct 08 dd Mmm yyyy 30 Oct 2008 Mmm dd yy Oct 30 08 Mmm dd yyyy Oct 30 2008 Quotes must be used for formats with an embedded space It is case insensitive Never means an account will not expire Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Sets the number of days after a password expires until the account is locked This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created The initial value is 1 A value of 1 means that the account will not be locked after the password expires Valid
392. the following status values is displayed Unmount No XSB could be recognized because no XSB is mounted or because an error occurred Unknown Not tested Testing Initial diagnosis is in progress Passed Initial diagnosis ended normally Failed An error was detected during the initial diagnosis An XSB cannot be used or is in a degraded state Fault XSB error One or more states are displayed Normal Normal state Degraded One or more components are degraded Each XSB can operate Faulted An XSB cannot operate because an error occurred EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Performs the initial diagnosis on PSB 00 XSCF gt testsb 0 Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB 00 power on sequence started Oend Initial diagnosis started 1800sec Oe swe ZO eevee 60 sasa JOU aaa 120end Initial diagnosis has completed SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 00 0 Passed Normal 00 1 Passed Normal 00 2 Passed Normal 00 3 Passed Normal 508 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 testsb 8 EXAMPLE 2 Performs an initial diagnosis of PSB 01 with detailed messages displayed XSCF gt testsb v 1 Initial diagnosis is about to start Continue y n y SB 01 powered on sequence started Initial diagnosis has completed 0 ok SB power off sequence started 1200sec 0 end SB powered off XSB Test Fault 01 0 Passed Normal EXAMPLE 3
393. the reserve bank EXAMPLE 3 Synchronizes the firmware version of the replaced XSCF units in the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt flashupdate c sync The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred version 8 System Administration 75 flashupdate 8 76 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS OPERANDS fmadm 8 fmadm fault management configuration tool fmadm a config fmadm h fmadm 8 can be used to view system configuration parameters related to fault management fmadm can be used to m View the set of diagnosis engines and agents that are currently participating in fault management m View the list of system components that have been diagnosed as faulty The Fault Manager attempts to automate as many activities as possible so use of fmadm is typically not required When the Fault Manager needs help from a human administrator or service representative it produces a message indicating its needs It also refers you to a URL containing the relevant knowledge article The web site might ask you to use fmadm or one of the other fault management utilities to gather more information or perform additional tasks The documentation for fmdump 8 describes more about tools to observe fault management activities You must have platop platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command
394. ticate the network host download This literal value specifies that snapshot will use ssh to download a public host key for the network host and download the key from the host specified in the t argument snapshot displays the key s md5 fingerprint and prompts for confirmation If you accept the key it is used for server authentication If you reject the key snapshot exits without doing anything This is the default behavior in SSH Target Mode if k is not specified public The specified public key is used for server authentication The host key argument should be the complete public key of the network host beginning with key type the complete contents of etc ssh ssh_host_rsa_key pub on the network host Note The public key should be enclosed in quotes to ensure that the shell treats it as a single word L FITIR Specifies which set of logs will be collected F Full log set I Initial log set R Root Cause log set If no log set is specified the Initial log set is collected by default Specifies collecting only log files Does not collect command output 498 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 P password p password S time t user host directory snapshot 8 Automatically answers n no to all prompts Used with the e option sets the encryption password used for encrypting the output file Specifies the user password used to log in to the
395. tion Standard DES An authentication protocol must be chosen for SNMP communication Possible values are MD5 Algorithm and Secure Hash Algorithm SHA user Specifies a valid user name a authentication_protocol Specifies the authentication protocol e encryption_password Specifies the encryption password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters p authentication_password Specifies the authentication password Must be equal to or greater than 8 characters Removes the supplied user making the user unknown to the agent for subsequent SNMP communication user Specifies a valid user name Changes the appropriate password for the specified user The changed password is either the authentication password or the encrypted password or both if c is not used If c is not used then both passwords must be the same or an error is generated With no options password displays a prompt for the passwords and reads them without echoing them to the screen c authlencrypt Specifies whether to change the authentication password or the encrypted password n new password Specifies the new password The password must be equal to or greater than 8 characters o old password Specifies the old password user Specifies a valid user name System Administration 291 setsnmpusm 8 292 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO EXAMPLE1 Adding a User With Password Options XSCF gt setsnmpusm create a SHA P Xxxxxxxx
396. tion of the uninterruptible power supply UPS set up the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP settings Intro 7 Intro 1 setsnmp setsnmpusm setsnmpvacm setssh settelnet settimezone setupfru setupplatform showad showaltitude showarchiving showaudit showautologout showboards showcod showcodactivation showcodlicense showcodusage manage the SNMP agent specify the SNMPv3 agent s User based Security Model USM configuration modify the SNMPv3 agent s View based Access Control Model VACM configuration configure the settings for the Secure Shell SSH service used in the XSCF network start or stop the Telnet service used in the XSCF network set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time of XSCF set up device hardware set up platform specific settings show Active Directory configuration and messages display the altitude of the system and whether the air filter installed display log archiving configuration and status display the current auditing system state display the session timeout time of the XSCF shell display information on an eXtended System Board XSB display Capacity on Demand COD information display the current Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation permits COD permits stored in the COD database display the current Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU licenses stored in the COD license database display the current usage
397. to be set is specified by key The following value can be specified altitude Sets the altitude of the system filter Sets whether or not to install the air filter You can specify this on the M4000 M5000 servers only When you specified altitude as key specify the altitude of the system in value in units of meters m An integer equal to or greater than 0 can be specified and the specified value is rounded up to the nearest hundred meters The default value is 0 meters When you specified filter as key either of the following can be specified for value installed Air filter is installed uninstalled Air filter is not installed m If the altitude of the system is set any abnormality in the intake air temperature can be detected quickly If the altitude of the system is unknown set a high value However even if no altitude is set for the system any abnormality in temperatures such as the CPU temperature can still be detected so the system would not be damaged by a fatal error System Administration 165 setaltitude 8 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO m To apply the specified configuration execute the reboot xscf 8 command and reset XSCF m The command does not accept negative numbers If the system is below sea level use altitude 0 m When you specified either of the altitude of the system or whether or not the air filter installed the current settings are listed The setting of the air filter is displayed on
398. ts are applied If credits are specified by options d u 1 and o the required password length is reduced when the specified character types are used Note Passwords cannot contain fewer than 6 characters regardless of credits Valid values are integers with value of 6 99999999 See EXAMPLE 2 Sets the minimum number of days between password changes An initial value of zero for this field indicates that you can change the password at any time This value is assigned to new user accounts when they are created Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 Sets the maximum credit for nonalphanumeric characters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each nonalphanumeric character in the password up to ocredit value Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The initial setting is 1 See EXAMPLE 2 Sets the number of passwords remembered in the password history The maximum valid value is 10 The initial setting is 3 262 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 1 Icredit M maxdays m minlen n mindays o ocredit r remember setpasswordpolicy 8 Sets the maximum credit for lowercase letters in a password The minimum acceptable password length is decreased by one for each lowercase letter in the password up to Icredit value Valid values are integers with value of 0 999999999 The initial setting is
399. tsu com global contact computing sparce index h tml Preface xiii xiv SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual December 2010 REFERENCE User and System Administration Commands NAME DESCRIPTION Intro 1 Intro list the commands provided by the XSCF firmware This Intro page lists the user commands exit 1 man 1 and who 1 and system administration commands all the others beginning with addboard 8 provided by the XSCF firmware of the SPARC Enterprise M3000 M4000 M5000 M8000 M9000 servers Some XSCF commands have the same name as their Oracle Solaris OS counterpart but function slightly differently For details refer to the man page for each command The following commands are supported exit man who addboard addcodactivation addcodlicense addfru adduser applynetwork cfgdevice clockboard console deleteboard exit the XSCF shell display manual pages of specified XSCF shell command display a list of the user accounts who are logged in to the XSCF configure an eXtended System Board XSB into the domain configuration or assign it to the domain configuration add a Capacity on Demand COD hardware activation key COD key to the COD database add a Capacity on Demand COD right to use RTU license key to the COD license database add a Field Replaceable Unit FRU create an XSCF user account apply XSCF network information to the XSCF connect the C
400. u want to configure xscf 0 lan 0 y n y xscf 0 lan 0 ip address 192 168 1 4 xscf O lan 0 netmask 255 255 255 0 255 255 254 0 xscf O lan 0 default gateway 192 168 1 1 xscf 0 lan 0 ip address 192 168 1 4 xscf O lan 0 netmask 255 255 254 0 xscf O lan 0 default gateway 192 168 1 1 Are these settings correct y n yY XSCF gt setnetwork xscf 0 lan 0 m 255 255 254 0 192 168 1 4 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 setupplatform 8 EXAMPLE3 Enabling ssh XSCF gt setupplatform p network Do you want to set up the XSCF network interfaces y n n Do you want to set up the DSCP network y n n Do you want to set up the domain name service y n n Do you want to set up the network time protocol y n n Do you want to set up ssh y n y Enable ssh service y n y XSCF gt setssh q y c enable Do you want to set up https y n n EXAMPLE 4 Configuring the Altitude XSCF gt setupplatform p altitude Do you want to set up the chassis altitude y n Y Chassis altitude is already configured Chassis altitude in meters 200 Continue setting up the chassis altitude y n y Chassis altitude in meters 400 Chassis altitude in meters 400 Is this setting correct y n y XSCF gt setaltitude s altitude 400 400m The specified altitude becomes valid when the circuit breakers of the system are switched on again Do you want to reboot the XSCF now
401. ual power feed mode you need to turn off and on the input power You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs s key Sets dual power feed mode in the system Either of the following can be specified for key enable Enables the dual power feed mode disable Disables dual power feed mode The state of the current dual power feed mode can be checked by using the showdualpowerfeed 8 command EXAMPLE 1 Disables dual power feed mode in the system Before rebooting the system a message is displayed XSCF gt setdualpowerfeed s disable enable gt disable NOTE Dual power feed will be disabled the next time the platform is powered on System Administration 207 setdualpowerfeed 8 EXAMPLE2 Enables dual power feed mode in the system Before rebooting the system a message is displayed XSCF gt setdualpowerfeed s enable disable gt enable NOTE Dual power feed will be enabled the next time the platform is powered on EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO showdualpowerfeed 8 208 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised November 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges setemailreport 8 setemailreport
402. umber of COD CPUs installed in the system Specifies the number of COD permits installed Specifies one of the following COD attributes OK HEADROOM Violation Indicates that there are sufficient permits for the COD CPUs in use and displays the number of COD CPUs that are available and the number that can be used to provide headroom The number of COD CPUs in use providing headroom Indicates a COD permit violation exists Displays the number of COD CPUs in use that exceeds the number of COD permits available This situation can occur when you force the deletion of a COD hardware activation key COD key from the COD database but the COD CPU associated with the COD key is still in use The showcodusage p domain command displays the following COD usage information for each domain Domain Resource Identifies COD resources processors for each domain An Unused processor is a COD CPU that has not yet been assigned to a domain In Use Specifies the number of COD CPUs currently used in the domain 350 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 EXAMPLES showcodusage 8 Installed Specifies the number of COD CPU resources installed in the domain Reserved Specifies the number of COD permits allocated to the domain Status Contains one of the following when the v option is specified COD Permitted The domain s COD CPU has a COD permit and it is in use Not
403. umed specified When deleting multiple DNS search paths the search paths are deleted in the order they are specified h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs OPERANDS The following operand is supported address Specifies the IP address of a DNS server to be added or deleted using four sets of integers Up to three addresses delimited by the space can be specified The following address form is accepted XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX An integer from 0 255 Zero suppression can be used to specify the integer You cannot specify the loopback address 127 0 0 0 8 the network address or a broadcast address domainname Specifies the domain name of the DNS search path to be registered or deleted You can use a RFC 1034 compliant format The label element can contain letters a to z A to Z numbers 0 to 9 and the special characters hyphens and period The domain name must begin with a letter and end with either a letter or number A period can be used as delimiter You can specify up to five domain names each separated by a space but the total number of characters cannot exceed 256 EXTENDED m If multiple DNS servers are specified the servers are used in the order specified DESCRIPTION m The registered DNS search path is used as in the case where you use the nslookup 8 command and refer to the DNS server for the host name The host name that you specified in the n
404. unit is displayed along with any of the following states Status Description Faulted The component is faulty and is not operating Degraded The component is operating However either an error has been detected or the component is faulty As a result the component might be operating with reduced functionality or performance Deconfigured Asa result of another component s faulted or degraded status the component is not operating The component itself is not faulted or degraded Maintenance The component is under maintenance A deletefru 8 replacefru 8 or addfru 8 operation is currently underway Normal It is operating normally m On the Type field of the memories the number indicates the DIMM size and the alphabet A or B indicates the DIMM rank Example Description Type 1A 1 GB rank 1 Type 2A 2 GB rank 1 Type 2B 2 GB rank 2 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the information of the FRUs in the M5000 server XSCF gt showhardconf SPARC Enterprise M5000 Serial BCF07500B6 Operator_Panel_Switch Locked Power Supply System Dual SCF ID XSCF 0 System Power On System Phase Cabinet Power On Domain 0 Domain Status Initialization Phase Domain 1 Domain Status Initialization Phase MBU B Status Normal Ver 0201h Serial BCO7490823 FRU Part Number CF00541 4360 01 541 4360 01 7 Memory_Size 64 GB Type 2 CPUM 0 CHIP 0 Status Normal Ver 0601h Serial PP074804E9 FRU Part Number CA06761 D205 AO 371
405. unit that the user is currently logged in to to standby Automatically answers y to all prompts XSCF gt switchscf t Standby y The XSCF unit switch between the Active and Standby states Continue y a l y The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion 0 An error occurred 504 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised September 2008 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges testsb 8 testsb perform an initial diagnosis of the specified physical system board PSB testsb testsb testsb testsb testsb l a y n m diag mode location l a y n m diag mode c a11 expansion v y n m diag mode location v yl n m diag mode c a11 expansion h testsb 8 command performs an initial diagnosis of the specified PSB The testsb 8 command is not available on the M3000 server The configuration of the PSB and operation of each device mounted on the PSB are checked After the diagnostics the result is displayed The result also can be seen in Test and Fault displayed by showboards 8 command You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 505 testsb 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following options are supported c all expansion Specifies the target PSB to be diagnosed One of the value
406. ure Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and configures it into the specified destination domain configuration The incorporated XSB can be accessed from the Oracle Solaris OS assign Disconnects a configured XSB from its domain configuration and assigns it to the specified destination domain configuration The assigned XSB is reserved for the specified domain and cannot be configured in or assigned to other domains The assigned system board is configured in the domain by reboot the domain or execution of the addboard 8 command with c configure reserve Reserves disconnection of the specified XSB from the domain configuration of the move source and reserves assignment of the XSB to the domain configuration of the move destination The XSB is assigned to the domain configuration of the move destination when the domain power of the move source is turned off or rebooted The XSB is subsequently incorporated when the domain power of the move destination is turned on or rebooted You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Note You must have the domainadm privileges for both of source domain and destination domain to run moveboard 8 command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 107 moveboard 8 108 OPTIONS The following options are suppor
407. use the encryption password given to snapshot with the openss1 System Administration 495 snapshot 8 command The following example decrypts the file jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip e Yo openssl aes 128 cbc d in jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip e out jupiter 10 1 1 1 2006 07 08T22 33 44 zip Every zip archive generated by snapshot includes two files generated by snapshot itself The first file called README contains the original name of the zip archive the name of the configuration file on the Service Processor used to create the zip archive the version of snapshot and whether log only mode the 1 flag was used to generate the archive The second file called CONFIG is a copy of the actual configuration file used by snapshot to generate the archive The data collected by snapshot may potentially be used by Service personnel to diagnose problems with the system snapshot can collect different sets of data for different diagnostic purposes The three different sets are named Initial Root Cause and Full and are specified through the use of the L option Privileges You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported D directory Used with the T option specifies a value for directory instead of the value set using setarchiving 8 The directory field must not begin with
408. using resources query Results of an off line inquiry about resources You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm platop fieldeng Can run this command for all domains domainadm domainmgr domainop Can run this command only for your accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported d domain_id Specifies the ID of the domain for which information is to be displayed domain_id can be 0 23 depending on the system configuration h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs p byboard Displays results organized by XSB The results can be further summarized by device and displayed If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used p bydevice Displays results organized by device type CPU memory I O etc If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used 370 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES showdevices 8 p force Predicts system resources deleted from the Oracle Solaris OS when an XSB is forcibly disconnected by deleteboard f command If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used p query Predicts system resources deleted from the Oracle Solaris OS when an XSB is disconnected by deleteboard command If the p option is omitted p bydevice is used v Displays information on
409. utions per unit of time Maximum rated power consumption value The power consumption information is supported only on the M3000 server You must have one of the following privileges to run this command useradm platadm platop fieldeng System Administration 389 showenvironment 8 Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information OPTIONS The following options are supported h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs M Displays text by page This option provides a function that is the same as that of the more command OPERANDS The following operand is supported type Specifies the one of the type of information to be displayed The following types can be specified If this type setting is omitted intake temperature and humidity information about the system is displayed temp Displays temperature information volt Displays voltage information Fan Displays fan speed information power Displays power consumption information air Displays the volume of air exhausted from the server EXTENDED The result displayed by using the power and air operands does not include the DESCRIPTION information of external I O expansion unit and the peripheral I O devices EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays the intake temperature and humidity of the system on the M8000 M9000 servers XSCF gt showenvironment Temperature 30 71C Humidity 90 05 EXAMPLE 2 Displays temperature information about
410. vely XSCF setemailreport Enable Email Reporting no yes Email Recipient Address useradm company com adm2 company com Do you want to send a test mail now Yes No no EXAMPLE 2 Adding an Email Report Recipient Using a XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting yes RETURN Email Recipient Address useradmin company com a adm2 company com EXAMPLE 3 Deleting an Email Report Recipient Using d XSCF gt setemailreport Enable Email Reporting yes RETURN Email Recipient Address adm2 company com d adm2 company com EXAMPLE 4 Enable Email Reporting Noninteractively XSCF gt setemailreport s enable yes s recipient useradm company com adm2 company com 210 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 setemailreport 8 EXAMPLE 5 Sending Test Email XSCF gt setemailreport t Sending test email to useradm company com Email contents shown below Host Name jupiter Send Timestamp 04 20 2006 16 31 45 PST Mail Server 10 4 1 1 EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO setsmtp 8 showemailreport 8 System Administration 211 setemailreport 8 212 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised January 2007 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS sethostname 8 sethostname set a host name and a DNS domain name for an XSCF unit
411. vers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised October 2010 showhardconf 8 FRU Part Number CF00541 0481 04 541 0481 04 OPNL Status Normal Ver 0101h Serial BFO747690D FRU Part Number CF00541 0850 06 541 0850 06 i PSU 0 Status Normal Serial 0017527 0738063762 FRU Part Number CFO0300 1898 0350 300 1898 03 50 Power_Status Off AC 200 V PSU 3 Status Normal Serial 0017527 0738063767 FRU Part Number CFO0300 1898 0350 300 1898 03 50 Power_Status Input fail AC FANBP C Status Normal Ver 0501h Serial FF2 24 pi FRU Part Number CF00541 3099 01 541 3099 01 FAN A 0 Status Normal FAN_A 1 Status Normal FAN_A 2 Status Normal FAN_A 3 Status Normal EXAMPLE 2 Displays the number of installed FRUs in the M5000 server XSCF gt showhardconf u SPARC Enterprise M5000 Memory_Size 64 GB FRU Quantity MBU_B CPUM 4 Type 2 ee 4 Freq 2 660 GHz 8 MEMB 8 MEM 64 Type 1A Size 1 GB 64 DDC_A 4 DDC_B 2 IOU 2 Type 1 2 DDC_A 2 DDCR 2 DDC_B 2 IOBOX 1 IOB 2 PSU 2 XSCFU F OPNL 1 PSU 4 System Administration 401 showhardconf 8 EXAMPLE3 Displays the information of the FRUs in the M9000 server XSCF gt showhardconf SPARC Enterprise M9000 Serial PA30601004 Operator_Panel_Switch Locked Power_Supply_System Single 1Phase Ex Single 1Phase SCF ID XSCF 0 Syst
412. vileges OPTIONS flashupdate 8 flashupdate update the firmware flashupdate c check m xcp s version flashupdate a y n c update m xcp s version flashupdate c sync flashupdate h The flashupdate 8 command updates the firmware The entire firmware shown below is updated Whether update can be performed can be checked beforehand m Update of the entire firmware XSCF OpenBoot PROM including Power On Self Test POST xcp You must have platadm or fieldeng privileges to run this command Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported c check Checks whether the specified firmware can be updated c update Updates the specified firmware In the M8000 M9000 servers updates the firmware of both XSCF units c sync Synchronizes the firmware versions of the XSCF units in the M8000 M9000 servers This option is used when replacing an XSCF unit h Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs m xcp Specifies the entire firmware as a target n Automatically answers n no to all prompts System Administration 73 flashupdate 8 74 EXTENDED DESCRIPTION EXAMPLES a Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts s version Specifies an XCP comprehensive firmware version For version specify a major version minor version and micro version continuously The XCP version number appears as xyyz by four digit
413. vileges ioxadm 8 ioxadm manage External I O Expansion Units and add in cards that contain Energy Storage Modules and are attached to the host system ioxadm f p v M env e 1 t target sensors ioxadm f p v M lifetime target z target ioxadm p v M list target ioxadm p v M locator on off target ioxadm p v M poweroff target ioxadm p v M poweron target ioxadm f p v M reset target ioxadm f p v M setled on off slow fast target led type ioxadm h ioxadm 8 manages External 1 O Expansion Units link cards and cards that contain Energy Storage Modules ESM and are attached to the host system The M3000 server does not support External 1 O Expansion Units When using this utility you must specify an operand and any options that operand requires The target device can be a card mounted in a built in PCI slot in the host system an External 1 O Expansion Unit or a field replaceable unit FRU in an External I O Expansion Unit The card in the host system is identified by a string that specifies the host path to the card A linkcard installed in the host system is called a downlink A linkcard installed in an I O Expansion Unit boat is called an uplink For more information see target in OPTIONS You must have one of the following privileges to run these commands Required Privileges Opera
414. werof 8 command processing is equivalent to that of the shutdown 1M command with the i5 option specified m A domain cannot be powered off while the Oracle Solaris OS of the domain is booting Execute the poweroff 8 command again after the booting is completed m A domain cannot be powered off by the powerof 8 command while the Oracle Solaris OS of the domain is running in single user mode Execute the shutdown 1M command in the domain m When the poweroff 8 command is executed power off results for each of the specified domains are displayed in the following format Powered off The power was turned off normally Not Powering An error occurred and the power could not be turned off An off error message is displayed with Not Powering off m The showdomainstatus 8 command can be used to check the power of each domain on the system is off EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Turns off power to all domains XSCF gt poweroff a DomainIDs to power off 00 01 02 03 Continue y n y 00 Powering off 01 Powering off 02 Powering off 03 Powering off Note fe This command only issues the instruction to power off The result of the instruction can be checked by the showlogs power EXAMPLE 2 Turns off power to domains with domain IDs 0 XSCF gt poweroff d 0 DomainIDs to power of f 00 Continue y n y 00 Powering off SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 powe
415. where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 You can execute the addboard 8 command on a domain that is not running When the domain is running the addboard 8 command with c configure will succeed only if the following Oracle Solaris Service Management Facility SMF services are in operation a Domain SP Communication Protocol dscp a Domain Configuration Server dcs Oracle Sun Cryptographic Key Management Daemon sckmd When the command is executed a prompt to confirm execution of the command with the specified options is displayed Enter y to execute the command or n to cancel the command 24 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised December 2010 EXAMPLES EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO addboard 8 m If c configure is specified when either the domain power has been turned off or the Oracle Solaris OS is not running an error occurs m When c configure is specified hardware diagnosis is performed on the XSB before it is incorporated into the domain Therefore command execution may take time m To use the addboard 8 command to configure or assign an XSB DCL must be set up in advance using the setdc1 8 command m If the addboard 8 command is executed under the progress of power on or power off processing the busy status is returned After that processing in the domain is completed reexecute the command m See the setdc1 8 and showdc1 8 commands for DCL
416. x000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 addtraphost setsnmp 8 Enables the SNMP agent to send the chosen type of trap to the desired host If no trap port is provided the default is 162 A community string is mandatory addtraphost takes the following options and operand p trap port s community string t type traphost ID of the trap port Default value is 162 Acts like a password to control access to the SNMP v1 and v2 agents It is a clear text string which can be intercepted For password encryption and no visibility use addv3traphost instead Type of trap Valid trap types are vi The agent sends SNMPv1 traps v2 The agent sends SNMPv2 traps inform The agent sends inform notifications Host name or IP address of the trap host System Administration 283 setsnmp 8 addv3traphost Enables the SNMP agent to send SNMPv3 traps or informs to the desired host An authentication protocol must be chosen Valid protocols are MD5 Uses the MD5 algorithm for authentication SHA Uses SHA Secure Hash Algorithm for authentication The encryption protocol used in all communication is DES Data Encryption Standard If the password option is not used you will be prompted for a password Passwords will be read but not echoed to the screen addv3traphost takes the following options a authentication password Sets the authentication password Must be equal to or greater than 8 c
417. xBmW9paa WxC21Ja4RQ VN3009kmVwAAATAON1LR IJdA7yyG18 Ue7eBBJHrCAOpkSzvf zzFFj5XUzQBdabh5p5Rwz 1vriawFI ZI9j2uhM 3HQdrvYSVBEdMjaasF9hB6T uFwP8yatJf6Y9GdjBAhWwuH8F13pX4BtvK9TITeldqCscnOuu0 e2rlUoI6GICMr64FLOYYBSwfbwLIz6PSA yKQe23dwfksSfcwOZNa 5pThGPi3tob5Qev2KCK20yEDMCA SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 EXIT STATUS SEE ALSO showssh 8 OvV1MhqHuPNpX hE1 9nPdBFGzQ Fingerprint 1024 9e 39 8e cb 8a 99 ff b4 45 12 04 2d 39 d3 28 15 etc ssh ssh_host_dsa_key pub EXAMPLE 2 Displays the user public key of the current login user account XSCF gt showssh c pubkey Public key 1 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAATIEAZFh95SohrDgpnN7zFCJCVNy jazPTjNDxcid QGbihYDCBttI4151YOSv85FJwDpSNHNKoVLMYLjtBmUMPbGgGVB61qskSv FeV44hefNCZMiXGItIIpK POnBK4XJpCFoFbPXNUHDw1rTD9icD5U wRFGSRRXFI Ub50LRxXN8 A8 abcd example com 2 ssh rsa CSqGSIb3 DOEJARYHZWUubWFpbDCBnzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAAOB J QAwgYkCgYEA nkPnt f Tj YtyKINYFbO YavFpUzkYTLHdtOFbz tZmGd3 e60n3 4A2W9EC7D9hjLsj kAP41A1 6wFwGO7 KP3H4iImXOUysj19Hyk4j LEU51sw8JavT2utTj1tV5mFPKL6bDcAgY9 efghGexample com The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred setssh 8 System Administration 481 showssh 8 482 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised August 2009 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges OPTIONS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION showstatus 8
418. y for accessible domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information The following options are supported a c sp d domain id Displays the state of XSBs configured in or assigned to a domain and the state of all mounted XSBs Displays the system boards located in the system board pool System boards in the system board pool do not belong to any domain Specifies the ID of the domain whose status of XSB is displayed Only information that is defined with the DCL of the specified domain is displayed An integer ranging from 0 to 23 can be specified for domain_id depending on the system configuration Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs Displays detailed information on XSB The following operand is supported xsb Specifies the XSB number to be displayed The following xsb form is accepted kan where x An integer from 00 15 y An integer from 0 3 System Administration 339 showboards 8 EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Displays information on all mounted system boards XSCF gt showboards a XSB DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault 00 0 00 00 Assigned Passed Normal 00 1 00 01 Assigned 00 2 SP Available 00 3 02 00 Unavailable y Y y y Passed Normal n n Passed Normal n n Unknown Normal EXAMPLE 2 Displays detailed information on all mounted system boards XSCF gt showboards v a XSB R DID LSB Assignment Pwr Conn Conf Test Fault COD
419. y n n XSCF gt EXAMPLE 5 Setting the Time Zone XSCF gt setupplatform p timezone Do you want to set up the XSCF time zone y n y Chassis time zone is already configured XSCF time zone US Pacific Continue setting up the XSCF time zone y n y Africa Abidjan Africa Accra Africa Addis_Ababa Africa Algiers Africa Asmera Africa Bamako Africa Bangui Nn UF WN Ho Africa Banjul System Administration 317 setupplatform 8 8 Africa Bissau 9 Africa Blantyre Africa Brazzaville Africa Bujumbura Africa Cairo Africa Casablanca Africa Ceuta Africa Conakry Africa Dakar Africa Dar_es_Salaam oarA A UF WN FP OO Africa Djibouti to Africa Douala 20 Africa El Aaiun 21 Africa Freetown 22 Africa Gaborone Enter number to choose time zone or return for next set of time zones 21 XSCF time zone Africa Freetown Is this setting correct y n y XSCF settimezone c settz s Africa Freetown Africa Freetown XSCF gt EXIT STATUS The following exit values are returned 0 Successful completion gt 0 An error occurred SEE ALSO adduser 8 applynetwork 8 password 8 setaltitude 8 setdscp 8 setemailreport 8 sethostname 8 sethttps 8 setnameserver 8 setnetwork 8 setntp 8 setprivileges 8 setsmtp 8 setssh 8 setroute 8 settimezone 8 318 SPARC Enterprise Mx000 Servers XSCF Reference Manual Last Revised April 2010 NAME SYNOPSIS DESCRIPTION Privileges O
420. yed in minus in case the offset is plus and displayed in plus in case the offset is minus The starting time of Daylight Saving Time Any of the following formats displays from date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the week when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 0 to 6 comes in 0 for Sunday and 6 for Saturday Jn Jn The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 1st The leap year day is not counted n The date when Daylight Saving Time starts Any numeric from 1 to 365 comes in 1 for January 2nd The leap year day is counted In time the time to switch to Daylight Saving Time is shown in the pre switched time hh mm ss Shows the time in hh mm ss format The default value is 02 00 00 System Administration 489 showtimezone 8 to date time The termination time of Daylight Saving Time Any of the following formats displays to date Mm w d Mm Shows the month when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 12 comes in m w Shows the week when Daylight Saving Time terminates Any numeric from 1 to 5 comes in 1 for the first week and 5 for the last week in the month d Shows the day of the
421. ystem Power Off Pow Fail Recov Service Displays the specified range of a power log XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 T Mar3017 492005 Date Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 EXAMPLE 7 Event Cause DID Switch System Power On Pow Fail Recov Locked Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked Displays the specified range of a power log The log is displayed in the order of timestamps starting from the latest timestamp XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 T Mar3017 492005 r Date Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 EXAMPLE 8 log is displayed Event Cause DID switch Domain Power Off Operator 00 Locked System Power On Pow Fail Recov Locked Displays the specified date of a power log Data with this date or later in the XSCF gt showlogs power t Mar3017 302005 Date Mar 30 17 35 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Mar 30 17 50 31 JST 2005 EXAMPLE 9 Event Cause DID switch System Power On Pow Fail Recov Locked Domain Power Off Panel 00 Locked Domain Power On Operator 00 Service Displays a console message log of the domain ID 0 XSCF gt showlogs console d 00 DomainID 00 System Administration 437 showlogs 8 Mar 30 17 45 31 JST 2005 Executing last command boot Mar 30 17 55 31 JST 2005 Boot device pci 83 4000 FJSV ulsa 2 1 disk 0 0 a File and args Mar 30 17 55 32 JST 2005 SunOS Release 5 10 Version Generic 64 bit Note The codes or
422. ystem board pool You must have one of the following privileges to run this command platadm Can run this command for all domains domainadm Can run this command only for your managed domains Refer to setprivileges 8 for more information System Administration 51 deleteboard 8 OPTIONS OPERANDS EXTENDED DESCRIPTION The following options are supported c disconnect Detaches the XSB from the domain configuration and keeps it c reset c unassign assigned If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Reserves disconnect of an XSB If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Disconnects the XSB completely from the domain configuration and puts it in the system board pool If the c option is omitted c disconnect is used Forcibly detaches the specified XSB Caution If the option is used to forcibly add a system board to a domain all the added hardware resources may not work normally For this reason use of the option is not recommended in normal operation If the option must be specified verify the status of every added system board and device Displays usage statement When used with other options or operands an error occurs mon Automatically answers n no to all prompts Suppresses all messages to stdout including prompts Displays a detailed message If this option is specified with the q option the v option is ignored moun Automatically an

SPARC Enterprise M3000/M4000/M5000/M8000/M9000

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents